Scippy

SCIP

Solving Constraint Integer Programs

xternal.c
Go to the documentation of this file.
1 /* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
2 /* */
3 /* This file is part of the program and library */
4 /* SCIP --- Solving Constraint Integer Programs */
5 /* */
6 /* Copyright (C) 2002-2017 Konrad-Zuse-Zentrum */
7 /* fuer Informationstechnik Berlin */
8 /* */
9 /* SCIP is distributed under the terms of the ZIB Academic License. */
10 /* */
11 /* You should have received a copy of the ZIB Academic License */
12 /* along with SCIP; see the file COPYING. If not email to scip@zib.de. */
13 /* */
14 /* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
15 
16 /**@file xternal.c
17  * @brief main document page
18  * @author Tobias Achterberg
19  * @author Timo Berthold
20  * @author Gerald Gamrath
21  * @author Stefan Heinz
22  * @author Gregor Hendel
23  * @author Mathias Kinder
24  * @author Marc Pfetsch
25  * @author Stefan Vigerske
26  * @author Robert Waniek
27  * @author Kati Wolter
28  * @author Michael Winkler
29  */
30 
31 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
32 
33 /**@mainpage Overview
34  *
35  *
36  * @section WHATISSCIP What is SCIP?
37  *
38  * \SCIP is a framework to solve constraint integer programs (CIPs) and mixed-integer nonlinear programs. In particular,
39  *
40  * - \SCIP incorporates a mixed-integer programming (MIP) solver as well as
41  * - an LP based mixed-integer nonlinear programming (MINLP) solver, and
42  * - is a framework for branch-and-cut-and-price.
43  *
44  * \SCIP is developed together with
45  * <a href="http://www3.mathematik.tu-darmstadt.de/ags/optimierung/research/discrete-optimization.html">TU Darmstadt</a> and
46  * <a href="http://www.am.uni-erlangen.de/wima/">University of Erlangen-N&uuml;rnberg (Chair of EDOM)</a>
47  * and has more than 500,000 lines of C code.
48  *
49  * See the web site of <a href="http://scip.zib.de">\SCIP</a> for more information about licensing and to download \SCIP.
50  *
51  * @section GETTINGSTARTED Getting started
52  *
53  * - \ref WHATPROBLEMS "What types of optimization problems does SCIP solve?"
54  * - \ref CMAKE "Installation information using CMake"
55  * - \ref MAKE "Installation information using Makefiles"
56  * - \ref LICENSE "License"
57  *
58  * - \ref SHELL "Tutorial: the interactive shell"
59  * - \ref FILEREADERS "Readable file formats"
60  * - \ref START "How to start a new project"
61  * - \ref EXAMPLES "Examples"
62  * - \ref APPLICATIONS "Extensions of SCIP for specific applications"
63  * - \ref LPI "Available LP solver interfaces"
64  *
65  * @section FURTHERINFORMATION References
66  *
67  * - \ref PUBLICAPI "List of callable functions"
68  * - \ref PARAMETERS "List of all SCIP parameters"
69  *
70  * - \ref DOC "How to search the documentation for interface methods"
71  * - \ref FAQ "Frequently asked questions (FAQ)"
72  *
73  *
74  * @section PROGRAMMING Programming with SCIP
75  *
76  * @subsection CODINGBASICS Coding basics for SCIP
77  *
78  * - \ref CODE "Coding style guidelines"
79  * - \ref OBJ "Creating, capturing, releasing, and adding data objects"
80  * - \ref MEMORY "Using the memory functions of SCIP"
81  * - \ref DEBUG "Debugging"
82  *
83  * @subsection HOWTOADD How to add ...
84  *
85  * Below you find for most plugin types a detailed description of how to implement and add them to \SCIP.
86  *
87  * - \ref CONS "Constraint handlers"
88  * - \ref PRICER "Variable pricers"
89  * - \ref PRESOL "Presolvers"
90  * - \ref SEPA "Separators"
91  * - \ref PROP "Propagators"
92  * - \ref BRANCH "Branching rules"
93  * - \ref NODESEL "Node selectors"
94  * - \ref HEUR "Primal heuristics"
95  * + \ref DIVINGHEUR "Diving heuristics"
96  * - \ref RELAX "Relaxation handlers"
97  * - \ref READER "File readers"
98  * - \ref DIALOG "Dialogs"
99  * - \ref DISP "Display columns"
100  * - \ref EVENT "Event handler"
101  * - \ref NLPI "Interfaces to NLP solvers"
102  * - \ref EXPRINT "Interfaces to expression interpreters"
103  * - \ref PARAM "additional user parameters"
104  *
105  * @subsection HOWTOUSESECTION How to use ...
106  *
107  * - \ref CONF "Conflict analysis"
108  * - \ref TEST "How to run automated tests with SCIP"
109  * - \ref COUNTER "How to use SCIP to count feasible solutions"
110  * - \ref REOPT "How to use reoptimization in SCIP"
111  * - \ref CONCSCIP "How to use the concurrent solving mode in SCIP"
112  *
113  *
114  * @section FURTHERINFO Further information
115  *
116  * @subsection CHG Changes between different versions of SCIP
117  * - \ref CHANGELOG "Change log"
118  * - \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes"
119  * - \ref CHG9 "Interface changes between version 3.2 and 4.0"
120  * - \ref CHG8 "Interface changes between version 3.1 and 3.2"
121  * - \ref CHG7 "Interface changes between version 3.0 and 3.1"
122  * - \ref CHG6 "Interface changes between version 2.1 and 3.0"
123  * - \ref CHG5 "Interface changes between version 2.0 and 2.1"
124  * - \ref CHG4 "Interface changes between version 1.2 and 2.0"
125  * - \ref CHG3 "Interface changes between version 1.1 and 1.2"
126  * - \ref CHG2 "Interface changes between version 1.0 and 1.1"
127  * - \ref CHG1 "Interface changes between version 0.9 and 1.0"
128  *
129  * @subsection AUTHORS SCIP Authors
130  * - <a class="el" href="http://scip.zib.de/#developers">Developers</a>
131  *
132  * @version 4.0.1
133  *
134  * \image html scippy.png
135  *
136  */
137 
138 /** @page EXAMPLES Example projects
139  *
140  * \SCIP contains several examples that demonstrate its usage. They are contained in the &quot;examples&quot; directory
141  * in the source code distribution.
142  *
143  * @section BRANCHANDPRICE Branch-and-price
144  *
145  * <table>
146  * <tr>
147  * <td>
148  * \ref BINPACKING_MAIN "Binpacking"
149  * </td>
150  * <td>
151  * An implementation of the column generation approach for the binpacking problem. It includes a customized reader,
152  * Ryan/Foster branching rule, (global) problem data, variable data, and constraint handler.
153  * </td>
154  * </tr>
155  * <tr>
156  * <td>
157  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/examples/VRP"><b>VRP</b></a>
158  * </td>
159  * <td>
160  * A solver for a simple capacity-constrained vehicle routing problem, which is based on pricing tours via a dynamic
161  * programming algorithm.
162  * </td>
163  * </tr>
164  * </table>
165  *
166  * @section BRANCHANDCUT Branch-and-cut
167  *
168  * <table>
169  * <tr>
170  * <td>
171  * \ref LOP_MAIN "Linear Ordering"
172  * </td>
173  * <td>
174  * An example for implementing a constraint handler.
175  * </td>
176  * </tr>
177  * <tr>
178  * <td>
179  * \ref TSP_MAIN "The TSP example"
180  * </td>
181  * <td>
182  * A short implementations of a constraint handler, two easy combinatorial heuristics, a file reader, etc. which
183  * demonstrate the usage of \SCIP as a branch-and-cut-framework for solving traveling salesman problem instances.
184  * </td>
185  * </tr>
186  * </table>
187  *
188  * @section CALLABLELIBRARY Callable library
189  *
190  * <table>
191  * <tr>
192  * <td>
193  * \ref CALLABLELIBRARY_MAIN "Callable Library Example"
194  * </td>
195  * <td>
196  * An example showing how to setup constraints (esp. nonlinear ones) when using \SCIP as callable library.
197  * </td>
198  * </tr>
199  * <tr>
200  * <td>
201  * \ref MIPSOLVER_MAIN "MIP solver"
202  * </td>
203  * <td>
204  * A minimal implementation for using \SCIP included into another source code
205  * </td>
206  * </tr>
207  * <tr>
208  * <td>
209  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/download/files/scip_intro_01.pdf"><b>Queens</b></a>
210  * </td>
211  * <td>
212  * An example showing the use of \SCIP as callable library.
213  * </td>
214  * </tr>
215  * </table>
216  *
217  *
218  * @section OTHERPLUGINS Other plugins
219  *
220  * <table>
221  * <tr>
222  * <td>
223  * \ref EVENTHDLR_MAIN "Event handler"
224  * </td>
225  * <td>
226  * A small example illustrating the use of an event handler.
227  * </td>
228  * </tr>
229  * <tr>
230  * <td>
231  * \ref GMI_MAIN "Gomory mixed integer cut example"
232  * </td>
233  * <td>
234  * An example about Gomory mixed-integer cuts.
235  * </td>
236  * </tr>
237  * <tr>
238  * <td>
239  * \ref RELAXATOR_MAIN "Relaxator example"
240  * </td>
241  * <td>
242  * An example about using custom relaxators.
243  * </td>
244  * </tr>
245  * </table>
246  *
247  */
248 
249 /** @page APPLICATIONS Application projects
250  *
251  * There are several extensions of \SCIP for particular applications included in the release. They are contained in the &quot;applications&quot; directory
252  * in the source code distribution.
253  *
254  * <table>
255  * <tr>
256  * <td>
257  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/applications/Coloring"><b>Coloring</b></a>
258  * </td>
259  * <td>
260  * An implementation of the column generation approach for graph coloring of Mehrotra and Trick.
261  * </td>
262  * </tr>
263  * <tr>
264  * <td>
265  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/applications/MinIISC"><b>MinIISC</b></a>
266  * </td>
267  * <td>
268  * A solver that computes irreducible infeasible subsystems using Benders decomposition
269  * </td>
270  * </tr>
271  * <tr>
272  * <td>
273  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/applications/Scheduler"><b>Scheduler</b></a>
274  * </td>
275  * <td>
276  * A solver for scheduling problems.
277  * </td>
278  * </tr>
279  * <tr>
280  * <td>
281  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/applications/STP"><b>Steiner Tree Problem</b></a>
282  * </td>
283  * <td>
284  * A solver for Steiner Tree Problems in graphs, based on a branch-and-cut approach.
285  * </td>
286  * </tr>
287  * <tr>
288  * <td>
289  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/applications/PolySCIP"><b>PolySCIP</b></a>
290  * </td>
291  * <td>
292  * A solver for multi-objective optimization problems.
293  * </td>
294  * </tr>
295  * </table>
296  *
297  */
298 
299 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
300 
301 /** @page LPI Available LP solver interfaces
302  *
303  * SCIP provides a range of different interfaces to LP solvers:
304  *
305  * LPI name | LP solver
306  * ---------|----------
307  * `spx` | SoPlex
308  * `cpx` | IBM ILOG CPLEX
309  * `xprs` | FICO XPress
310  * `grb` | Gurobi (interface is in beta stage, version at least 7.0.2 required)
311  * `clp` | CoinOR CLP (interface currently sometimes produces wrong results)
312  * `glop` | Google Glop (experimental, LPI is contained in Glop package/Google OR tools)
313  * `msk` | Mosek (experimental)
314  * `qsopt` | QSopt (experimental)
315  * `none` | disables LP solving entirely (not recommended; only for technical reasons)
316  *
317  * There are two different interfaces for SoPlex. The default one (`spx`) uses an updated interface that is provided
318  * by SoPlex itself (since version 2.0), resulting in a slimmer LPI that is similiar to those for CPLEX or XPRESS.
319  * The other one - `spx1` - is the older LPI that directly interfaces the internal simplex solver of SoPlex and
320  * therefore needs to duplicate some features in the LPI that are already available in SoPlex itself. It lacks some
321  * features like persistent scaling which are only available in the modern interface. Upcoming features may not be
322  * supported. Old compilers might have difficulties with the new interface because some C++11 features are required
323  * that may not be supported.
324  *
325  * To use the old interface, set the Makefile option `LPS=spx1` or configure your CMake build with `LEGACY=ON`.
326  *
327  */
328 
329 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
330 
331 /**@page WHATPROBLEMS What types of optimization problems does SCIP solve?
332  *
333  * As a stand-alone solver, \SCIP can solve mixed-integer nonlinear programs \b (MINLPs), to which it applies
334  * an LP based spatial branch-and-cut algorithm. This method is guaranteed to solve bounded MINLPs
335  * within a given numerical tolerance in a finite amount of time. In particular, \SCIP is a stand-alone
336  * solver for mixed-integer linear programs \b (MIPs).
337  *
338  * As a framework, \SCIP also provides the tools to solve constraint optimization problems defined over
339  * integer and continuous variables. Therefore, the design of \SCIP
340  * supports the easy integration of constraints of arbitrary type into the solver.
341  * More precisely, \SCIP can handle the class of constraint integer programs \b (CIPs), which are constraint optimization problems
342  * that become linear programs (LPs) after the integer variables are fixed.
343  *
344  * @section PROBLEMCLASSES Some important subclasses of CIP and MINLP
345  *
346  * The following table gives a non-exhaustive list of common types of mathematical optimization problems that can be solved
347  * through \SCIP itself or one of its extensions. Some recommendations are given on how to compile \SCIP for a
348  * certain problem class and how make best use of \SCIP. The file format column gives some common file
349  * formats for every class. Note that since some of the mentioned problem classes are more general than others (like
350  * every LP is a MIP is an MINLP), the formats for the superclass should always work just as fine, although they
351  * may be less common for the class at hand.
352  *
353  * Please see also the pages on \ref EXAMPLES "SCIP Examples" and \ref APPLICATIONS "SCIP Applications" to learn more on how
354  * to extend \SCIP for a particular MIP, MINLP, or CIP application.
355  * All examples and applications use the C or C++ APIs of \SCIP. Please have a look at \ref INTERFACES "SCIP interfaces"
356  * to see how to use \SCIP from within other programming languages.
357  *
358  * <table class="types">
359  * <caption align="top">Some problem classes that can be solved by \SCIP</caption>
360  * <tr style="border-bottom: medium solid black;">
361  * <th>Problem class</th>
362  * <th>Mathematical problem description</th>
363  * <th>Supported file formats</th>
364  * <th>Recommendations</th>
365  * </tr>
366  * <tr>
367  * <td>Mixed-integer linear program (MIP)</td>
368  * <td>\f{align*}{
369  * \text{min} \quad& c^T x \\
370  * \text{s.t.} \quad& Ax \geq b \\
371  * &l_{j} \leq x_{j} \leq u_{j} && \forall j \in \mathcal{N} \\
372  * &x_{j} \in \mathbb{Z} && \forall j \in \mathcal{I}
373  * \f}
374  * </td>
375  * <td>
376  * <ul>
377  * <li>\ref reader_cip.h "CIP"</li>
378  * <li>\ref reader_mps.h "MPS"</li>
379  * <li>\ref reader_lp.h "LP"</li>
380  * <li>\ref reader_zpl.h "ZPL"</li>
381  * </ul>
382  * </td>
383  * <td>
384  * <ul>
385  * <li>\SCIP requires an external LP solver to solve LP relaxations, which needs to be specified
386  * at compilation time. By default, it uses SoPlex (<code>LPS=spx</code>). See \ref MAKE for a
387  * list of available LP solver interfaces and how to use them inside \SCIP.</li>
388  * <li>Compile with Zimpl support (<code>ZIMPL=true</code>) to read in Zimpl models directly.</li>
389  * <li>\SCIP comes with many different parameters. Use the provided emphasis settings (see \ref SHELL "this tutorial")
390  * to change many parameters at once and boost the performance.</li>
391  * <li>Test instances are available at <code>check/instances/MIP/</code>.</li>
392  * </ul>
393  * </td>
394  * </tr>
395  * <tr>
396  * <td>Mixed-integer nonlinear program (MINLP)</td>
397  * <td>\f{align*}{
398  * \text{min} \quad& f(x) \\
399  * \text{s.t.} \quad& g_{i}(x) \leq 0 && \forall i \in \mathcal{M} \\
400  * &l_{j} \leq x_{j} \leq u_{j} && \forall j \in \mathcal{N} \\
401  * &x_{j} \in \mathbb{Z} && \forall j \in \mathcal{I}
402  * \f}
403  * </td>
404  * <td>
405  * <ul>
406  * <li>\ref reader_cip.h "CIP"</li>
407  * <li>\ref reader_gms.h "GMS"</li>
408  * <li>\ref reader_osil.h "OSiL"</li>
409  * <li>\ref reader_pip.h "PIP"</li>
410  * <li>\ref reader_zpl.h "ZPL"</li>
411  * <li>For MIQCPS:
412  * <ul>
413  * <li>\ref reader_lp.h "LP"</li>
414  * <li>\ref reader_mps.h "MPS"</li>
415  * </ul>
416  * </li>
417  * </ul>
418  * </td>
419  * <td>
420  * <ul>
421  * <li>Compile with <code>IPOPT=true</code> for better performance.</li>
422  * <li>Compile with <code>GAMS=true</code> to read gms-files.</li>
423  * <li>See <a href="FAQ\FILEEXT#minlptypes"> Which kind of MINLPs are supported by \SCIP? </a> in the FAQ.</li>
424  * <li>There is an interface for the modelling language AMPL, see \ref INTERFACES.</li>
425  * <li>Mixed-integer quadratically constrained programs (MIQCP) can also be formulated in the file formats
426  * <ul>
427  * <li>\ref reader_lp.h "LP", and</li>
428  * <li>\ref reader_mps.h "MPS".</li>
429  * </ul>
430  * </li>
431  * <li>Test instances are available at <code>check/instances/MINLP/</code>.</li>
432  * </ul>
433  * </td>
434  * </td>
435  * <tr>
436  * <td>Constraint Integer Program (CIP)</td>
437  * <td>\f{align*}{
438  * \text{min} \quad& c^T x + d^T y \\
439  * \text{s.t.} \quad& C_i(x,y) = \text{true} && \forall i \in \mathcal{M} \\
440  * & x \in \mathbb{Z}^{p}, y \in \mathbb{R}^{n - p}
441  * \f}
442  * where \f$\forall i \in\mathcal{M}, \forall x^* \in \mathbb{Z}^{p},\f$ \f$ \{ y : C_i(x^*, y) = \text{true} \} \f$ is a polyhedron.
443  * </td>
444  * <td>
445  * <ul>
446  * <li>\ref reader_cip.h "CIP"</li>
447  * <li>\ref reader_fzn.h "FlatZinc"</li>
448  * </ul>
449  * </td>
450  * <td>
451  * <ul>
452  * <li>\SCIP supports a limited number of general constraints; see \ref CONS "How to add constraint handlers"
453  * to learn how to extend the \SCIP framework to a given CIP.</li>
454  * <li>Use the emphasis setting <code>set emphasis cpsolver</code> to completely disable LP solves and
455  * use depth-first search with periodic restarts, see also
456  * <a href="FAQ\FILEEXT#scipascpsolver"> Can I use \SCIP as a pure CP solver? </a> in the FAQ.</li>
457  * <li>Test instances are available at <code>check/instances/CP</code>.</li>
458  * </ul>
459  * </td>
460  * <tr>
461  * <td>Convex MINLP</td>
462  * <td>Like MINLP, \f$f\f$ and all \f$g_i\f$ are \b convex.</td>
463  * <td>see MINLP formats</td>
464  * <td>
465  * <ul>
466  * <li>See the comments for MINLP.</li>
467  * <li>In addition, use <code>constraints/nonlinear/assumeconvex = TRUE</code> to inform \SCIP about a convex
468  * problem in cases where the automated detection is not strong enough.</li>
469  * <li>Test instances are available at <code>check/instances/MINLP/circle.cip</code>.</li>
470  * </ul>
471  * </td>
472  * </td>
473  * <tr>
474  * <td>Linear program (LP)</td>
475  * <td>\f{align*}{
476  * \text{min} \quad& c^T x \\
477  * \text{s.t.} \quad& Ax \geq b \\
478  * & x_{j} \geq 0 && \forall j \in \mathcal{N}
479  * \f}
480  * </td>
481  * <td>see MIP formats</td>
482  * <td>See <a href="FAQ\FILEEXT#scipaslpsolver">Can I use \SCIP as a pure LP solver</a> in the FAQ.</td>
483  * </td>
484  * <tr>
485  * <td>Pseudoboolean optimization</td>
486  * <td>\f{align*}{
487  * \text{min} \quad& c^T x \\
488  * \text{s.t.} \quad& \sum_{k=0}^p a_{ik} \cdot \prod_{j \in \mathcal{N}_{ik}} x_j \leq b_i && \forall i \in \mathcal{M} \\
489  * &x_{j} \in \{0,1\} && \forall j \in \mathcal{N}
490  * \f}
491  * </td>
492  * <td>
493  * <ul>
494  * <li>\ref reader_wbo.h "WBO"</li>
495  * <li>\ref reader_opb.h "OPB"</li>
496  * </ul>
497  * </td>
498  * <td>
499  * <ul>
500  * <li>Test instances are available at <code>check/instances/PseudoBoolean/</code>.</li>
501  * </ul>
502  * </td>
503  * </tr>
504  * <tr>
505  * <td>Satisfiability (SAT) and variants</td>
506  * <td>\f{align*}{
507  * \text{min} \quad& 0 \\
508  * \text{s.t.} \quad&\bigvee\limits_{j \in B_i} x_j \vee \bigvee\limits_{j \in \bar{B}_i} \neg x_j = \text{true} && \forall i \in \mathcal{M}\\
509  * &x_{j} \in \{\text{false},\text{true}\} && \forall j \in \mathcal{N}
510  * \f}
511  * </td>
512  * <td>
513  * <ul>
514  * <li>\ref reader_cnf.h "CNF"</li>
515  * </ul>
516  * </td>
517  * <td>
518  * <ul>
519  * <li>Use the emphasis setting <code>set emphasis cpsolver</code> to completely disable LP solves and
520  * use depth-first search with periodic restarts, see also
521  * <a href="FAQ\FILEEXT#scipascpsolver"> Can I use \SCIP as a pure CP/SAT solver? </a> in the FAQ.</li>
522  * <li>Test instances are available at <code>check/instances/SAT/</code>.</li>
523  * </ul>
524  * </td>
525  * </tr>
526  * <tr>
527  * <td>Multicriteria optimization</td>
528  * <td>\f{align*}{
529  * \text{min} \quad &(c_1^T x,\ldots,c_k^T x) \\
530  * \text{s.t. } \quad& Ax \geq b \\
531  * &x \in \mathbb{K}^n
532  * \f}
533  * where \f$\mathbb{K}\f$ is either \f$\mathbb{Z}\f$ or \f$\mathbb{R}\f$.
534  * </td>
535  * <td colspan="3"> see the <a href="http://polyscip.zib.de/">PolySCIP web page</a></td>
536  * </tr>
537  * </table>
538  *
539  *
540  */
541 
542 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
543 
544 /**@page CODE Coding style guidelines
545  *
546  * We follow the following coding style guidelines and recommend them for all developers.
547  *
548  * - Indentation is 3 spaces. No tabs anywhere in the code.
549  * - Always only one declaration in a line.
550  * - Braces are on a new line and not indented.
551  * - Spaces around all operators.
552  * - No spaces between control structure keywords like "if", "for", "while", "switch" and the corresponding brackets.
553  * - No spaces between a function name and the parenthesis in both the definition and function calls.
554  * - Use assert() to show preconditions for the parameters, invariants and postconditions.
555  * - All global functions start with "SCIP". In the usual naming scheme this is followed by the object and a method name
556  * like in SCIPlpAddRow(). Functions return TRUE or FALSE should be named like SCIPisFeasEQ().
557  * - Make all functions that are not used outside the module 'static'. Naming should start with a lower case letter.
558  * - Variable names should be all lower case.
559  * - For each structure there is a typedef with the name in all upper case.
560  * - Defines should be named all upper case.
561  * - Document functions, parameters, and variables in a doxygen conformed way.
562  *
563  * As an example, have a look at tree.c and see the examples below. We also provide settings for
564  * \ref XEMACS "(x)emacs" and \ref ECLIPSE "eclipse".
565  *
566  *
567  * @section CODEEXAMPLES Examples
568  *
569  * In this section we state a few examples illustrating the \SCIP code style.
570  *
571  * @refsnippet{src/scip/type_set.h,SnippetCodeStyleExample}
572  *
573  *
574  * @section XEMACS Customize (x)emacs
575  *
576  * If you are using (x)emacs, you can use the following customization for the c++-mode. These settings satisfy the
577  * coding guidelines of \SCIP.
578  *
579  * \include codestyle/emacs_scip_codestyle.el
580  *
581  *
582  * @section ECLIPSE Customize eclipse
583  *
584  * Eclipse user can use the profile below. This profile does not match the \SCIP coding guideline completely.
585  *
586  * \include codestyle/eclipse_scip_codestyle.xml
587  */
588 
589 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
590 
591 /**@page CMAKE Building SCIP with CMake
592  *
593  * <a href=https://cmake.org/>CMake</a> is a build system generator that can create, e.g., Makefiles for UNIX and Mac
594  * or Visual Studio project files for Windows.
595  *
596  * CMake provides an <a href="https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/manual/cmake.1.html">extensive documentation</a>
597  * explaining available features and use cases as well as an <a href="https://cmake.org/Wiki/CMake_FAQ">FAQ section</a>.
598  * It's recommended to use the latest stable CMake version available. `cmake --help` is also a good first step to see
599  * available options and usage information.
600  *
601  * ```
602  * cd scip
603  * mkdir build
604  * cd build
605  * cmake .. [-DSOPLEX_DIR=/path/to/soplex]
606  * make
607  *
608  * # optional: run a quick check on some instances
609  *
610  * make check
611  *
612  * # optional: install scip executable, library, and headers
613  *
614  * make install
615  *
616  * ```
617  *
618  * CMake uses an out-of-source build, i.e., compiled binaries and object files are separated from the source tree and
619  * located in another directory. Usually this directory is called `build` or `debug` or whatever you prefer. From within
620  * this directory, run `cmake <path/to/SCIP>` to configure your build, followed by `make` to compile the code according
621  * to the current configuration (this assumes that you chose Linux Makefiles as CMake Generator). By default, SCIP
622  * searches for Soplex as LP solver. If SoPlex is not installed systemwide, the path to a CMake build directory
623  * of SoPlex must be specified (ie one that contains "soplex-config.cmake"). Alternatively, a different LP solver
624  * can be specified with the `LPS` variable, see \ref CMAKE_CONFIG and \ref LPI.
625  *
626  * Afterwards,
627  * successive calls to `make` are going to recompile modified source code,
628  * without requiring another call to `cmake`. The initial configuration step checks your environment for available
629  * third-party libraries and packages and sets up the configuration accordingly, e.g., disabling support for GMP if not
630  * installed.
631  *
632  * The generated executable and libraries are put in directories `bin` and `lib` respectively and will simply be named
633  * `scip` or `libscip.so`. This is different from the naming convention of the previous Makefile setup that
634  * appended the configuration details like OS and third party dependencies directly to the name of the binary or library.
635  * The CMake setup tries to follow the established Linux/UNIX compilation conventions to facilitate the use of the
636  * libraries in other applications. The previously generated sub-libraries like `liblpi.so` or `libobjscip.so` are not
637  * created by default anymore. They can be built using the respective targets `liblpi`, `libobjscip`, etc. The main
638  * library `libscip.so` will contain all SCIP sources and won't have dependencies to the other sub-libs.
639  *
640  * @section CMAKE_CONFIG Modifying a CMake configuration
641  *
642  * There are several options that can be passed to the `cmake <path/to/SCIP>` call to modify how the code is built.
643  * For all of these options and parameters you have to use `-D<Parameter_name>=<value>`. Following a list of available
644  * options, for the full list run
645  *
646  * ```
647  * cmake <path/to/SCIP> -LH
648  * ```
649  *
650  * CMake option | Available values | Makefile equivalent | Remarks |
651  * ---------------------|--------------------------------|------------------------|--------------------------------------------|
652  * CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE | Release, Debug, ... | OPT=[opt, dbg] | |
653  * LPS | spx, cpx, grb, xprs, ... | LPS=... | See \ref LPI for a complete list |
654  * GMP | on, off | GMP=[true, false] | |
655  * READLINE | on, off | READLINE=[true, false] | |
656  * ZIMPL | on, off | ZIMPL=[true, false] | |
657  * CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX | <path> | INSTALLDIR=<path> | |
658  * SHARED | on, off | SHARED=[true, false] | |
659  * SOPLEX_DIR | <path/to/SoPlex/installation> | -- | |
660  * GMP_DIR | <path/to/GMP/installation> | -- | |
661  * ..._DIR | <custom/path/to/.../package> | -- | |
662  * COVERAGE | on, off | -- | use with gcc, lcov, gcov in **debug** mode |
663  * COVERAGE_CTEST_ARGS | ctest argument string | -- | see `ctest --help` for arguments |
664  *
665  * Parameters can be set all at once or in subsequent calls to `cmake` - extending or modifying the existing
666  * configuration.
667  *
668  * @section CTEST Testing with CTest
669  *
670  * There is an extensive test suite written for <a href="https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/manual/ctest.1.html">CTest</a>,
671  * that may take a while to complete. To perform a quick test to see whether the compilation was really successful you may
672  * run `make check`. To see all available tests, run
673  *
674  * ```ctest -N```
675  *
676  * and to perform a memory check, run
677  *
678  * ```ctest -T MemCheck```
679  *
680  * If <a href="https://criterion.readthedocs.io/en/master/">Criterion</a> is installed (set
681  * custom path with `-DCRITERION_DIR=<path>`) the target `unittests` can be used to compile and run the available unit tests.
682  *
683  * A coverage report for the entire test suite can be generated. This requires a modification of the
684  * compilation process. Two variables govern the report generation, `COVERAGE` and `COVERAGE_CTEST_ARGS`.
685  * It is recommended to use the Debug build type.
686  *
687  * ```
688  * cmake .. -DCOVERAGE=on -DCOVERAGE_CTEST_ARGS="-R MIP -E stein -j4" -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug
689  * ```
690  *
691  * In this example, coverage is enabled in combination with the build type Debug. In addition, only the coverage
692  * for tests with "MIP" in the name are run, excluding those that have "stein" in the name.
693  * The tests are performed in parallel using 4 cores.
694  *
695  * Use the `coverage` target, e.g., `make coverage`, to build the coverage report. The generated report can be found
696  * under "coverage/index.html".
697  *
698  * @section CMAKE_INSTALL Installation
699  *
700  * CMake uses a default directory for installation, e.g., /usr/local on Linux. This can be modified by either changing
701  * the configuration using `-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX` as explained in \ref CMAKE_CONFIG or by setting the environment
702  * variable `DESTDIR` during or before the install command, e.g., `DESTDIR=<custom/install/dir> make install`.
703  *
704  * @section CMAKE_TARGETS Additional targets
705  *
706  * There are several further targets available, which can be listed using `make help`. For instance, there are some
707  * examples that can be built with `make examples` or by specifying a certain one: `make <example-name>`.
708  *
709  * | CMake target | Description | Requirements |
710  * |-----------------|-------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------|
711  * | scip | build SCIP executable | |
712  * | applications | build executables for all applications | |
713  * | examples | build executables for all examples | |
714  * | unittests | build unit tests | the Criterion package, see \ref CTEST |
715  * | all_executables | build all of the above | |
716  * | libscip | build the SCIP library | |
717  * | install | install SCIP, see \ref CMAKE_INSTALL | |
718  * | coverage | run the test suite and create a coverage report | build flag `-DCOVERAGE=on` |
719  * | liblpi | build the LPI library | |
720  * | libnlpi | build the NLPI library | |
721  * | libobjscip | build the ObjSCIP library for the C++ wrapper classes | |
722  */
723 
724 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
725 
726 /**@page MAKE Makefiles / Installation information
727  *
728  *
729  * In most cases (LINUX and MAC) it is quite easy to compile and install \SCIP. Therefore, reading the section
730  * \ref BRIEFINSTALL "Brief installation description" should usually be enough. If this is not the case you find
731  * \ref DETAILEDINSTALL "Detailed installation description" below as well as \ref EXAMPLE1 "Examples".
732 *
733  * @section BRIEFINSTALL Brief installation description
734  *
735  * The easiest way to install \SCIP is to use the \SCIP Optimization Suite which contains \SCIP, SoPlex, and ZIMPL. For
736  * that we refer to the INSTALL file of the \SCIP Optimization Suite (main advantage: there is no need
737  * to specify any directories, the compiling process is fully automated).
738  *
739  * Compiling \SCIP directly can be done as follows:
740  *
741  * -# unpack the tarball <code>tar xvf scip-x.y.z.tgz</code>
742  * -# change to the directory <code>cd scip-x.y.z</code>
743  * -# start compiling \SCIP by typing <code>make</code>
744  * -# (optional) install the header, libraries, and binary <code>make install INSTALLDIR="/usr/local/</code>
745  *
746  * During your first compilation you will be asked for some soft-link targets,
747  * depending on the LP solver you want to use. Usually, \SCIP needs the
748  * following information
749  * -# the directory where the include files of the LP solver lie
750  * -# the library file(s) "lib*.a" or/and "lib*.so"
751  *
752  * Besides that, \SCIP needs some soft-link targets, for ZIMPL
753  * -# the directory where the include files of ZIMPL lie
754  * -# the library file(s) "lib*.a" or/and "lib*.so"
755  *
756  * You will need either the .a or the .so files and can skip the others by
757  * just pressing return.
758  *
759  * The most common compiling issue is that some libraries are missing
760  * on your system or that they are outdated. \SCIP per default requires
761  * zlib, gmp and readline. Try compiling with: <code> make ZLIB=false
762  * READLINE=false ZIMPL=false</code> or, better, install them. Note
763  * that under Linux-based systems, you need to install the
764  * developer-versions of gmp/zlib/readline, in order to also have the
765  * header-files available.
766  *
767  @section DETAILEDINSTALL Detailed installation description
768  *
769  * In this section we describe the use, and a few features, of the \SCIP Makefile. We also give two examples for how to install
770  * \SCIP. The \ref EXAMPLE1 "first example" illustrates the default installation. This means, with SoPleX and ZIMPL. The
771  * \ref EXAMPLE2 "second example" shows how to get CPLEX linked to \SCIP without ZIMPL. This is followed by a section which
772  * gives some hints on what to do if the \ref COMPILERPROBLEMS "compilation throws an error". We give some comments on
773  * how to install \SCIP under \ref WINDOWS "WINDOWS" and show \ref RUN "how to start \SCIP".
774  *
775  * If you experience any problems during the installation, you will find help in the \ref INSTALL "INSTALL" file.
776  *
777  * \SCIP contains a makefile system, which allows the individual setting of several parameters. A detailed list of parameter settings
778  * obtained by <code>make help</code>. For instance, the following settings are supported:
779  *
780  * - <code>OPT=<dbg|opt|opt-gccold></code> Here <code>dbg</code> turns on the debug mode of \SCIP. This enables asserts
781  * and avoids macros for several function in order to ease debugging. The default is <code>opt</code>, which enables
782  * the optimized mode. The third option <code>opt-gccold</code> will work with older GCC compilers before version
783  * 4.2. We recommend using newer GCC versions.
784  *
785  * - <code>LPS=<clp|cpx|grb|msk|qso|spx|xprs|none></code> This determines the LP-solver, which should be
786  * installed separately from \SCIP. The options are the following:
787  * - <code>clp</code>: COIN-OR Clp LP-solver
788  * - <code>cpx</code>: CPLEX LP-solver
789  * - <code>grb</code>: Gurobi LP-solver (interface is in beta stage)
790  * - <code>msk</code>: Mosek LP-solver
791  * - <code>qso</code>: QSopt LP-solver
792  * - <code>spx</code>: old SoPlex LP-solver (for versions < 2)
793  * - <code>spx2</code>: new SoPlex LP-solver (default) (from version 2)
794  * - <code>xprs</code>: XPress LP-solver
795  * - <code>none</code>: no LP-solver (you should set the parameter <lp/solvefreq> to <-1> to avoid solving LPs)
796  *
797  * - <code>LPSOPT=<dbg|opt|opt-gccold></code> Chooses the debug or optimized version (or old GCC optimized) version of
798  * the LP-solver (currently only available for SoPlex and CLP).
799  *
800  * - <code>ZIMPL=<true|false></code> Turns direct support of ZIMPL in \SCIP on (default) or off, respectively.\n
801  * If the ZIMPL-support is disabled, the GMP-library is no longer needed for \SCIP and therefore not linked to \SCIP.
802  *
803  * - <code>ZIMPLOPT=<dbg|opt|opt-gccold></code> Chooses the debug or optimized (default) (or old GCC optimized)
804  * version of ZIMPL, if ZIMPL support is enabled.
805  *
806  * - <code>READLINE=<true|false></code> Turns support via the readline library on (default) or off, respectively.
807  *
808  * - <code>IPOPT=<true|false></code> Enable or disable (default) IPOPT interface (needs IPOPT >= 3.11).
809  *
810  * - <code>EXPRINT=<cppad|none></code> Use CppAD as expressions interpreter (default) or no expressions interpreter.
811  *
812  * - <code>GAMS=<true|false></code> Enable or disable (default) reading functionality in GAMS reader (needs GAMS).
813  *
814  * - <code>NOBLKBUFMEM=<true|false></code> Turns the internal \SCIP block and buffer memory off or on (default).
815  * This way the code can be checked by valgrind or similar tools. (The individual options <code>NOBLKMEM=<true|false></code>
816  * and <code>NOBUFMEM=<true|false></code> to turn off the \SCIP block and buffer memory, respectively, exist as well).
817  *
818  * - <code>TPI=<tny|omp|none></code> This determines the threading library that is used for the concurrent solver.
819  * The options are the following:
820  * - <code>none</code>: use no threading library and therefore disable the concurrent solver feature
821  * - <code>tny</code>: use the tinycthread's library which is bundled with SCIP. This
822  * is a wrapper around the plattform specific threading library ad should work
823  * for Linux, Mac OS X and Windows.
824  * - <code>omp</code>: use the OpenMP. This will not work with microsoft compilers, since they do not support
825  * the required OpenMP version.
826  *
827  * You can use other compilers - depending on the system:
828  *
829  * - <code>COMP=<clang|gnu|intel></code> Use Clang, Gnu (default) or Intel compiler.
830  *
831  * There are additional parameters for Linux/Gnu compilers:
832  *
833  * - <code>SHARED=<true></code> generates a shared object of the \SCIP libraries. (The binary uses these shared
834  * libraries as well.)
835  * - <code>OPT=prf</code> generates a profiling version of \SCIP providing a detailed statistic of the time usage of
836  * every method of \SCIP.
837  *
838  * There is the possibility to watch the compilation more precisely:
839  *
840  * - <code>VERBOSE=<true|false></code> Turns the extensive output on or off (default).
841  *
842  * The \SCIP makefile supports several targets (used via <code>make ... "target"</code>):
843  *
844  * - <code>all (or no target)</code> Build \SCIP library and binary.
845  * - <code>links</code> Reconfigures the links in the "lib" directory.
846  * - <code>doc</code> Creates documentation in the "doc" directory.
847  * - <code>clean</code> Removes all object files.
848  * - <code>depend</code> Creates dependencies files. This is only needed if you add files to \SCIP.
849  * - <code>check or test</code> Runs the check script, see \ref TEST.
850  *
851  * The \SCIP makefiles are structured as follows.
852  *
853  * - <code>Makefile</code> This is the basic makefile in the \SCIP root directory. It loads
854  * additional makefile information depending on the parameters set.
855  * - <code>make/make.project</code> This file contains definitions that are useful for all codes
856  * that use \SCIP, for instance, the examples.
857  * - <code>make.<sys>.<machine>.<compiler>.<dbg|opt|prf|opt-gccold></code> These file contain system/compiler specific
858  * definitions. If you have an unsupported compiler, you can copy one of these and modify it
859  * accordingly.
860  *
861  * If your platform or compiler is not supported by \SCIP you might try and copy one of the existing
862  * makefiles in the <code>make</code> directory and modify it. If you succeed, we are always
863  * interested in including more Makefiles into the system.
864  *
865  *
866  * @section EXAMPLE1 Example 1 (defaults: SoPlex, with ZIMPL support):
867  *
868  * Typing <code>make</code> uses SoPlex as LP solver and includes support for the modeling language ZIMPL. You will be asked the
869  * following questions on the first call to "make" (example answers are already given):
870  *
871  * \verbinclude makeexamples/example1.txt
872  *
873  * @section EXAMPLE2 Example 2 (CPLEX, with no ZIMPL support):
874  *
875  * Typing <code>make LPS=cpx ZIMPL=false</code> uses CPLEX as LP solver. You will be asked the following questions on
876  * the first call to "make" (example answers are already given):
877  *
878  * \verbinclude makeexamples/example2.txt
879  *
880  *
881  * @section COMPILERPROBLEMS Compilation problems:
882  *
883  * - If the soft-link query script does not work on your machine, read step 2 in the \ref INSTALL "INSTALL" file for
884  * instructions on manually creating the soft-links.
885  *
886  * - If you get an error message of the type\n
887  * <code>make: *** No rule to make target `lib/???', needed by `obj/O.linux.x86.gnu.opt/lib/scip/???.o'. Stop.</code>\n
888  * the corresponding soft-link was not created or points to a wrong location. Check the soft-link targets in the "lib/"
889  * subdirectory. Try to delete all soft-links from the "lib/" directory\n and call "make links" to generate them
890  * again. If this still fails, read step 2 for instructions on manually\n creating the soft-links.
891  *
892  * - If you get an error message of the type\n
893  * <code>make: *** No rule to make target `make/make.?.?.?.?.?'. Stop.</code>,\n
894  * the corresponding machine dependent makefile for your architecture and compiler is missing.\n Create one of the given
895  * name in the "make/" subdirectory. You may take\n "make/make.linux.x86.gnu.opt" or any other file in the make
896  * subdirectory as example.\n
897  *
898  * - The readline library seems to differ slightly on different OS distributions. Some versions do
899  * not support the <code>remove_history()</code> call. In this case, you have to either add
900  * <code>-DNO_REMOVE_HISTORY</code> to the FLAGS in the appropriate "make/make.*" file, or to
901  * compile with <code>make USRFLAGS=-DNO_REMOVE_HISTORY</code>. Make sure, the file
902  * "src/scip/dialog.c" is recompiled. If this doesn't work either, disable the readline library
903  * with <code>make READLINE=false</code>.
904  *
905  * - On some systems, the <code>sigaction()</code> method is not available. In this case, you have
906  * to either add <code>-DNO_SIGACTION</code> to the FLAGS in the appropriate "make/make.*" file, or
907  * to compile with <code>make USRFLAGS=-DNO_SIGACTION</code>. Make sure, the file
908  * "src/scip/interrupt.c" is recompiled.
909  *
910  * - On some systems, the <code>rand_r()</code> method is not available. In this case, you have to either add
911  * <code>-DNO_RAND_R</code> to the FLAGS in the appropriate "make/make.*" file, or to compile with
912  * <code>make USRFLAGS=-DNO_RAND_R</code>. Make sure, the file "src/scip/misc.c" is recompiled.
913  *
914  * - On some systems, the <code>strtok_r()</code> method is not available. In this case, you have
915  * to either add <code>-DNO_STRTOK_R</code> to the FLAGS in the appropriate make/make.* file, or to
916  * compile with <code>make USRFLAGS=-DNO_STRTOK_R</code>. Make sure, the file "src/scip/misc.c" is
917  * recompiled.
918  *
919  * - On some systems, the <code>strerror_r()</code> method is not available. In this case, you have
920  * to either add <code>-DNO_STRERROR_R</code> to the FLAGS in the appropriate "make/make.*" file, or
921  * to compile with <code>make USRFLAGS=-DNO_STRERROR_R</code>. Make sure, the file
922  * "src/scip/misc.c" is recompiled.
923  *
924  * - On some systems, the option [-e] is not available for the read command. You have to compile with READ=read.
925  *
926  * - If you encounter other compiler or linker errors, you should recompile with <code>make
927  * VERBOSE=true ...</code> in order to get the full compiler invocation. This might help to fix the
928  * corresponding machine dependent makefile in the make subdirectory.
929  *
930  * @section WINDOWS Remarks on Installing under Windows using MinGW
931  *
932  * To build your own windows binaries under windows we recommend using the MinGW-Compiler with MSYS
933  * from <a href="http://www.mingw.org">www.mingw.org</a> .
934  *
935  * First install MSYS, then MinGW to the mingw folder inside the msys folder.
936  * Now you need to install the following packages to the mingw folder:
937  * - zlib (or use ZLIB=false)
938  * - pcre (here suffices the pcre7.0-lib.zip (or equivalent) to be extracted into the mingw-folder)
939  *
940  * After calling <code>make clean</code> in the ZIMPL folder you will also need flex and bison to
941  * remake ZIMPL. We recommend NOT to use <code>"make clean"</code> inside the ZIMPL-folder if you do
942  * not have these packages installed.
943  *
944  * You can download these additional packages from <a href="http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages.html">here</a>
945  * or compile the source on your own from their homepages.
946  *
947  * Second you need to copy the file <code>sh.exe</code> to <code>bash.exe</code> otherwise various
948  * scripts (including makefiles) will not work. Normally <code>unistd.h</code> covers also the
949  * getopt-options, but for mingw you need to add the entry <code>\#include <getopt.h></code> into
950  * "/mingw/include/unistd.h" after the other include-entries (if not present).
951  *
952  * Finally, there is one package you need to compile if you want to use ZIMPL and ZIMPL-support in
953  * \SCIP (otherwise use <code>ZIMPL=false</code> as parameter with the make-call): the
954  * <code>gmplib</code> from <a href="http://www.gmplib.org">gmplib.org</a>. The command
955  * <code>./configure --prefix=/mingw ; make ; make install</code> should succeed without problems
956  * and installs the gmplib to the mingw folder.
957  *
958  * Now <code>make READLINE=false</code> should be compiling without errors. Please note that we
959  * do NOT support creating the doxygen documentation and readline-usage under windows.
960  *
961  *
962  * @section RUN How to run SCIP after a successful compilation
963  *
964  * To run the program, enter <code>bin/scip</code> for the last compiled version. If you have more than one compiled
965  * binary (i. e., one in debug and one in optimized mode) and wish to specify the binary, type
966  * <code>bin/scip.\$(OSTYPE).\$(ARCH).\$(COMP).\$(OPT).\$(LPS)</code>
967  * (e.g. <code>bin/scip.linux.x86_64.gnu.opt.spx</code>).
968  *
969  */
970 
971 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
972 
973 /**@page START How to start a new project
974  *
975  * Once you succeeded installing \SCIP together with an LP-solver on your system,
976  * you have a powerful tool for solving MIPs, MIQCPs,
977  * MINLPs, etc... at hand. \SCIP can also be customized to the type of problems you
978  * are working on by additional plugins.
979  * Instructions on how to write a new plugin and include it in \SCIP can be found in the corresponding
980  * \ref HOWTOADD "How to add ... pages".
981  *
982  * \SCIP can also be used for writing your own branch-and-cut or branch-and-cut-and-price code. \SCIP already
983  * provides a number of existing code examples which we suggest as both reference and starting point
984  * for these kinds of projects.
985  * Below, you find some hints of how to start such a project.
986  *
987  * - The example should be chosen
988  * depending on the programming language (<b>C</b> or <b>C++</b>) and the purpose
989  * (<b>branch-and-cut</b> or <b>branch-and-cut-and-price</b>) of your project.
990  * <br>
991  * We suggest the use one of the following examples:
992  * - The <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/examples/VRP"><b>VRP</b></a>-example is a <b>branch-and-cut-and-price</b> (column generation)-code
993  * in <b>C++</b>.
994  * - The <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/examples/Binpacking"><b>Binpacking</b></a>-example
995  * and the <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/applications/Coloring"><b>Coloring</b></a> application are
996  * <b>branch-and-cut-and-price</b> (column generation)-codes in <b>C</b>.
997  * - The \ref TSP_MAIN "TSP example"
998  * is a <b>branch-and-cut</b>-code in <b>C++</b>.
999  * - The \ref LOP_MAIN LOP-example
1000  * is a <b>branch-and-cut</b>-code in <b>C</b>.
1001  * .
1002  * - Copy one of the examples in the <code>examples</code> directory (in the \SCIP root
1003  * directory). For instance, type
1004  * \verbatim
1005  > cp -r examples/Binpacking/ ../SCIPProject/ ; cd ../SCIPProject
1006  \endverbatim
1007  * from the \SCIP root directory for copying the content of the <code>Binpacking</code>-example into a fresh
1008  * directory named SCIPProject in the parent directory of the \SCIP root directory and jumping to
1009  * the new SCIPProject directory rightafter.
1010  * - Open the <code>Makefile</code> via
1011  * \verbatim
1012  > kate Makefile
1013  \endverbatim
1014  * and edit the following variables at the top to have a compilable code:
1015  *
1016  * - specify a correct path to the \SCIP root (<code>SCIPDIR</code>)
1017  * - rename the targets name (<code>MAINNAME</code>)
1018  * - adjust the source file names (<code>MAINOBJ</code>).
1019  * .
1020  * - Once you have edited the makefile, you can use all the flags that can be used in \SCIP to
1021  * compile your code, see \ref MAKE.
1022  * Note that you need to update the dependency files before compiling your project via <code>make depend</code>.
1023  *
1024  *
1025  *
1026  *
1027  */
1028 
1029 /**@page SHELL Tutorial: the interactive shell
1030  *
1031  * If you are using \SCIP as a black box solver, here you will find some tips and tricks what you can do.
1032  *
1033  * @section TUTORIAL_OPTIMIZE Read and optimize a problem instance
1034  *
1035  * First of all, we need a \SCIP binary and an example problem file to work with. Therefore, you can either download the
1036  * \SCIP standard distribution (which includes problem files) and compile it on your own or you can download a
1037  * precompiled binary and an example problem separately. \SCIP can read files in LP, MPS, ZPL, WBO, FZN, PIP, OSiL, and
1038  * other formats (see \ref FILEREADERS).
1039  *
1040  * If you want to download the source code of the \SCIP standard distribution, we recommend to go to the <a
1041  * href="http://scip.zib.de/#download">SCIP download section</a>, download the latest release (version 4.0.0 as
1042  * of this writing), inflate the tarball (e.g., with "tar xzf scipoptsuite-[version].tgz"), and follow the instructions
1043  * in the INSTALL file. The instance stein27, which will serve as an example in this tutorial, can be found under
1044  * scipoptsuite-[version]/scip-[version]/check/instances/MIP/stein27.fzn.
1045  *
1046  * If you want to download a precompiled binary, go to the <a href="http://scip.zib.de/#download">SCIP download
1047  * section</a> and download an appropriate binary for your operating system. The \SCIP source code distribution already comes with
1048  * the example instance used throughout this tutorial. To follow this tutorial with a precompiled binary, we recommend downloading the instance
1049  * <a href="http://miplib.zib.de/miplib3/miplib3/stein27.mps.gz">stein27</a> from
1050  * the <a href="http://miplib.zib.de/miplib3/miplib.html">MIPLIB 3.0</a> homepage.
1051  *
1052  * Now start your binary, without any arguments. This opens the interactive shell, which should look somehow like this:
1053  *
1054  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetVersion
1055  *
1056  * First of all "help" shows you a list of all available shell commands. Brackets indicate a submenu with further options.
1057  *
1058  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetHelp
1059  *
1060  * Okay, let's solve the example instance... use "read check/instances/MIP/stein27.fzn" to parse the instance file, "optimize" to solve it and "display
1061  * solution" to show the nonzero variables of the best found solution.
1062  *
1063  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetOpt1
1064  *
1065  * What do we see here? After "optimize", SCIP first goes into presolving. Not much is happening for this instance, just
1066  * the linear constraints get upgraded to more specific types. Each round of presolving will be displayed in a single
1067  * line, with a short summary at the end. Then, we see the actual solving process. The table output of the branch-and-cut
1068  * solving process is very detailed during the root node. Afterwards, a new line is displayed every 100th node.
1069  * Furthermore, every new incumbent solution triggers a new table row, starting with a character to indicate the
1070  * heuristic that found the solution. Which letter represents which heuristic can be seen with the
1071  * "display heuristics" command, see \ref TUTORIAL_STATISTICS for an example.
1072  *
1073  * After some lines the root node processing is finished. From now on, we will see an output line every hundredth node or
1074  * whenever a new incumbent is found. After some more nodes, the "dualbound" starts
1075  * moving, too. At one point, both will be the same, and the solving process terminates, showing us some wrap-up
1076  * information.
1077  *
1078  * The exact performance may of course vary among different architectures and operating systems. Do not be worried if
1079  * your installation needs more or less time or nodes to solve. Also, this instance has more than 2000 different optimal
1080  * solutions. The optimal objective value always has to be 18, but the solution vector may differ. If you are interested
1081  * in this behavior, which is called "performance variability", you may have a look at the MIPLIB2010 paper.
1082  *
1083  * @section TUTORIAL_FILEIO Writing problems and solutions to a file
1084 
1085  * \SCIP can also write information to files. E.g., we could store the incumbent solution to a file, or output the
1086  * problem instance in another file format (the LP format is much more human readable than the MPS format, for example).
1087  *
1088  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetWriteSolutions
1089  *
1090  * Passing starting solutions can increase the solving performance so that \SCIP does not need to construct an initial feasible solution
1091  * by itself. After reading the problem instance, use the "read" command again, this time with a file containing solution information.
1092  * Solutions can be specified in a raw or xml-format and must have the file extension ".sol", see the documentation of the
1093  * <a href="http://scip.zib.de/doc/html/reader__sol_8h.php">solution reader of \SCIP</a> for further information.
1094  *
1095  * Customized settings are not written or read with the "write" and "read" commands, but with the three commands
1096  *
1097  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetSaveSettingsOverview
1098  *
1099  * See the section on parameters \ref TUTORIAL_PARAMETERS for more information.
1100  *
1101  * @section TUTORIAL_STATISTICS Displaying detailed solving statistics
1102  *
1103  * We might want to have some more information now. Which of the heuristics found solutions? Which plugins
1104  * were called during the solutions process and how much time did they spend?
1105  * Information on certain plugin types (e.g., heuristics, branching rules, separators) is displayed via
1106  * "display <plugin-type>", information on the solution process via "display statistics", and "display problem"
1107  * shows the current instance.
1108  *
1109  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetDisplayStatistics
1110  *
1111  * The statistics obtained via "display statistics" are quite comprehensive,
1112  * thus, we just explain a few lines here. Information is grouped by the plugin type. For the primal heuristics,
1113  * the execution time in seconds is shown as well as the number of calls to the heuristic, and its success regarding
1114  * the number of (best) solutions found by that heuristic. Appropriate statistics are also shown for presolvers, constraint handlers,
1115  * separators, propagators, the search tree, etc. User-written plugins will appear automatically in these statistics,
1116  * after they were included into \SCIP.
1117  *
1118  * @section TUTORIAL_PARAMETERS Changing parameters from the interactive shell
1119  *
1120  * Now, we can start playing around with parameters. The primal heuristics Rounding and shifting seem to be quite successful on this instance,
1121  * wondering what happens if we disable them? Or what happens, if we are even more rigorous and disable all heuristics?
1122  * Or if we do the opposite and use aggressive heuristics?
1123  *
1124  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetSetSettings
1125  *
1126  * We can navigate through the menus step-by-step and get a list of available options and submenus. Therefore, we select
1127  * "set" to change settings, "heuristics" to change settings of primal heuristics, and "shifting" for that particular
1128  * heuristic. Then we see a list of parameters (and yet another submenu for advanced parameters), and disable this
1129  * heuristic by setting its calling frequency to -1. If we already know the path to a certain setting, we can directly
1130  * type it (as for the rounding heuristic in the above example). Note that we do not have to use the full names, but we
1131  * may use short versions, as long as they are unique.
1132  *
1133  * To solve a problem a second time, we have to read it in again before starting the optimization process.
1134  *
1135  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetOpt2
1136  *
1137  * Okay, what happened here? First, we reset all parameters to their default values, using "set default". Next, we
1138  * loaded some meta-parameter settings (also see <a href="http://scip.zib.de/#faq">the FAQ</a>), to apply primal heuristics
1139  * more aggressively. \SCIP shows us, which single parameters it changed therefore. Additionally, for pedagogical purposes,
1140  * we set the node limit to 200. Now, the optimal solution is already found at the root node, by a heuristic which is
1141  * deactivated by default. Then, after node 200, the user defined node limit is reached which interrupts the solving
1142  * process, We see that now in the short status report, primal and dual bound are different, thus, the problem is not solved
1143  * yet. Nevertheless, we could access statistics, see the current incumbent solution, change parameters and so on.
1144  * Entering "optimize" we continue the solving process from the point on at which it has been interrupted.
1145  *
1146  * Once you found a non-default parameter setting that you wish to save and use in the future, use either the command
1147  *
1148  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetSaveSettingsFull
1149  *
1150  * to save <b>all</b> parameter values to the specified file, or
1151  *
1152  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetSaveSettingsDiff
1153  *
1154  * in order to save only the nondefault parameters. The latter has several advantages, you can, e.g., combine parameter
1155  * settings from multiple settings files stored by the latter command, as long as they only affect mutually exclusive
1156  * parameter values.
1157  *
1158  * For loading a previously stored settings file, use the "load" command:
1159  *
1160  * @snippet shelltutorial/shelltutorialannotated.tmp SnippetLoadSettings
1161  *
1162  * Special attention should be drawn to the reserved settings file name "scip.set"; whenever the \SCIP interactive shell
1163  * is started from a working directory that contains a settings file with the name "scip.set", it will be automatically
1164  * replace the default settings.
1165  *
1166  * For using special settings for automated tests as described in \ref TEST, save your custom settings in a subdirectory
1167  * "SCIP_HOME/settings".
1168  *
1169  *
1170  * We hope this tutorial gave you an overview of what is possible using the \SCIP interactive shell. Please also read our
1171  * \ref FAQ, in particular the section <a href="http://scip.zib.de/#faq">Using \SCIP as a standalone MIP/MINLP-Solver</a>.
1172  *
1173  */
1174 
1175 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
1176 
1177 /**@page DOC How to search the documentation for interface methods
1178  *
1179  * If you are looking for a method in order to perform a specific task, there are usually two places to look at:
1180  * - The file "scip.h" in the file list.
1181  * In this main header file, you find all methods that perform "complex" operations that affect or need data from
1182  * different components of \SCIP.
1183  * For these methods, you always have to provide the \SCIP pointer that is created by SCIPcreate().
1184  * The documentation of "scip.h" is grouped into several blocks, each dealing with methods for a specific kind of
1185  * object.
1186  * For example, all methods operating on variables are grouped together.
1187 
1188  * - The files \ref PUBLICCOREAPI "pub_<...>.h" contain methods that perform "easy" operations that only
1189  * affect the corresponding objects.
1190  * Usually, with these methods you can access the data of the object.
1191  * For example, in "pub_var.h" you find methods to get information about a variable.
1192  *
1193  * The file "pub_misc.h" contains methods for data structures like priority queues, hash tables, and hash maps,
1194  * as well as methods for sorting, numerics, random numbers, string operations, and file operations.
1195  *
1196  * If you are looking for a description of a callback method of a plugin that you want to implement, you have to
1197  * look at the corresponding \ref TYPEDEFINITIONS "type_<...>.h".
1198  */
1199 
1200 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
1201 
1202 /**@page CONS How to add constraint handlers
1203  *
1204  * A constraint handler defines the semantics and the algorithms to process constraints of a certain class. A single
1205  * constraint handler is responsible for all constraints belonging to its constraint class. For example, there is
1206  * one \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler" that ensures solutions are only accepted if they satisfy all
1207  * knapsack constraints in the model. \n A complete list of all constraint handlers contained in this release can be
1208  * found \ref CONSHDLRS "here".
1209  *
1210  * We now explain how users can add their own constraint handlers.
1211  * For an example, look into the subtour constraint handler (examples/TSP/src/ConshdlrSubtour.cpp) of the
1212  * \ref TSP_MAIN project.
1213  * The example is written in C++ and uses the C++ wrapper classes.
1214  * However, we will explain the implementation of a constraint handler using the C interface.
1215  * It is very easy to transfer the C explanation to C++; whenever a method should be implemented using the
1216  * SCIP_DECL_CONS... notion, reimplement the corresponding virtual member function of the abstract scip::ObjConshdlr
1217  * base class.
1218  *
1219  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a constraint handler can be found in the file
1220  * type_cons.h.
1221  *
1222  * Here is what you have to do (assuming your constraint handler should be named "subtour"):
1223  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/cons_xyz.c and src/scip/cons_xyz.h into files "cons_subtour.c"
1224  * and "cons_subtour.h".
1225  * \n
1226  * Make sure to <b>adjust your Makefile</b> such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
1227  * -# Use SCIPincludeConsSubtour() in order to include the constraint handler into your SCIP instance,
1228  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cppmain.cpp in the TSP example).
1229  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "subtour".
1230  * -# Adjust the \ref CONS_PROPERTIES "properties of the constraint handler".
1231  * -# Define the \ref CONS_DATA "constraint data and the constraint handler data". This is optional.
1232  * -# Implement the \ref CONS_INTERFACE "interface methods".
1233  * -# Implement the \ref CONS_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "fundamental callback methods".
1234  * -# Implement the \ref CONS_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callback methods". This is optional.
1235  *
1236  *
1237  * @section CONS_PROPERTIES Properties of a Constraint Handler
1238  *
1239  * At the top of the new file "cons_subtour.c" you can find the constraint handler properties.
1240  * These are given as compiler defines. Some of them are optional, as, e.g., separation-related properties,
1241  * which only have to be defined if the constraint handler supports the related callbacks.
1242  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the constraint handler properties by calling the constructor
1243  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjConshdlr from within your constructor (see the TSP example).
1244  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
1245  *
1246  * @subsection CONS_FUNDAMENTALPROPERTIES Fundamental Constraint Handler properties
1247  *
1248  * \par CONSHDLR_NAME: the name of the constraint handler.
1249  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the constraint handler.
1250  * Additionally, if you are searching for a constraint handler with SCIPfindConshdlr(), this name is looked up.
1251  * Names have to be unique: no two constraint handlers may have the same name.
1252  *
1253  * \par CONSHDLR_DESC: the description of the constraint handler.
1254  * This string is printed as a description of the constraint handler in the interactive shell of SCIP.
1255  *
1256  * \par CONSHDLR_ENFOPRIORITY: the priority of the constraint handler for constraint enforcing.
1257  * Like the separation priority, the enforcement priorities define the order in which the different constraint handlers
1258  * are called in the constraint enforcement step of the subproblem processing.
1259  * The constraint enforcement is called after the price-and-cut loop is executed (in the case that the LP is solved
1260  * at the current subproblem).
1261  * \n
1262  * The integrality constraint handler has an enforcement priority of 0.
1263  * That means, if a constraint handler has negative enforcement priority, it only has to deal with integral solutions
1264  * in its enforcement methods, because for fractional solutions, the integrality constraint handler would have
1265  * created a branching, thereby aborting the enforcement step.
1266  * If you want to implement a constraint-depending branching rule (for example, SOS branching on special ordered
1267  * set constraints), you have to assign a positive enforcement priority to your constraint handler.
1268  * In this case, you have to be able to deal with fractional solutions.
1269  * \n
1270  * See \ref CONSENFOLP and \ref CONSENFOPS for further details of the separation callback.
1271  *
1272  * \par CONSHDLR_CHECKPRIORITY: the priority of the constraint handler for checking feasibility.
1273  * Like the separation priority, the checking priorities define the order in which the different constraint handlers
1274  * are called to check the feasibility of a given primal solution candidate.
1275  * The integrality constraint handler has a checking priority of 0.
1276  * That means, constraint handlers with negative checking priorities only have to deal with integral solutions.
1277  *
1278  * \par CONSHDLR_EAGERFREQ: the default frequency for using all instead of only the useful constraints in separation, propagation and enforcement.
1279  * If \em constraint \em aging is activated, some constraints that were not useful in the past for propagation or
1280  * separation are marked to be \em obsolete.
1281  * Usually, the obsolete constraints are not presented to the separation and propagation methods of the constraint
1282  * handlers, such that the constraint handlers only process the non-obsolete constraints.
1283  * However, every n'th call, with n being the EAGERFREQ of the constraint handler, all constraints are presented to the
1284  * separation and propagation methods of the constraint handler.
1285  * This gives obsolete constraints the chance of becoming non-obsolete again.
1286  * \n
1287  * If the eager evaluation frequency is set to -1, obsolete constraints are never presented to the separation and
1288  * propagation methods.
1289  * A frequency of 0 means, that obsolete constraints are only used in the first call of each method.
1290  *
1291  * \par CONSHDLR_NEEDSCONS: indicates whether the constraint handler should be skipped, if no constraints are available.
1292  * Usually, a constraint handler is only executed if there are constraints of its corresponding class in the model.
1293  * For those constraint handlers, the NEEDSCONS flag should be set to TRUE.
1294  * However, some constraint handlers must be called without having a constraint of the class in the model, because
1295  * the constraint is only implicitly available.
1296  * For example, the integrality constraint handler has the NEEDSCONS flag set to FALSE, because there is no explicit
1297  * integrality constraint in the model.
1298  * The integrality conditions are attached to the variables, and the integrality constraint handler has to check
1299  * all variables that are marked to be integer for integral values.
1300  *
1301  * @subsection CONS_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES Optional Constraint Handler properties
1302  *
1303  * The following properties are optional and only need to be defined if the constraint handlers support
1304  * separation, presolving, propagation, and/or upgrade functionality.
1305  *
1306  * \par LINCONSUPGD_PRIORITY: priority of the constraint handler for upgrading of linear constraints
1307  * This property is only needed if a certain linear constraint can be upgraded to a more specific one. In one of
1308  * the first presolving rounds SCIP tries to upgrade linear constraints to more specialized constraints, such as
1309  * knapsack constraints. The upgrading calls are processed in the order of decreasing priority.
1310  *
1311  * \par NONLINCONSUPGD_PRIORITY: priority of the constraint handler for upgrading of nonlinear constraints
1312  * This property has the same effect as the LINCONSUPGD_PRIORITY parameter, see above, and should be set whenever
1313  * an upgrade functionality from a general nonlinear constraint to the more specific one is defined.
1314  *
1315  * \par CONSHDLR_SEPAFREQ: the default frequency for separating cuts.
1316  * The separation frequency defines the depth levels at which the constraint handler's separation methods \ref CONSSEPALP
1317  * and \ref CONSSEPASOL are called.
1318  * For example, a separation frequency of 7 means, that the separation callback is executed for subproblems that are
1319  * in depth 0, 7, 14, ... of the branching tree.
1320  * A separation frequency of 0 means, that the separation method is only called at the root node.
1321  * A separation frequency of -1 disables the separation method of the constraint handler.
1322  * \n
1323  * The separation frequency can be adjusted by the user.
1324  * This property of the constraint handler only defines the default value of the frequency.
1325  * If you want to have a more flexible control of when to execute the separation algorithm, you have to assign
1326  * a separation frequency of 1 and implement a check at the beginning of your separation algorithm whether you really
1327  * want to execute the separator or not.
1328  * If you do not want to execute the method, set the result code to SCIP_DIDNOTRUN.
1329  *
1330  * \par CONSHDLR_SEPAPRIORITY: the priority of the constraint handler for separation. (optional: to be set only if the constraint handler supports separation)
1331  * In each separation round during the price-and-cut loop of the subproblem processing or during the separation loop
1332  * of the primal solution separation, the separators and separation methods of the constraint handlers are called in
1333  * a predefined order, which is given by the priorities of the separators and the separation priorities of the
1334  * constraint handlers.
1335  * First, the separators with non-negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
1336  * Next, the separation methods of the different constraint handlers are called in the order of decreasing separation
1337  * priority.
1338  * Finally, the separators with negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
1339  * \n
1340  * The separation priority of the constraint handler should be set according to the complexity of the cut separation
1341  * algorithm and the impact of the resulting cuts:
1342  * Constraint handlers that provide fast algorithms that usually have a high impact (i.e., cut off a large portion of
1343  * the LP relaxation) should have a high priority.
1344  * See \ref CONSSEPALP and \ref CONSSEPASOL for further details of the separation callbacks.
1345  *
1346  * \par CONSHDLR_DELAYSEPA: the default for whether the separation method should be delayed, if other separators found cuts.
1347  * If the constraint handler's separation method is marked to be delayed, it is only executed after no other separator
1348  * or constraint handler found a cut during the price-and-cut loop.
1349  * If the separation method of the constraint handler is very expensive, you may want to mark it to be delayed until all
1350  * cheap separation methods have been executed.
1351  *
1352  * \par CONSHDLR_PROPFREQ: the default frequency for propagating domains.
1353  * This default frequency has the same meaning as the CONSHDLR_SEPAFREQ with respect to the domain propagation
1354  * callback of the constraint handler.
1355  * A propagation frequency of 0 means that propagation is only applied in preprocessing and at the root node.
1356  * A propagation frequency of -1 disables the propagation method of the constraint handler.
1357  *
1358  * \par CONSHDLR_DELAYPROP: the default for whether the propagation method should be delayed, if other propagators found reductions.
1359  * This property is analogous to the DELAYSEPA flag, but deals with the propagation method of the constraint handler.
1360  *
1361  * \par CONSHDLR_PROP_TIMING: the propagation timing mask of the constraint handler.
1362  * SCIP calls the domain propagation routines at different places in the node processing loop.
1363  * This property indicates at which places the propagation routine of the constraint handler is called.
1364  * Possible values are defined in type_timing.h and can be concatenated, e.g., as in SCIP_PROPTIMING_ALWAYS.
1365  *
1366  * \par CONSHDLR_PRESOLTIMING: the timing of the constraint handler's presolving method (FAST, MEDIUM, or EXHAUSTIVE).
1367  * Every presolving round starts with the FAST presolving methods. MEDIUM presolvers are only called, if FAST presolvers did not find
1368  * enough reductions in this round so far, and EXHAUSTIVE presolving steps are only performed if all presolvers called before
1369  * in this round were unsuccessful.
1370  * Presolving methods should be assigned a timing based on how expensive they are, e.g., presolvers that provide fast algorithms that
1371  * usually have a high impact (i.e., remove lots of variables or tighten bounds of many variables) should have a timing FAST.
1372  * If a presolving method implements different algorithms of different complexity, it may also get multiple timings and check the timing
1373  * internally in the \ref CONSPRESOL callback to decide which algorithms to run.
1374  *
1375  * \par CONSHDLR_MAXPREROUNDS: the default maximal number of presolving rounds the constraint handler participates in.
1376  * The preprocessing is executed in rounds.
1377  * If enough changes have been applied to the model, an additional preprocessing round is performed.
1378  * The MAXPREROUNDS parameter of a constraint handler denotes the maximal number of preprocessing rounds the constraint
1379  * handler participates in.
1380  * A value of -1 means that there is no limit on the number of rounds.
1381  * A value of 0 means the preprocessing callback of the constraint handler is disabled.
1382  *
1383  *
1384  *
1385  * @section CONS_DATA Constraint Data and Constraint Handler Data
1386  *
1387  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find two structs called "struct SCIP_ConsData" and
1388  * "struct SCIP_ConshdlrData".
1389  * If you are using C++, you only need to define the "struct SCIP_ConsData".
1390  * The constraint handler data must be implemented as member variables of your constraint handler class.
1391  * \n
1392  * The constraint data are the information that is needed to define a single constraint of the constraint handler's
1393  * constraint class.
1394  * For example, the data of a knapsack constraint would consist of a list of variables, a list of weights, and
1395  * the capacity of the knapsack.
1396  * The data of a subtour constraint consists of the graph on which the problem is defined.
1397  * In the graph, each edge should be linked to the corresponding binary problem variable.
1398  * \n
1399  * The constraint handler data are additional variables, that belong to the constraint handler itself and which are
1400  * not specific to a single constraint.
1401  * For example, you can use these data to store parameters of the constraint handler or statistical information.
1402  * The constraint handler data are optional.
1403  * You can leave the struct empty.
1404  *
1405  *
1406  * @section CONS_INTERFACE Interface Methods
1407  *
1408  * At the bottom of "cons_subtour.c" you can find three interface methods, that also appear in "cons_subtour.h".
1409  * These are SCIPincludeConshdlrSubtour(), SCIPcreateConsSubtour(), and SCIPcreateConsSubtourBasic().
1410  * \n
1411  * The method SCIPincludeConshdlrSubtour() only has to be adjusted slightly.
1412  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the constraint handler by calling the method
1413  * SCIPincludeConshdlr().
1414  * It is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the constraint handler, i.e., if (s)he wants to make
1415  * the constraint handler available to the model, and looks like this:
1416  * \dontinclude src/scip/cons_knapsack.c
1417  * -# If you are using constraint handler data, you have to <b>allocate the memory for the data</b> at this point.
1418  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_ConshdlrData afterwards.
1419  *
1420  * \skip SCIP_RETCODE SCIPincludeConshdlrKnapsack(
1421  * \until SCIPallocBlockMemory
1422  *
1423  * -# Now, <b>SCIP gets notified</b> of the presence of the constraint handler together with its \ref CONS_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "basic callbacks".
1424  *
1425  * \skip SCIPincludeConshdlrBasic
1426  * \until assert
1427  *
1428  * -# All \ref CONS_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks" are added via their setter functions.
1429  *
1430  * \skip SCIPsetConshdlrCopy
1431  * \until SCIPsetConshdlrExit
1432  *
1433  * -# If the constraint handler is a specialization of a general linear or nonlinear constraint, we want to include an
1434  * <b>automatic upgrading mechanism</b> by calling the interface method
1435  *
1436  * \skip SCIPfindConshdlr
1437  * \until SCIPincludeLinconsUpgrade
1438  * or
1439  * \code
1440  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPincludeNonlinconsUpgrade(scip, nonlinconsUpgdSubtour, NULL, NONLINCONSUPGD_PRIORITY, TRUE, CONSHDLR_NAME) );
1441  * \endcode
1442  *
1443  * in the nonlinear case. See also cons_nonlinear.h for further information about the general upgrade procedure in the nonlinear case.
1444  * -# You may also add <b>user parameters</b> for your constraint handler.
1445  * Some parameters which are important to play with are added to every constraint automatically, as, e.g.,
1446  * propagation or separation frequency.
1447  * \skip SCIPaddIntParam
1448  * \until DEFAULT_SEPACARDFREQ
1449  * \skip SCIP_OKAY
1450  * \until }
1451  *
1452  *
1453  * The methods SCIPcreateConsSubtour() and SCIPcreateConsSubtourBasic() are called to create a single constraint of the constraint
1454  * handler's constraint class.
1455  * It should allocate and fill the constraint data, and call SCIPcreateCons().
1456  * Take a look at the following example from the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler":
1457  *
1458  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_knapsack.c,SnippetConsCreationKnapsack}
1459  *
1460  * In this example, consdataCreate() is a local method that allocates memory for the given consdata
1461  * and fills the data with the given <code>vars</code> array. For allocating memory for the constraint data, you
1462  * can use SCIP memory allocation:
1463  * \code
1464  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, consdata) );
1465  * \endcode
1466  *
1467  *
1468  * @section CONS_CALLBACKS Callback methods of Constraint handlers
1469  *
1470  * Besides the various functions which you will implement inside your constraint handler there exists a number
1471  * of <b> callback methods </b> associated with your constraint handler. Callback methods can be regarded as
1472  * tasks which your constraint handler is able to provide to the solver. They are grouped into two
1473  * categories:
1474  *
1475  * \ref CONS_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "Fundamental Callback methods" are mandatory to implement
1476  * such that your code will work. For example, every constraint handler has to provide the
1477  * functionality to state whether all of its constraints are
1478  * fulfilled by a given variable assignment. Hence, the \ref CONSCHECK "CONSCHECK" callback is
1479  * one of the fundamental (or \a basic) callbacks of a constraint handler.
1480  *
1481  * Callbacks which are not necessarily implemented are grouped together as
1482  * \ref CONS_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks". Such callbacks can be used to allocate and free memory
1483  * at different stages of the solving process. Although not mandatory, it might be useful to implement
1484  * some of these callbacks, e.g., to extend your constraint handler by a
1485  * \ref CONSSEPALP "separation" or \ref CONSPRESOL "presolving" functionality.
1486  *
1487  * All callbacks should be passed to SCIP during the SCIPinclude<PLUGINTYPE><PLUGINNAME> method
1488  * (e.g., SCIPincludeConshdlrKnapsack() for the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler").
1489  * Since SCIP version 3.0, two ways of setting callbacks can be used, either via SCIPincludeConshdlr()
1490  * (all at once, as it always was), or via SCIPincludeConshdlrBasic() and setter functions for additional callbacks.
1491  * Since the basic inclusion methods are very unlikely to change and will thus
1492  * make your code more stable towards future versions of SCIP with more callbacks,
1493  * we recommend the latter choice, as explained in the \ref CONS_INTERFACE "interface" section.
1494  *
1495  * @section CONS_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods
1496  *
1497  * By implementing the fundamental callbacks, you define the semantics of the constraint class the constraint handler
1498  * deals with.
1499  * If these methods are implemented, the resulting code is already correct and finds the optimal solution to the
1500  * given problem instance.
1501  * However, it might be very slow because the additional features, like cut separation and domain propagation, are
1502  * missing.
1503  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjConshdlr, the fundamental callback methods are virtual abstract member functions.
1504  * You have to implement them in order to be able to construct an object of your constraint handler class.
1505  *
1506  * There are three fundamental callback methods that are all dealing with the feasibility of a given solution.
1507  * They are called at different places in the algorithm and have slightly different meaning.
1508  * However, it is usually reasonable to implement a single local method that is called by all of the three callback
1509  * methods with slightly modified parameters.
1510  * The fourth method provides dual information that is used for example in preprocessing.
1511  *
1512  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_cons.h.
1513  *
1514  * @subsection CONSCHECK
1515  *
1516  * The CONSCHECK callback gets a primal solution candidate in a SCIP_SOL* data structure
1517  * and has to check this solution for global feasibility.
1518  * It has to return a result SCIP_FEASIBLE, if the solution satisfies all the constraints of the constraint handler,
1519  * and a result SCIP_INFEASIBLE if there is at least one constraint that is violated.
1520  * The callback is used by primal heuristics to check a constructed solution for feasibility.
1521  * That means, the constraint handler has to deal with arbitrary solutions that do not necessarily satisfy the bounds
1522  * and constraints of the local subproblem.
1523  *
1524  * The value of a variable \em var in the given solution \em sol can be accessed by calling
1525  * \code
1526  * SCIPgetSolVal(scip, sol, var)
1527  * \endcode
1528  *
1529  * For example, the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler" loops over its constraints and
1530  * calculates the scalar product \f$w^T x\f$ of weights \f$w\f$ with the solution vector \f$x\f$.
1531  * This scalar product is compared with the capacity of the knapsack constraint.
1532  * If it exceeds the capacity, the CONSCHECK method is immediately aborted with the result SCIP_INFEASIBLE.
1533  * If all knapsack constraints are satisfied, a result SCIP_FEASIBLE is returned.
1534  *
1535  * @subsection CONSENFOLP
1536  *
1537  * The CONSENFOLP method is called after the price-and-cut loop was finished and an LP solution is available.
1538  * Like the CHECK call, the ENFOLP method should return a result SCIP_FEASIBLE, if the solution satisfies all the
1539  * constraints.
1540  * However, the behavior should be different, if the solution violates some of the associated constraints.
1541  * The constraint handler may return a result SCIP_INFEASIBLE in this situation, but this is not the best what
1542  * one can do.
1543  * The ENFOLP method has the possibility of \em resolving the infeasibility by
1544  * - stating that the current subproblem is infeasible (result SCIP_CUTOFF),
1545  * - adding an additional constraint that resolves the infeasibility (result SCIP_CONSADDED),
1546  * - reducing the domain of a variable (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM),
1547  * - adding a cutting plane (result SCIP_SEPARATED),
1548  * - performing a branching (result SCIP_BRANCHED).
1549  *
1550  * However, the solution is not given as a SCIP_SOL* data structure.
1551  *
1552  * The value of a variable <code>var</code> in the LP solution can be accessed by calling
1553  * \code
1554  * SCIPgetVarSol(scip, var)
1555  * \endcode
1556  * or by
1557  * \code
1558  * SCIPgetSolVal(scip, NULL, var)
1559  * \endcode
1560  * By using the latter method, you can have a single local method to check a solution for feasibility by passing
1561  * the given <code>sol</code> to the CONSCHECK call and by passing a NULL pointer as <code>sol</code> to
1562  * the CONSENFOLP and CONSENFOPS calls.
1563  *
1564  *
1565  * @subsection CONSENFOPS
1566  *
1567  * The CONSENFOPS callback is similar to the CONSENFOLP callback, but deals with \em pseudo \em solutions instead
1568  * of LP solutions.
1569  *
1570  * If the LP was not solved at the current subproblem (either because the user did not want to solve it, or because
1571  * numerical difficulties in the LP solving process were detected) no LP solution is available.
1572  * In this situation, the pseudo solution is used instead.
1573  * In this solution, the variables are set to the local bound which is best with respect to the objective function.
1574  * You can think of the pseudo solution as solution to the LP relaxation with all constraints except the bounds
1575  * being removed.
1576  *
1577  * Like the ENFOLP callback, the ENFOPS callback has to check whether the pseudo solution satisfies all the constraints
1578  * of the constraint handler.
1579  * The pseudo solution can be accessed by the same methods as the LP solution (SCIP knows, if the LP was solved at the
1580  * current subproblem, and returns either the LP solution or the pseudo solution).
1581  *
1582  * Unlike the ENFOLP callback, the ENFOPS callback must not add cuts and cannot return the result SCIP_SEPARATED.
1583  * It is, however, possible to force the solving of the LP by returning the result SCIP_SOLVELP.
1584  * For example, the infeasibility of a linear constraint that contains continuous variables cannot be resolved,
1585  * if all integer variables in the constraint are already fixed.
1586  * In this case, the LP has to be solved in order to get a solution that satisfies the linear constraint.
1587  *
1588  * @subsection CONSLOCK
1589  *
1590  * The CONSLOCK callback provides dual information for a single constraint.
1591  * It has to tell SCIP, which variables are existing in the given constraint, and in which way modifications of these
1592  * variables may affect the feasibility of the constraint.
1593  *
1594  * For each variable that is affected by the constraint, the callback should call SCIPaddVarLocks():
1595  * - If the constraint may become violated by decreasing the value of a variable, it should call
1596  * SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, var, nlockspos, nlocksneg), saying that rounding down is potentially rendering the
1597  * (positive) constraint infeasible and rounding up is potentially rendering the negation of the constraint
1598  * infeasible.
1599  * - If the constraint may become violated by increasing the value of a variable, it should call
1600  * SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, var, nlocksneg, nlockspos), saying that rounding up is potentially rendering the
1601  * constraint's negation infeasible and rounding down is potentially rendering the constraint itself
1602  * infeasible.
1603  * - If the constraint may become violated by changing the variable in any direction, it should call
1604  * SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, var, nlockspos + nlocksneg, nlockspos + nlocksneg).
1605  *
1606  * <b>Note:</b> You do not have to worry about nlockspos and nlocksneg. These integer values are given as
1607  * parameter of the CONSLOCK callback (see type_cons.h). Just use these variables in the above described
1608  * fashion <b>without</b> adding or subtracting anything to them. In case of the knapsack constraints this
1609  * method looks like this.
1610  *
1611  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_knapsack.c,SnippetConsLockKnapsack}
1612  *
1613  * To give same more intuition, consider the linear constraint \f$3x -5y +2z \leq 7\f$ as an example.
1614  * The CONSLOCK callback method of the linear constraint handler should call
1615  * SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, x, nlocksneg, nlockspos), SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, y, nlockspos, nlocksneg),
1616  * and SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, z, nlocksneg, nlockspos) to tell SCIP, that rounding up of \f$x\f$
1617  * and \f$z\f$ and rounding down of \f$y\f$ can destroy the feasibility of the constraint, while rounding
1618  * down of \f$x\f$ and \f$z\f$ and rounding up of \f$y\f$ can destroy the feasibility of the
1619  * constraint's negation \f$3x -5y +2z > 7\f$.
1620  * \n
1621  * A linear constraint \f$2 \leq 3x -5y +2z \leq 7\f$ should call
1622  * SCIPaddVarLocks(scip, ..., nlockspos + nlocksneg, nlockspos + nlocksneg) on all variables,
1623  * since rounding in both directions of each variable can destroy both the feasibility of the
1624  * constraint and it's negation \f$3x -5y +2z < 2\f$ or \f$3x -5y +2z > 7\f$.
1625  *
1626  *
1627  * @section CONS_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods
1628  *
1629  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case, but provide useful functionality
1630  * for many applications. They can be added to your constraint handler via setter functions, see
1631  * \ref CONS_INTERFACE "here".
1632  *
1633  * @subsection CONSFREE
1634  *
1635  * If you are using constraint handler data, you have to implement this method in order to free the
1636  * constraint handler data. This can be done by the following procedure (which is taken from the
1637  * \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler"):
1638  *
1639  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_knapsack.c,SnippetConsFreeKnapsack}
1640  *
1641  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your constraint handler data, remember to free this memory
1642  * before freeing the constraint handler data itself.
1643  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
1644  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
1645  *
1646  * @subsection CONSHDLRCOPY
1647  *
1648  * The CONSHDLRCOPY callback is executed when the SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to solve a sub-SCIP. By defining this
1649  * callback as <code>NULL</code> the user disables the inclusion of the specified constraint handler into all copied SCIP
1650  * instances. This may deteriorate the performance of primal heuristics solving sub-SCIPs, since these constitute only
1651  * relaxations of the original problem if constraint handlers are missing.
1652  *
1653  * A usual implementation just
1654  * calls the interface method which includes the constraint handler to the model. For example, this callback is
1655  * implemented for the \ref cons_knapsack.c "knapsack constraint handler" as follows:
1656  *
1657  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_knapsack.c,SnippetConsCopyKnapsack}
1658  *
1659  * <b>Note:</b> If you implement this callback, take care when setting the valid pointer.
1660  *
1661  * A problem copy is called valid if it is valid in both the primal and the dual sense, i.e., if
1662  *
1663  * - it is a relaxation of the source problem
1664  * - it does not enlarge the feasible region.
1665  *
1666  * A constraint handler may choose to not copy a constraint and still declare the resulting copy as valid. It must ensure
1667  * the feasibility of any solution to the problem copy in the original (source) space.
1668  *
1669  * <b>Note:</b> If you implement this callback and the constraint handler needs constraints (see CONSHDLR_NEEDSCONS),
1670  * then you also need to implement the callback \ref CONSCOPY.
1671  *
1672  * @subsection CONSINIT
1673  *
1674  * The CONSINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
1675  * The constraint handler may, e.g., use this call to replace the original variables in its constraints by transformed
1676  * variables, or to initialize its statistical constraint handler data.
1677  *
1678  * @subsection CONSEXIT
1679  *
1680  * The CONSEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
1681  * In this method, the constraint handler should free all resources that were allocated for the solving process.
1682  *
1683  * @subsection CONSINITPRE
1684  *
1685  * The CONSINITPRE callback is executed before the preprocessing is started, even if presolving is turned off.
1686  * The constraint handler may use this call to initialize its presolving data, or to modify its constraints
1687  * before the presolving process begins.
1688  * Necessary constraint modifications that have to be performed even if presolving is turned off should be done here
1689  * or in the presolving deinitialization call.
1690  *
1691  * @subsection CONSEXITPRE
1692  *
1693  * The CONSEXITPRE callback is executed after the preprocessing has been finished, even if presolving is turned off.
1694  * The constraint handler may use this call e.g. to clean up its presolving data, or to finally modify its constraints
1695  * before the branch-and-bound process begins.
1696  * Necessary constraint modifications that have to be performed even if presolving is turned off should be done here
1697  * or in the presolving initialization call.
1698  * Besides necessary modifications and clean up, no time consuming operations should be done.
1699  *
1700  * @subsection CONSINITSOL
1701  *
1702  * The CONSINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
1703  * begin.
1704  * The constraint handler may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
1705  *
1706  * @subsection CONSEXITSOL
1707  *
1708  * The CONSEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed.
1709  * The constraint handler should use this call to clean up its branch-and-bound data, in particular to release
1710  * all LP rows that it has created or captured.
1711  *
1712  * @subsection CONSDELETE
1713  *
1714  * The CONSDELETE callback is executed if a constraint should be freed.
1715  * You can think of it as the destructor of a single constraint.
1716  * In the callback, you have to free the given constraint data.
1717  * The CONSDELETE callback is therefore the counterpart of the SCIPcreateCons...() interface method and the CONSTRANS
1718  * method.
1719  *
1720  * @subsection CONSTRANS
1721  *
1722  * The CONSTRANS method is called for each constraint of the constraint handler, when the user starts the solving
1723  * process.
1724  * It has to copy the original constraint data of the constraint to the memory for the transformed problem.
1725  * You can think of it as a copy constructor for a single constraint.
1726  *
1727  * The original model is copied in order to protect it from transformations that are applied during the solving process,
1728  * in particular during preprocessing.
1729  * Preprocessing and solving always operates on the transformed problem.
1730  * If the solving process data are freed, the original data still exist and the user can, e.g., modify the problem and
1731  * restart the solving process.
1732  *
1733  * If you do not implement the CONSTRANS method, a transformed constraint is created with the same flags and the
1734  * same constraint data pointer.
1735  * That means, the transformed constraint points to the original constraint data.
1736  * This is okay, as long as the constraint data is not changed during the solving process.
1737  * If you want to implement preprocessing methods or other methods that modify the constraint data, you have to
1738  * implement the CONSTRANS method and create a copy of the constraint data.
1739  *
1740  * Here is an example, which is taken from the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler":
1741  *
1742  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_knapsack.c,SnippetConsTransKnapsack}
1743  *
1744  * @subsection CONSINITLP
1745  *
1746  * The CONSINITLP callback is executed before the first LP relaxation is solved.
1747  * It should add the LP relaxations of all "initial" constraints to the LP. The method should scan the constraints
1748  * array for constraints that are marked initial via calls to SCIPconsIsInitial() and put the LP relaxation
1749  * of all initial constraints to the LP with calls to SCIPaddCut().
1750  *
1751  * @subsection CONSSEPALP
1752  *
1753  * The CONSSEPALP callback is executed during the price-and-cut loop of the subproblem processing.
1754  * It should try to generate cutting planes for the constraints of the constraint handler in order to separate
1755  * the current LP solution.
1756  * The method is called in the LP solution loop, which means that a valid LP solution exists.
1757  *
1758  * Usually, a separation callback searches and produces cuts, that are added with a call to SCIPaddCut().
1759  * If the cut should be remembered in the global cut pool, it may also call SCIPaddPoolCut().
1760  * However, the callback may also produce domain reductions or add other constraints.
1761  *
1762  * The CONSSEPALP callback has the following options:
1763  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variables' bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
1764  * - adding an additional constraint (result SCIP_CONSADDED)
1765  * - reducing a variable's domain (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
1766  * - adding a cutting plane to the LP (result SCIP_SEPARATED)
1767  * - stating that the separator searched, but did not find domain reductions, cutting planes, or cut constraints
1768  * (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
1769  * - stating that the separator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
1770  * - stating that the separator was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED)
1771  * - stating that a new separation round should be started without calling the remaining separator methods (result SCIP_NEWROUND)
1772  *
1773  * Please see also the @ref CONS_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES section to learn about the properties
1774  * CONSHDLR_SEPAFREQ, CONSHDLR_SEPAPRIORITY, and CONSHDLR_DELAYSEPA, which influence the behaviour of SCIP
1775  * calling CONSSEPALP.
1776  *
1777  * @subsection CONSSEPASOL
1778  *
1779  * The CONSSEPASOL callback is executed during separation loop on arbitrary primal solutions.
1780  * It should try to generate cutting planes for the constraints of the constraint handler in order to separate
1781  * the given primal solution.
1782  * The method is not called in the LP solution loop, which means that there is no valid LP solution.
1783  *
1784  * Usually, a separation callback searches and produces cuts, that are added with a call to SCIPaddCut().
1785  * If the cut should be remembered in the global cut pool, it may also call SCIPaddPoolCut().
1786  * However, the callback may also produce domain reductions or add other constraints.
1787  *
1788  * The CONSSEPASOL callback has the following options:
1789  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variables' bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
1790  * - adding an additional constraint (result SCIP_CONSADDED)
1791  * - reducing a variable's domain (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
1792  * - adding a cutting plane to the LP (result SCIP_SEPARATED)
1793  * - stating that the separator searched, but did not find domain reductions, cutting planes, or cut constraints
1794  * (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
1795  * - stating that the separator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
1796  * - stating that the separator was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED)
1797  * - stating that a new separation round should be started without calling the remaining separator methods (result SCIP_NEWROUND)
1798  *
1799  * Please see also the @ref CONS_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES section to learn about the properties
1800  * CONSHDLR_SEPAFREQ, CONSHDLR_SEPAPRIORITY, and CONSHDLR_DELAYSEPA, which influence the behaviour of SCIP
1801  * calling CONSSEPASOL.
1802  *
1803  * @subsection CONSENFORELAX
1804  *
1805  * The CONSENFORELAX callback is similar to the CONSENFOLP and CONSENFOPS callbacks, but deals with relaxation solutions.
1806  *
1807  * If the best bound computed by a relaxator that includes the whole LP is strictly better than the bound of the LP itself,
1808  * the corresponding relaxation solution will get enforced. Therefore the CONSENFORELAX callback will only be called for
1809  * solutions that satisfy all active LP-constraints.
1810  *
1811  * Like the ENFOLP and ENFOPS callbacks, the ENFORELAX callback has to check whether the solution given in sol satisfies
1812  * all the constraints of the constraint handler. Since the callback is only called for relaxators including the whole LP,
1813  * cuts may be added with a result of SCIP_SEPARATED, like in the ENFOLP callback. It is also possible to return
1814  * SCIP_SOLVELP if the relaxation solution is invalid for some reason and the LP should be solved instead.
1815  *
1816  * Note that the CONSENFORELAX callback is only relevant if relaxators are used. Since the basic distribution of the
1817  * SCIP Optimization Suite does not contain any relaxators, this callback can be ignored unless any relaxators are added
1818  * via user-plugins.
1819  *
1820  * @subsection CONSPROP
1821  *
1822  * The CONSPROP callback is called during the subproblem processing.
1823  * It should propagate the constraints, which means that it should infer reductions in the variables' local bounds
1824  * from the current local bounds.
1825  * This technique, which is the main workhorse of constraint programming, is called "node preprocessing" in the
1826  * Integer Programming community.
1827  *
1828  * The CONSPROP callback has the following options:
1829  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variables' bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
1830  * - reducing a variable's domain (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
1831  * - stating that the propagator searched, but did not find domain reductions, cutting planes, or cut constraints
1832  * (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
1833  * - stating that the propagator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
1834  * - stating that the propagator was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED)
1835  *
1836  * Please see also the @ref CONS_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES section to learn about the properties
1837  * CONSHDLR_PROPFREQ, CONSHDLR_DELAYPROP, and CONSHDLR_PROP_TIMING, which influence the behaviour of SCIP
1838  * calling CONSPROP.
1839  *
1840  * @subsection CONSRESPROP
1841  *
1842  * If the constraint handler should support \ref CONF "conflict analysis", it has to supply a CONSRESPROP method.
1843  * It also should call SCIPinferVarLbCons() or SCIPinferVarUbCons() in domain propagation instead of SCIPchgVarLb() or
1844  * SCIPchgVarUb() in order to deduce bound changes on variables.
1845  * In the SCIPinferVarLbCons() and SCIPinferVarUbCons() calls, the handler provides the constraint that deduced the
1846  * variable's bound change, and an integer value <code>inferinfo</code> that can be arbitrarily chosen.
1847  *
1848  * The propagation conflict resolving method CONSRESPROP must then be implemented to provide the "reasons" for the bound
1849  * changes, i.e., the bounds of variables at the time of the propagation, which forced the constraint to set the
1850  * conflict variable's bound to its current value. It can use the <code>inferinfo</code> tag to identify its own propagation rule
1851  * and thus identify the "reason" bounds. The bounds that form the reason of the assignment must then be provided by
1852  * calls to SCIPaddConflictLb() and SCIPaddConflictUb() in the propagation conflict resolving method.
1853  *
1854  * <b>Note:</b> The fact that <code>inferinfo</code> is an integer, as opposed to an arbitrary data object, is a compromise between space and speed. Sometimes a propagator would
1855  * need more information to efficiently infer the original propagation steps that lead to the conflict. This would,
1856  * however, require too much space. In the extreme, the original propagation steps have to be repeated.
1857  *
1858  * For example, the \ref cons_logicor.h "logicor constraint" \f$c = x \vee y \vee z\f$ fixes variable \f$z\f$ to TRUE (i.e., changes the lower
1859  * bound of \f$z\f$ to 1.0), if both, \f$x\f$ and \f$y\f$, are assigned to FALSE (i.e., if the upper bounds of these
1860  * variables are 0.0). It uses <code>SCIPinferVarLbCons(scip, z, 1.0, c, 0)</code> to apply this assignment (an
1861  * inference information tag is not needed by the constraint handler and is set to 0). In the conflict analysis, the
1862  * constraint handler may be asked to resolve the lower bound change on \f$z\f$ with constraint \f$c\f$, that was
1863  * applied at a time given by a bound change index "bdchgidx". With a call to <code>SCIPvarGetLbAtIndex(z,
1864  * bdchgidx)</code>, the handler can find out, that the lower bound of variable \f$z\f$ was set to 1.0 at the given
1865  * point of time, and should call <code>SCIPaddConflictUb(scip, x, bdchgidx)</code> and <code>SCIPaddConflictUb(scip, y,
1866  * bdchgidx)</code> to tell SCIP, that the upper bounds of \f$x\f$ and \f$y\f$ at this point of time were the reason for
1867  * the deduction of the lower bound of \f$z\f$.
1868  *
1869  * If conflict analysis should not be supported, the method has to set the result code to SCIP_DIDNOTFIND. Although
1870  * this is a viable approach to circumvent the implementation of the usually rather complex conflict resolving method, it
1871  * will make the conflict analysis less effective. We suggest to first omit the conflict resolving method and check how
1872  * effective the \ref CONSPROP "propagation method" is. If it produces a lot of propagations for your application, you definitely should
1873  * consider implementing the conflict resolving method.
1874  *
1875  * @subsection CONSPRESOL
1876  *
1877  * The CONSPRESOL callback is called during preprocessing.
1878  * It should try to tighten the domains of the variables, tighten the coefficients of the constraints of the constraint
1879  * handler, delete redundant constraints, aggregate and fix variables if possible, and upgrade constraints to more
1880  * specific types.
1881  *
1882  * If the CONSPRESOL callback applies changes to the constraint data, you also have to implement the \ref CONSTRANS callback
1883  * in order to copy the constraint data to the transformed problem space and protect the original problem from the
1884  * preprocessing changes.
1885  *
1886  * To inform SCIP that the presolving method found a reduction the result pointer has to be set in a proper way.
1887  * The following options are possible:
1888  *
1889  * - SCIP_UNBOUNDED : at least one variable is not bounded by any constraint in objective direction
1890  * - SCIP_CUTOFF : at least one constraint is infeasible in the variable's bounds
1891  * - SCIP_SUCCESS : the presolver found a reduction
1892  * - SCIP_DIDNOTFIND : the presolver searched, but did not find a presolving change
1893  * - SCIP_DIDNOTRUN : the presolver was skipped
1894  * - SCIP_DELAYED : the presolver was skipped, but should be called again
1895  *
1896  * Please see also the @ref CONS_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES section to learn about the properties
1897  * CONSHDLR_PRESOLTIMING and CONSHDLR_MAXPREROUNDS, which influence the behaviour of SCIP
1898  * calling CONSPRESOL.
1899  *
1900  * @subsection CONSACTIVE
1901  *
1902  * The CONSACTIVE callback method is called each time a constraint of the constraint handler is activated.
1903  * For example, if a constraint is added locally to a subproblem, the CONSACTIVE callback is called whenever the
1904  * search enters the subtree where the constraint exists.
1905  *
1906  * @subsection CONSDEACTIVE
1907  *
1908  * The CONSDEACTIVE callback method is called each time a constraint of the constraint handler is deactivated.
1909  * For example, if a constraint is added locally to a subproblem, the CONSDEACTIVE callback is called whenever the
1910  * search leaves the subtree where the constraint exists.
1911  *
1912  * @subsection CONSENABLE
1913  *
1914  * The CONSENABLE callback method is called each time a constraint of the constraint handler is enabled.
1915  * Constraints might be active without being enabled. In this case, only the feasibility checks are executed,
1916  * but domain propagation and separation is skipped.
1917  *
1918  * @subsection CONSDISABLE
1919  *
1920  * The CONSDISABLE callback method is called each time a constraint of the constraint handler is disabled.
1921  *
1922  * @subsection CONSPRINT
1923  *
1924  * The CONSPRINT callback method is called, when the user asks SCIP to display the problem to the screen
1925  * or save the problem into a file. This is, however, only the case if the user requested the CIP format.
1926  * For more details about reading and writing with SCIP we refer to the \ref READER "file readers". In this
1927  * callback method the constraint handler should display the data of the constraint in an appropriate form.
1928  * The output format that is defined by the CONSPRINT callbacks is called CIP format.
1929  * In later versions of SCIP, the constraint handlers should also be able to parse (i.e., read) constraints
1930  * which are given in CIP format.
1931  *
1932  * @subsection CONSCOPY
1933  *
1934  * The CONSCOPY callback method is used whenever constraints should be copied from one SCIP instance into another SCIP
1935  * instance. This method comes with the necessary parameters to do so, most importantly with a mapping of the variables of the
1936  * source SCIP instance to the corresponding variables of the target SCIP instance, and a mapping for the constraints
1937  * in the same way. For a complete list of all arguments of this callback method see type_cons.h.
1938  *
1939  * To get the corresponding target variable of a given source variable, you can use the variable map directly:
1940  *
1941  * \code
1942  * targetvar = (SCIP_VAR*) SCIPhashmapGetImage(varmap, sourcevar);
1943  * \endcode
1944  *
1945  * We recommend, however, to use the method SCIPgetVarCopy() which gets besides others the variable map and the constraint map as input
1946  * and returns the requested target variable. The advantage of using SCIPgetVarCopy() is that in the case
1947  * the required variable does not yet exist, it is created and added to the copy automatically:
1948  *
1949  * \code
1950  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPgetVarCopy(sourcescip, scip, sourcevar, &targetvar, varmap, consmap, global) );
1951  * \endcode
1952  *
1953  * Finally, the result pointer <code>valid</code> has to be set to TRUE if (and only if!) the copy process was successful.
1954  *
1955  * <b>Note:</b> Be careful when setting the valid pointer.
1956  * A problem copy is called valid if it is valid in both the primal and the dual sense, i.e., if
1957  *
1958  * - it is a relaxation of the source problem
1959  * - it does not enlarge the feasible region.
1960  *
1961  * A constraint handler may choose to not copy a constraint and still declare the resulting copy as valid. Therefore, it must ensure
1962  * the feasibility of any solution to the problem copy in the original (source) space.
1963  *
1964  * For an example implementation we refer to cons_linear.h. Additional documentation and the complete list of all
1965  * parameters can be found in the file in type_cons.h.
1966  *
1967  * @subsection CONSPARSE
1968  *
1969  * This method is the counter part to CONSPRINT. The ideal idea is that a constraint handler is able to parse the output
1970  * which it generated via the CONSPRINT method and creates the corresponding constraint. If the parsing was successfully
1971  * the result pointer success should be set to TRUE. An example implementation can be found in the \ref cons_linear.h
1972  * "linear constraint handler".
1973  *
1974  * @subsection CONSDELVARS
1975  *
1976  * This method should iterate over the given constraints and delete all variables that were marked for deletion by SCIPdelVar().
1977  * Variable deletion is especially interesting for branch-cut-and-price applications. If your constraint handler allows
1978  * the addition of variables during the solving process (see "modifiable" attribute of constraints), then you might also want to
1979  * implement this callback. This would allow you to not only create variables during solving, but also remove them dynamically
1980  * from the problem to reduce memory consumption in case they are no longer necessary.
1981  * During presolving, SCIP may also find that some variables are not needed anymore and then try
1982  * to delete them. Thus, if you do not implement this callback, the constraint handler should capture its variables via
1983  * SCIPcaptureVar() to prevent SCIP from erroneously deleting them.
1984  *
1985  * Additional documentation and the complete list of all parameters can be found in the file type_cons.h.
1986  *
1987  * @subsection CONSGETVARS
1988  *
1989  * The CONSGETVARS callback of a constraint handler can be implemented to give access to the constraint variables
1990  * as array, independently from the internal data structure of the constraint. The buffer array
1991  * is already passed, together with its length. Consider implementing @ref CONSGETNVARS, too, to have
1992  * information about the number of variables in this constraint.
1993  *
1994  * @subsection CONSGETNVARS
1995  *
1996  * This callback can be implemented to return the number of variables involved into a particular constraint.
1997  * In order to have access to the variable pointers, consider implementing @ref CONSGETVARS.
1998  *
1999  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_linear.c,Callback for the number of variables}
2000  *
2001  * @subsection CONSGETDIVEBDCHGS
2002  *
2003  * This callback is used inside the various diving heuristics of SCIP and does not affect the normal branching
2004  * of the actual search.
2005  * The constraint handler can provide this callback to render a current working solution (even more) infeasible by
2006  * suggesting one or several variable bound changes.
2007  *
2008  * @section CONS_FURTHERINFO Further documentation
2009  *
2010  * Further documentation can be found in @ref type_cons.h for callback descriptions and a complete
2011  * list of all callback parameters, or in @ref scip.h
2012  * for globally available functions.
2013  */
2014 
2015 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
2016 
2017 /**@page PRICER How to add variable pricers
2018  *
2019  * A pricer performs the dynamic generation of new variables in a column generation algorithm.
2020  * It is an algorithmic representation of a (usually exponential) number of variables.
2021  * The \ref PRICERREDCOST and \ref PRICERFARKAS methods are called after each LP solve to generate additional
2022  * variables which may improve the objective value or decrease the LP infeasibility, respectively.
2023  * \n
2024  * A complete list of all pricers contained in this release can be found \ref PRICERS "here".
2025  *
2026  * If the pricer finds one or more variables with negative reduced costs or negative Farkas value, it should
2027  * call SCIPcreateVar() and SCIPaddPricedVar() to create and add the variable to the problem. Additionally,
2028  * the pricer has to add the variable to all constraints in which it appears. Therefore, a pricer needs to
2029  * know the constraints of the model and their meaning. Note that all constraints for which additional variables
2030  * are generated by a pricer have to be flagged as "modifiable" in the SCIPcreateCons() call.
2031  *
2032  * We now explain how users can add their own pricers.
2033  * For example, look into the variable pricer for the binpacking problem (examples/Binpacking/src/pricer_binpacking.c) of the
2034  * Binpacking example project.
2035  * The example is written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::scip::ObjPricer wrapper base class and
2036  * implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_PRICER... callback methods.
2037  *
2038  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a pricer can be found in the file
2039  * type_pricer.h.
2040  *
2041  * Notice that if your pricer cannot cope with variable bounds other than 0 and infinity, you have to mark
2042  * all constraints containing priced variables as modifiable, and you may have to disable reduced cost
2043  * strengthening by setting propagating/rootredcost/freq to -1.
2044  *
2045  * Here is what you have to do to implement a pricer:
2046  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/pricer_xyz.c and src/scip/pricer_xyz.h into files "pricer_mypricer.c"
2047  * and "pricer_mypricer.h".
2048  * \n
2049  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
2050  * -# Use SCIPincludePricerMypricer() in order to include the pricer into your SCIP instance,
2051  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
2052  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mypricer".
2053  * -# Adjust the properties of the pricer (see \ref PRICER_PROPERTIES).
2054  * -# Define the pricer data (see \ref PRICER_DATA). This is optional.
2055  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref PRICER_INTERFACE).
2056  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref PRICER_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
2057  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref PRICER_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
2058  *
2059  *
2060  * @section PRICER_PROPERTIES Properties of a Pricer
2061  *
2062  * At the top of the new file "pricer_mypricer.c" you can find the pricer properties.
2063  * These are given as compiler defines.
2064  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the pricer properties by calling the constructor
2065  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjPricer from within your constructor.
2066  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
2067  *
2068  * \par PRICER_NAME: the name of the pricer.
2069  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the pricer.
2070  * Additionally, if you are searching for a pricer with SCIPfindPricer(), this name is looked up.
2071  * Names have to be unique: no two pricers may have the same name.
2072  *
2073  * \par PRICER_DESC: the description of the pricer.
2074  * This string is printed as a description of the pricer in the interactive shell.
2075  *
2076  * \par PRICER_PRIORITY: the priority of the pricer.
2077  * In each pricing round during the price-and-cut loop of the subproblem processing, the included pricers are
2078  * called in a predefined order, which is given by the priorities of the pricers.
2079  * The higher the priority, the earlier the pricer is called.
2080  * Usually, you will have only one pricer in your application and the priority is therefore irrelevant.
2081  *
2082  * \par PRICER_DELAY: the default for whether the pricer should be delayed, if other variables with negative reduced
2083  * costs have already been found in the current pricing round.
2084  * Variables may be declared to be "removable" in the SCIPcreateVar() call. This means that SCIP may remove the variable
2085  * from the LP if it was inactive (i.e., sitting at zero) for a number of LP solves. Nevertheless, after the removal of the
2086  * column from the LP, the variable still exists, and SCIP can calculate reduced costs and add it to the LP again if
2087  * necessary.
2088  * \n
2089  * If the PRICER_DELAY flag is set to TRUE (which is the common setting), all those existing variables with negative reduced costs
2090  * are added to the LP, and the LP is resolved before the pricer is called. Thus, the pricer can assume that all existing variables
2091  * have non-negative reduced costs if the \ref PRICERREDCOST method is called or non-positive Farkas value if the \ref PRICERFARKAS
2092  * method is called.
2093  * \n
2094  * In some applications, this inner pricing loop on the already existing variables can significantly slow down the solving process,
2095  * since it may lead to the addition of only very few variables in each pricing round. If this is an issue in your application,
2096  * you should consider setting the PRICER_DELAY flag to FALSE. You must, however, be aware of the fact that there may be already
2097  * existing variables with negative reduced costs. For example, this may lead to the issue that your pricer generates the same
2098  * variable twice. In some models, this is not critical because an optimal solution would choose only one of the two identical
2099  * variables anyway, but for other models this can lead to wrong results because the duplication of a variable essentially doubles
2100  * the upper bound of the variable.
2101  *
2102  *
2103  * @section PRICER_DATA Pricer Data
2104  *
2105  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_PricerData".
2106  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your pricer. For example, it may be convenient to store pointers to the
2107  * constraints of the problem instance here, because the pricer has to add variables to those constraints.
2108  * If you are using C++, you can add pricer data, as usual, as object variables to your class.
2109  * \n
2110  * Defining pricer data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
2111  *
2112  *
2113  * @section PRICER_INTERFACE Interface Methods
2114  *
2115  * At the bottom of "pricer_mypricer.c" you can find the interface method SCIPincludePricerMypricer(), which also appears in "pricer_mypricer.h".
2116  * It is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the pricer, i.e., if (s)he wants to solve a model for which variables should
2117  * be generated by this pricer.
2118  *
2119  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
2120  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the pricer. For this, you can either call SCIPincludePricer(),
2121  * or SCIPincludePricerBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref PRICER_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
2122  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetPricerCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
2123  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
2124  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for pricers in order to compile.
2125  *
2126  *
2127  * In addition, the pricer has to be activated before the solution process starts, like it is done
2128  * in the pricer of the Coloring application (applications/Coloring/src/reader_col.c) by calling
2129  * \code
2130  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPactivatePricer(scip, SCIPfindPricer(scip, "coloring")) );
2131  * \endcode
2132  *
2133  * If you are using pricer data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
2134  * You can do this by calling:
2135  * \code
2136  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &pricerdata) );
2137  * \endcode
2138  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_PricerData afterwards.
2139  *
2140  * You may also add user parameters for your pricer, see the method SCIPincludePricerColoring() in the pricer of the Coloring application
2141  * for an example of how to add user parameters.
2142  *
2143  *
2144  * @section PRICER_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Pricer
2145  *
2146  * The fundamental callback methods have to be implemented in order to obtain an operational algorithm.
2147  * They are passed together with the pricer itself to SCIP using SCIPincludePricer() or SCIPincludePricerBasic(),
2148  * see @ref PRICER_INTERFACE.
2149  *
2150  * In the case of a pricer, there are two fundamental callback methods, namely the @ref PRICERREDCOST and the
2151  * @ref PRICERFARKAS callbacks, which both search for new variables and add them to the problem.
2152  * These methods have to be implemented for every pricer; the other callback methods are optional.
2153  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjPricer, the scip_redcost() method (which corresponds to the PRICERREDCOST callback)
2154  * is a virtual abstract member function. You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your
2155  * pricer class.
2156  *
2157  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_pricer.h.
2158  *
2159  * @subsection PRICERREDCOST
2160  *
2161  * The PRICERREDCOST callback is called inside the price-and-cut loop of the subproblem solving process if the current LP relaxation
2162  * is feasible.
2163  * It should search for additional variables that can contribute to improve the current LP's solution value.
2164  * In standard branch-and-price, these are variables with negative dual feasibility, that is negative
2165  * reduced costs for non-negative variables, positive reduced costs for non-positive variables,
2166  * and non-zero reduced costs for variables that can be negative and positive.
2167  *
2168  * Whenever the pricer finds a variable with negative dual feasibility, it should call SCIPcreateVar()
2169  * and SCIPaddPricedVar() to add the variable to the problem. Furthermore, it should call the appropriate
2170  * methods of the constraint handlers to add the necessary variable entries to the constraints, see pub_cons.h.
2171  *
2172  * In the usual case that the pricer either adds a new variable or ensures that there are no further variables with negative dual feasibility,
2173  * the result pointer should be set to SCIP_SUCCESS. Only if the pricer aborts pricing without creating a new variable, but
2174  * there might exist additional variables with negative dual feasibility, the result pointer should be set to SCIP_DIDNOTRUN.
2175  * In this case, which sometimes is referred to as "early branching", the LP solution will not be used as a lower bound.
2176  * The pricer can, however, store a valid lower bound in the <code>lowerbound</code> pointer.
2177  *
2178  * Pricers usually need the dual LP solution as input for the pricing algorithm.
2179  * Since SCIP does not know the semantics of the individual constraints in the problem, the dual solution
2180  * has to be provided by the constraint handlers.
2181  * For example, the \ref cons_setppc.h "setppc constraint handler", which deals with set partitioning, packing, and covering constraints, provides
2182  * the method SCIPgetDualsolSetppc() to access the dual solution value for a single constraint.
2183  * Similarly, the dual solution of a linear constraint can be queried with the method SCIPgetDualsolLinear() of cons_linear.h.
2184  * The reduced costs of the existing variables can be accessed with the method SCIPgetVarRedcost().
2185  *
2186  * @subsection PRICERFARKAS
2187  *
2188  * If the current LP relaxation is infeasible, it is the task of the pricer to generate additional variables that can
2189  * potentially render the LP feasible again. In standard branch-and-price, these are variables with positive Farkas values,
2190  * and the PRICERFARKAS method should identify those variables.
2191  *
2192  * If the LP was proven to be infeasible, we have an infeasibility proof by the dual Farkas multipliers \f$y\f$.
2193  * With the values of \f$y\f$, an implicit inequality \f$y^T A x \ge y^T b\f$ is associated, with \f$b\f$ given
2194  * by the sides of the LP rows and the sign of \f$y\f$:
2195  * - if \f$y_i\f$ is positive, \f$b_i\f$ is the left hand side of the row,
2196  * - if \f$y_i\f$ is negative, \f$b_i\f$ is the right hand side of the row.
2197  *
2198  * \f$y\f$ is chosen in a way, such that the valid inequality \f$y^T A x \ge y^T b\f$ is violated by all \f$x\f$,
2199  * especially by the (for this inequality least infeasible solution) \f$x'\f$ defined by
2200  * - \f$x'_i := ub_i\f$, if \f$y^T A_i \ge 0\f$
2201  * - \f$x'_i := lb_i\f$, if \f$y^T A_i < 0\f$.
2202  * Pricing in this case means to add variables \f$i\f$ with positive Farkas value, i.e., \f$y^T A_i x'_i > 0\f$.
2203  *
2204  * To apply Farkas pricing, the pricer needs to know the Farkas values of the constraints. Like the dual solution values for
2205  * feasible LP solutions, the dual Farkas values for infeasible solutions can be obtained by constraint handler interface
2206  * methods such as the SCIPgetDualfarkasLinear() method of the linear constraint handler.
2207  * The Farkas values for the bounds of the variables are just the regular reduced costs and can be accessed with SCIPgetVarRedcost().
2208  *
2209  * It is useful to note that Farkas pricing is the same as the regular pricing with a zero objective function.
2210  * Therefore, a typical implementation of a pricer would consist of a generic pricing algorithm that gets a dual solution and an
2211  * objective function vector as input and generates variables by calling SCIPcreateVar() and SCIPaddPricedVar().
2212  * The PRICERREDCOST callback would call this function with the regular objective function and the regular dual solution vector,
2213  * while the PRICERFARKAS callback would call this function with a zero objective function and the Farkas vector.
2214  * From a practical point of view, it is usually the simplest approach to provide just one Boolean flag to the generic pricing
2215  * algorithm in order to identify whether it is reduced cost or Farkas pricing. Then, the algorithm would just call the appropriate
2216  * methods to access the dual solution or objective function, depending on the Boolean flag.
2217  *
2218  * @section PRICER_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Pricer
2219  *
2220  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case.
2221  * However, some of them have to be implemented for most applications. They can either be passed directly with
2222  * SCIPincludePricer() to SCIP or via specific <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludePricerBasic(),
2223  * see also @ref PRICER_INTERFACE.
2224  *
2225  * @subsection PRICERFREE
2226  *
2227  * If you are using pricer data, you have to implement this method in order to free the pricer data.
2228  * This can be done by the following procedure:
2229  *
2230  * @refsnippet{applications/STP/src/pricer_stp.c,SnippetPricerFreeSTP}
2231  *
2232  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your pricer data, remember to free this memory
2233  * before freeing the pricer data itself.
2234  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
2235  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
2236  *
2237  * @subsection PRICERCOPY
2238  *
2239  * The PRICERCOPY callback is executed when the SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to solve a sub-SCIP. By defining this
2240  * callback as <code>NULL</code> the user disables the inclusion of the pricer into all copied SCIP
2241  * instances. This means that primal heuristics will work on a sub-SCIP that contains only a part of the variables
2242  * and no variables are priced in during the solving process of the sub-SCIP. Therefore, primal solutions found in the
2243  * copied problem are typically still valid for the original problem and used for its solving process,
2244  * but dual reductions cannot be transferred to the original problem.
2245  *
2246  * <b>Note:</b> If you implement this callback, be careful when setting the valid pointer. The valid pointer should be
2247  * set to TRUE if (and only if!) you can make sure that all necessary data of the pricer are copied
2248  * correctly. If the complete problem is validly copied, i.e. if the copy methods of all problem defining plugins
2249  * (constraint handlers and pricers) return <code>*valid = TRUE</code>, then dual reductions found for the copied problem can be
2250  * transferred to the original SCIP instance. Thus, if the valid pointer is wrongly set to TRUE, it might happen that
2251  * optimal solutions are cut off.
2252  *
2253  * @subsection PRICERINIT
2254  *
2255  * The PRICERINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
2256  * The pricer may, e.g., use this call to replace the original constraints stored in its pricer data by transformed
2257  * constraints, or to initialize other elements of its pricer data.
2258  *
2259  * @subsection PRICEREXIT
2260  *
2261  * The PRICEREXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
2262  * In this method, the pricer should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in PRICERINIT.
2263  *
2264  * @subsection PRICERINITSOL
2265  *
2266  * The PRICERINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to begin.
2267  * The pricer may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
2268  *
2269  * @subsection PRICEREXITSOL
2270  *
2271  * The PRICEREXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed.
2272  * The pricer should use this call to clean up its branch-and-bound data, which was allocated in PRICERINITSOL.
2273  *
2274  * @section PRICER_REMARKS Further remarks
2275  *
2276  * If you use your own branching rule (e.g., to branch on constraints), make sure that it is able to branch on \a "pseudo solutions".
2277  * Otherwise, SCIP will use its default branching rules, if necessary (which all branch on variables). This
2278  * could disturb the pricing problem or branching might not even be possible, e.g., if all variables created thus far have already been fixed.
2279  *
2280  * Note that if the original problem is a maximization problem, SCIP will transform the problem into a minimization
2281  * problem by multiplying the objective function by -1. The pricer has to take care of this by multiplying
2282  * the original objective function value of all variables created during the solving process by -1.
2283  *
2284  * In some cases, bounds on variables are implicitly enforced by constraints of the problem and the objective function.
2285  * Therefore, these bounds do not need to be added to the LP explicitly, which has the advantage that the pricing routine does not need to
2286  * care about the corresponding dual values.
2287  * We call these bounds lazy bounds, they may be set by SCIPchgVarLbLazy() and SCIPchgVarUbLazy() for upper or lower bounds, respectively.
2288  * If the lazy bound is tighter than the local bound, the corresponding bound is not put into the LP.
2289  * In diving mode, lazy bounds are explicitly put into the LP, because changing the objective (which is only possible in diving)
2290  * might reverse the implicitly given bounds. When diving is finished, the bounds are again removed from the LP.
2291  */
2292 
2293 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
2294 
2295 /**@page PRESOL How to add presolvers
2296  *
2297  * Presolvers are used to reduce the size of the model by removing irrelevant information like redundant constraints,
2298  * to strengthen the LP relaxation by exploiting integrality information, and to extract useful information in the
2299  * presolving step.
2300  * Constraint based presolving is done in the CONSPRESOL callback methods of the constraint handlers, see \ref CONSPRESOL.
2301  * Some propagation steps can already be applied in presolving via the PROPRESOL callback methods of propagators, see \ref PROPPRESOL.
2302  * The presolver plugins complement these by additional, usually optimality based, presolving reductions.
2303  * \n
2304  * A complete list of all presolvers contained in this release can be found \ref PRESOLVERS "here".
2305  *
2306  * We now explain how users can add their own presolvers.
2307  * Take the trivial presolver (src/scip/presol_trivial.c) as an example.
2308  * As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjPresol wrapper
2309  * base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_PRESOL... callback methods.
2310  *
2311  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a presolver, in particular for their input parameters,
2312  * can be found in the file type_presol.h.
2313  *
2314  * Here is what you have to do to implement a presolver:
2315  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/presol_xyz.c and src/scip/presol_xyz.h into files named "presol_mypresolver.c"
2316  * and "presol_mypresolver.h".
2317  * \n
2318  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
2319  * -# Use SCIPincludePresolMypresolver() in order to include the presolver into your SCIP instance,
2320  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
2321  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mypresolver".
2322  * -# Adjust the properties of the presolver (see \ref PRESOL_PROPERTIES).
2323  * -# Define the presolver data (see \ref PRESOL_DATA). This is optional.
2324  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref PRESOL_INTERFACE).
2325  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref PRESOL_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
2326  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref PRESOL_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
2327  *
2328  *
2329  * @section PRESOL_PROPERTIES Properties of a Presolver
2330  *
2331  * At the top of the new file "presol_mypresolver.c", you can find the presolver properties.
2332  * These are given as compiler defines.
2333  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the presolver properties by calling the constructor
2334  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjPresol from within your constructor.
2335  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
2336  *
2337  * \par PRESOL_NAME: the name of the presolver.
2338  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the presolver.
2339  * Additionally, if you are searching for a presolver with SCIPfindPresol(), this name is looked up.
2340  * Names have to be <b>unique</b>: no two presolvers may have the same name.
2341  *
2342  * \par PRESOL_DESC: the description of the presolver.
2343  * This string is printed as a description of the presolver in the interactive shell.
2344  *
2345  * \par PRESOL_TIMING: the default timing of the presolver.
2346  * There are three presolving timings: FAST, MEDIUM, and EXHAUSTIVE.
2347  * Every presolving round starts with the FAST presolvers. MEDIUM presolvers are only called, if FAST presolvers did not find
2348  * enough reductions in this round so far, and EXHAUSTIVE presolving steps are only performed if all presolvers called before
2349  * in this round were unsuccessful.
2350  * Presolvers should be assigned a timing based on how expensive they are, e.g., presolvers that provide fast algorithms that
2351  * usually have a high impact (i.e., remove lots of variables or tighten bounds of many variables) should have a timing FAST.
2352  * If a presolver implements different algorithms of different complexity, it may also get multiple timings and check the timing
2353  * internally in the \ref PRESOLEXEC callback to decide which algorithms to run.
2354  *
2355  * \par PRESOL_PRIORITY: the priority of the presolver.
2356  * Within a presolving round, when calling all presolvers and presolving methods of propagators and constraint handlers
2357  * with a given timing, those are called in
2358  * a predefined order, which is given by the priorities of the presolvers and the check priorities of the
2359  * constraint handlers, see \ref CONS_PROPERTIES.
2360  * First, the presolvers with non-negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
2361  * Next, the presolving methods of the different constraint handlers are called in the order of decreasing check
2362  * priority.
2363  * Finally, the presolvers with negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
2364  * \n
2365  * Again, presolvers that provide fast algorithms that usually have a high impact (i.e., remove lots of variables or tighten
2366  * bounds of many variables) should have a high priority.
2367  * An easy way to list the timings and
2368  * priorities of all presolvers, propagators, and constraint handlers is to type "display presolvers", "display propagators",
2369  * and "display conshdlrs" in the interactive shell of SCIP.
2370  *
2371  * \par PRESOL_MAXROUNDS: the default maximal number of rounds the presolver participates in.
2372  * The presolving is conducted in rounds: the presolvers and presolving methods of the constraint handlers
2373  * are called iteratively until no more reductions have been found or some other abort criterion applies.
2374  * The "maxrounds" parameter of a presolver imposes a limit on the number of presolving rounds in which the
2375  * presolver is called. The PRESOL_MAXROUNDS property specifies the default value for this parameter.
2376  * A value of -1 represents an unlimited number of rounds.
2377  *
2378  *
2379  * @section PRESOL_DATA Presolver Data
2380  *
2381  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_PresolData".
2382  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your presolver. For example, you should store the adjustable parameters
2383  * of the presolver in this data structure.
2384  * If you are using C++, you can add presolver data as usual as object variables to your class.
2385  * \n
2386  * Defining presolver data is optional. You can leave this struct empty.
2387  *
2388  *
2389  * @section PRESOL_INTERFACE Interface Methods
2390  *
2391  * At the bottom of "presol_mypresolver.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludePresolMypresolver(),
2392  * which also appears in "presol_mypresolver.h"
2393  * SCIPincludePresolMypresolver() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the presolver,
2394  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the presolver in his/her application.
2395  *
2396  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
2397  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the presolver. For this, you can either call SCIPincludePresol(),
2398  * or SCIPincludePresolBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref PRESOL_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
2399  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetPresolCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
2400  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
2401  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for presolvers in order to compile.
2402  *
2403  * If you are using presolver data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
2404  * You can do this by calling:
2405  * \code
2406  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &presoldata) );
2407  * \endcode
2408  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_PresolData afterwards. For freeing the
2409  * presolver data, see \ref PRESOLFREE.
2410  *
2411  * You may also add user parameters for your presolver, see \ref PARAM for how to add user parameters and
2412  * the method SCIPincludePresolTrivial() in src/scip/presol_trivial.c for an example.
2413  *
2414  *
2415  * @section PRESOL_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Presolver
2416  *
2417  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
2418  * an operational algorithm.
2419  * They are passed together with the presolver itself to SCIP using SCIPincludePresol() or SCIPincludePresolBasic(),
2420  * see @ref PRESOL_INTERFACE.
2421  *
2422  * Presolver plugins have only one fundamental callback method, namely the @ref PRESOLEXEC method.
2423  * This method has to be implemented for every presolver; the other callback methods are optional.
2424  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjPresol, the scip_exec() method (which corresponds to the PRESOLEXEC callback) is a virtual
2425  * abstract member function.
2426  * You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your presolver class.
2427  *
2428  * Additional documentation for the callback methods, in particular to their input parameters,
2429  * can be found in type_presol.h.
2430  *
2431  * @subsection PRESOLEXEC
2432  *
2433  * The PRESOLEXEC callback is called inside the presolving loop and should perform the actual presolving reductions.
2434  * It should inspect the problem instance at hand and simplify it by tightening bounds of variables, aggregating or fixing
2435  * variables, changing the type of variables, modifying the graph that represents the instance of your application, and
2436  * the like.
2437  *
2438  * Typical methods called by a presolver are, for example, SCIPchgVarType(), SCIPfixVar(), SCIPaggregateVars(), SCIPtightenVarLb(),
2439  * and SCIPtightenVarUb().
2440  *
2441  *
2442  * @section PRESOL_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Presolver
2443  *
2444  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
2445  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
2446  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludePresol() to SCIP or via specific
2447  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludePresolBasic(), see also @ref PRESOL_INTERFACE.
2448  *
2449  * @subsection PRESOLFREE
2450  *
2451  * If you are using presolver data (see \ref PRESOL_DATA and \ref PRESOL_INTERFACE), you have to implement this method in order to free the presolver data.
2452  * This can be done by the following procedure:
2453  *
2454  * @refsnippet{src/scip/presol_boundshift.c,SnippetPresolFreeBoundshift}
2455  *
2456  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your presolver data, remember to free this memory
2457  * before freeing the presolver data itself.
2458  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
2459  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
2460  *
2461  * @subsection PRESOLINIT
2462  *
2463  * The PRESOLINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
2464  * The presolver may, e.g., use this call to initialize its presolver data.
2465  * The difference between the original and the transformed problem is explained in
2466  * "What is this thing with the original and the transformed problem about?" on \ref FAQ.
2467  *
2468  * @subsection PRESOLCOPY
2469  *
2470  * The PRESOLCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
2471  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
2472  * defining this callback as
2473  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
2474  * presolver for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
2475  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
2476  *
2477  * @subsection PRESOLEXIT
2478  *
2479  * The PRESOLEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
2480  * In this method, the presolver should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in PRESOLINIT.
2481  *
2482  * @subsection PRESOLINITPRE
2483  *
2484  * The PRESOLINITPRE callback is executed when the presolving is about to begin.
2485  * The presolver may use this call to initialize its presolving data which only need to exist during the presolving stage.
2486  *
2487  * @subsection PRESOLEXITPRE
2488  *
2489  * The PRESOLEXITPRE callback is executed after presolving finishes and before the branch-and-bound process begins.
2490  * The presolver should use this call to clean up its presolving data, which was allocated in PRESOLINITPRE.
2491  */
2492 
2493 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
2494 
2495 /**@page SEPA How to add separators
2496  *
2497  * Separators are used to generate general purpose cutting planes.
2498  * Constraint based cutting planes, the second type of cutting planes in SCIP, are separated in the CONSSEPALP and
2499  * CONSSEPASOL callback methods of the constraint handlers, see \ref CONSSEPALP and \ref CONSSEPASOL. These cuts are
2500  * valid inequalities or even facets of the polyhedron described by a single constraint or a subset of the constraints of
2501  * a single constraint class. In contrast, general purpose cuts do not require or exploit any knowledge about the
2502  * underlying problem structure but use only the current LP relaxation and the integrality conditions. See also
2503  * "When should I implement a constraint handler, when should I implement a separator?" on \ref FAQ.
2504  * \n
2505  * A complete list of all separators contained in this release can be found \ref SEPARATORS "here".
2506  *
2507  * We now explain how users can add their own separators.
2508  * Take the separator for the class of Gomory mixed integer inequalities (src/scip/sepa_gomory.c) as an example.
2509  * As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjSepa wrapper
2510  * base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_SEPA... callback methods.
2511  *
2512  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a separator, in particular for the input parameters,
2513  * can be found in the file type_sepa.h.
2514  *
2515  * Here is what you have to do to implement a separator:
2516  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/sepa_xyz.c and src/scip/sepa_xyz.h into files "sepa_myseparator.c"
2517  * and "sepa_myseparator.h".
2518  \n
2519  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
2520  * -# Use SCIPincludeSepaMyseparator() in order to include the separator into your SCIP instance,
2521  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
2522  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "myseparator".
2523  * -# Adjust the properties of the separator (see \ref SEPA_PROPERTIES).
2524  * -# Define the separator data (see \ref SEPA_DATA). This is optional.
2525  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref SEPA_INTERFACE).
2526  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref SEPA_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
2527  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref SEPA_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
2528  *
2529  *
2530  * @section SEPA_PROPERTIES Properties of a Separator
2531  *
2532  * At the top of the new file "sepa_myseparator.c", you can find the separator properties.
2533  * These are given as compiler defines.
2534  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the separator properties by calling the constructor
2535  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjSepa from within your constructor.
2536  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
2537  *
2538  * \par SEPA_NAME: the name of the separator.
2539  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the separator.
2540  * Additionally, if you are searching for a separator with SCIPfindSepa(), this name is looked up.
2541  * Names have to be unique: no two separators may have the same name.
2542  *
2543  * \par SEPA_DESC: the description of the separator.
2544  * This string is printed as a description of the separator in the interactive shell.
2545  *
2546  * \par SEPA_PRIORITY: the priority of the separator.
2547  * In each separation round during the price-and-cut loop of the subproblem processing or the separation loop
2548  * of the primal solution separation, the separators and separation methods of the constraint handlers are called in
2549  * a predefined order, which is given by the priorities of the separators and the separation priorities
2550  * of the constraint handlers (see \ref CONS_PROPERTIES).
2551  * First, the separators with non-negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
2552  * Next, the separation methods of the constraint handlers are called in the order of decreasing separation
2553  * priority.
2554  * Finally, the separators with negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority. An easy way to list the
2555  * priorities of all separators and constraint handlers is to type "display separators" and "display conshdlrs" in
2556  * the interactive shell.
2557  * \n
2558  * The priority of the separator should be set according to the complexity of the cut separation algorithm and the
2559  * impact of the resulting cuts: separators that provide fast algorithms that usually have a high impact (i.e., cut off
2560  * a large portion of the LP relaxation) should have a high priority.
2561  * See \ref SEPAEXECLP and \ref SEPAEXECSOL for further details of the separation callbacks.
2562  *
2563  * \par SEPA_FREQ: the default frequency for separating cuts.
2564  * The frequency defines the depth levels at which the separation methods \ref SEPAEXECLP and \ref SEPAEXECSOL are called.
2565  * For example, a frequency of 7 means, that the separation callback is executed for subproblems that are in depth
2566  * 0, 7, 14, ... of the branching tree. A frequency of 0 means, that the separation method is only called at the root node.
2567  * A frequency of -1 disables the separator.
2568  * \n
2569  * The frequency can be adjusted by the user. This property of the separator only defines the default value of the frequency.
2570  * If you want to have a more flexible control of when to execute the separation algorithm, you have to assign
2571  * a frequency of 1 and implement a check at the beginning of your separation methods whether you really want to execute
2572  * the separation or not. If you do not want to execute it, set the result code of
2573  * \ref SEPAEXECLP and \ref SEPAEXECSOL to SCIP_DIDNOTRUN.
2574  *
2575  * \par SEPA_MAXBOUNDDIST: the default maximal relative distance from the current node's dual bound to primal bound compared to best node's dual bound for applying separation.
2576  * At the current branch-and-bound node, the relative distance from its dual bound (local dual bound)
2577  * to the primal bound compared to the best node's dual bound (global dual bound) is considered. The separation method
2578  * of the separator will only be applied at the current node if this relative distance does not exceed SEPA_MAXBOUNDDIST.
2579  * \n
2580  * For example, if the global dual bound is 50 and the primal bound is 60, SEPA_MAXBOUNDDIST = 0.25 means that separation
2581  * is only applied if the current node's dual bound is in the first quarter of the interval [50,60], i.e., if it is less
2582  * than or equal to 52.5.
2583  * \n
2584  * In particular, the values 0.0 and 1.0 mean that separation is applied at the current best node only or at all
2585  * nodes, respectively. Since separation seems to be most important to apply at nodes that define to the global
2586  * dual bound, 0.0 is probably a good choice for SEPA_MAXBOUNDDIST.
2587  * Note that separators with a frequency of SEPA_FREQ = 0 are only applied at the root node.
2588  * Obviously, at the root node the local dual bound is equal to the global dual bound and thus, the separator is called
2589  * for any value of SEPA_MAXBOUNDDIST.
2590  *
2591  * \par SEPA_USESSUBSCIP: Does the separator use a secondary SCIP instance?
2592  * Some heuristics and separators solve MIPs or SAT problems and use a secondary SCIP instance. Examples are
2593  * Large Neighborhood Search heuristics such as RINS and Local Branching or the CGMIP separator. To avoid recursion,
2594  * these plugins usually deactivate all other plugins that solve MIPs. If a separator uses a secondary SCIP instance,
2595  * this parameter has to be TRUE and it is recommended to call SCIPsetSubscipsOff() for the secondary SCIP instance.
2596  *
2597  * \par SEPA_DELAY: the default for whether the separation method should be delayed, if other separators or constraint handlers found cuts.
2598  * If the separator's separation method is marked to be delayed, it is only executed after no other separator
2599  * or constraint handler found a cut during the price-and-cut loop.
2600  * If the separation method of the separator is very expensive, you may want to mark it to be delayed until all cheap
2601  * separation methods have been executed.
2602  *
2603  * @section SEPA_DATA Separator Data
2604  *
2605  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_SepaData".
2606  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your separator. For example, you should store the adjustable
2607  * parameters of the separator in this data structure. In a separator, user parameters for the maximal number of
2608  * separation rounds per node and for the maximal number of cuts separated per separation round might be useful.
2609  * If you are using C++, you can add separator data as usual as object variables to your class.
2610  * \n
2611  * Defining separator data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
2612  *
2613  * @section SEPA_INTERFACE Interface Methods
2614  *
2615  * At the bottom of "sepa_myseparator.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeSepaMyseparator(),
2616  * which also appears in "sepa_myseparator.h"
2617  * SCIPincludeSepaMyseparator() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the separator,
2618  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the separator in his/her application.
2619  *
2620  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
2621  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the separator. For this, you can either call SCIPincludeSepa(),
2622  * or SCIPincludeSepaBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref SEPA_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
2623  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetSepaCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
2624  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
2625  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for separators in order to compile.
2626  *
2627  * If you are using separator data, you have to allocate the memory
2628  * for the data at this point. You can do this by calling:
2629  * \code
2630  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &sepadata) );
2631  * \endcode
2632  * You also have to initialize the fields in "struct SCIP_SepaData" afterwards. For freeing the
2633  * separator data, see \ref SEPAFREE.
2634  *
2635  * You may also add user parameters for your separator, see \ref PARAM for how to add user parameters and
2636  * the method SCIPincludeSepaGomory() in src/scip/sepa_gomory.c for an example.
2637  *
2638  *
2639  * @section SEPA_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Separator
2640  *
2641  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
2642  * an operational algorithm.
2643  * They are passed together with the separator itself to SCIP using SCIPincludeSepa() or SCIPincludeSepaBasic(),
2644  * see @ref SEPA_INTERFACE.
2645  *
2646  * Separator plugins have two callbacks, @ref SEPAEXECLP and @ref SEPAEXECSOL, of which at least one must be implemented.
2647  *
2648  * Additional documentation for the callback methods, in particular to their input parameters,
2649  * can be found in type_sepa.h.
2650  *
2651  * @subsection SEPAEXECLP
2652  *
2653  * The SEPAEXECLP callback is executed during the price-and-cut loop of the subproblem processing.
2654  * It should try to generate general purpose cutting planes in order to separate the current LP solution.
2655  * The method is called in the LP solution loop, which means that a valid LP solution exists.
2656  *
2657  * Usually, the callback searches and produces cuts, that are added with a call to SCIPaddCut().
2658  * If the cut should be added to the global cut pool, it calls SCIPaddPoolCut().
2659  * In addition to LP rows, the callback may also produce domain reductions or add additional constraints.
2660  *
2661  * Overall, the SEPAEXECLP callback has the following options, which is indicated by the possible return values of
2662  * the 'result' variable (see type_sepa.h):
2663  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variable's bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
2664  * - adding an additional constraint (result SCIP_CONSADDED)
2665  * - reducing a variable's domain (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
2666  * - adding a cutting plane to the LP (result SCIP_SEPARATED)
2667  * - stating that the separator searched, but did not find domain reductions, cutting planes, or cut constraints
2668  * (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
2669  * - stating that the separator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
2670  * - stating that the separator was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED)
2671  * - stating that a new separation round should be started without calling the remaining separator methods (result SCIP_NEWROUND)
2672  *
2673  * @subsection SEPAEXECSOL
2674  *
2675  * The SEPAEXECSOL callback is executed during the separation loop on arbitrary primal solutions.
2676  * It should try to generate general purpose cutting planes in order to separate the given primal solution.
2677  * The method is not called in the LP solution loop, which means that there is no valid LP solution.
2678  *
2679  * In the standard SCIP environment, the SEPAEXECSOL callback is not used because only LP solutions are
2680  * separated. The SEPAEXECSOL callback provides means to support external relaxation handlers like semidefinite
2681  * relaxations that want to separate an intermediate primal solution vector. Thus, if you do not want to support
2682  * such external plugins, you do not need to implement this callback method.
2683  *
2684  * Usually, the callback searches and produces cuts, that are added with a call to SCIPaddCut().
2685  * If the cut should be added to the global cut pool, it calls SCIPaddPoolCut().
2686  * In addition to LP rows, the callback may also produce domain reductions or add other constraints.
2687  *
2688  * Overall, the SEPAEXECSOL callback has the following options, which is indicated by the possible return values of
2689  * the 'result' variable (see type_sepa.h):
2690  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variable's bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
2691  * - adding an additional constraint (result SCIP_CONSADDED)
2692  * - reducing a variable's domain (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
2693  * - adding a cutting plane to the LP (result SCIP_SEPARATED)
2694  * - stating that the separator searched, but did not find domain reductions, cutting planes, or cut constraints
2695  * (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
2696  * - stating that the separator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
2697  * - stating that the separator was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED)
2698  * - stating that a new separation round should be started without calling the remaining separator methods (result SCIP_NEWROUND)
2699  *
2700  *
2701  * @section SEPA_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Separator
2702  *
2703  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
2704  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
2705  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeSepa() to SCIP or via specific
2706  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeSepaBasic(), see also @ref SEPA_INTERFACE.
2707  *
2708  * @subsection SEPAFREE
2709  *
2710  * If you are using separator data (see \ref SEPA_DATA and \ref SEPA_INTERFACE), you have to implement this method
2711  * in order to free the separator data. This can be done by the following procedure:
2712  *
2713  * @refsnippet{src/scip/sepa_gomory.c,SnippetSepaFreeGomory}
2714  *
2715  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your separator data, remember to free this memory
2716  * before freeing the separator data itself.
2717  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
2718  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
2719  *
2720  * @subsection SEPACOPY
2721  *
2722  * The SEPACOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
2723  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
2724  * defining this callback as
2725  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
2726  * separator for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
2727  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
2728  *
2729  * @subsection SEPAINIT
2730  *
2731  * The SEPAINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
2732  * The separator may, e.g., use this call to initialize its separator data.
2733  * The difference between the original and the transformed problem is explained in
2734  * "What is this thing with the original and the transformed problem about?" on \ref FAQ.
2735  *
2736  * @subsection SEPAEXIT
2737  *
2738  * The SEPAEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
2739  * In this method, the separator should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in SEPAINIT.
2740  *
2741  * @subsection SEPAINITSOL
2742  *
2743  * The SEPAINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
2744  * begin. The separator may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
2745  *
2746  * @subsection SEPAEXITSOL
2747  *
2748  * The SEPAEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed. The separator should use this call
2749  * to clean up its branch-and-bound data, in particular to release all LP rows that it has created or captured.
2750  */
2751 
2752 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
2753 
2754 /**@page PROP How to add propagators
2755  *
2756  * Propagators are used to tighten the domains of the variables. Like for cutting planes, there are two different types
2757  * of domain propagations. Constraint based (primal) domain propagation algorithms are part of the corresponding
2758  * constraint handlers, see \ref CONSPROP. In contrast, domain propagators usually provide dual propagations, i.e.,
2759  * propagations that can be applied using the objective function and the current best known primal solution. This
2760  * section deals with such propagators.
2761  *
2762  * A complete list of all propagators contained in this release can be found \ref PROPAGATORS "here".
2763  *
2764  * We now explain how users can add their own propagators. Take the pseudo objective function propagator
2765  * (src/scip/prop_pseudoobj.c) as an example. As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily
2766  * adapt the code by using the scip::ObjProp wrapper base class and implement the @c scip_...() virtual methods instead
2767  * of the @c SCIP_DECL_PROP... callback methods.
2768  *
2769  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a propagator can be found in the file type_prop.h.
2770  *
2771  * Here is what you have to do to implement a propagator:
2772  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/prop_xyz.c and src/scip/prop_xyz.h into files named "prop_mypropagator.c"
2773  * and "prop_mypropagator.h".
2774  * \n
2775  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
2776  * -# Use SCIPincludePropMypropagator() in order to include the propagator into your SCIP instance,
2777  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
2778  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mypropagator".
2779  * -# Adjust the properties of the propagator (see \ref PROP_PROPERTIES).
2780  * -# Define the propagator data (see \ref PROP_DATA). This is optional.
2781  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref PROP_INTERFACE).
2782  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref PROP_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
2783  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref PROP_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
2784  *
2785  * @section PROP_PROPERTIES Properties of a Propagator
2786  *
2787  * At the top of the new file "prop_mypropagator.c" you can find the propagator properties. These are given as compiler
2788  * defines. The presolving-related properties are optional,
2789  * they only have to be defined if the propagator supports presolving routines.
2790  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the propagator properties by calling the constructor of the
2791  * abstract base class scip::ObjProp from within your constructor. The properties you have the following meaning:
2792  *
2793  * @subsection PROP_FUNDAMENTALPROPERTIES Fundamental properties of a propagator
2794  *
2795  * \par PROP_NAME: the name of the propagator.
2796  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the propagator. Additionally, if you are searching for a
2797  * propagator with SCIPfindProp(), this name is searched for. Names have to be unique: no two propagators may have the
2798  * same name.
2799  *
2800  * \par PROP_DESC: the description of the propagator.
2801  * This string is printed as a description of the propagator in the interactive shell.
2802  *
2803  * \par PROP_PRIORITY: the priority of the propagator.
2804  * In each propagation round, the propagators and propagation methods of the constraint handlers are called in a
2805  * predefined order, which is given by the priorities of the propagators and the check priorities of the constraint
2806  * handlers. First, the propagators with non-negative priority are called in order of decreasing priority. Next, the
2807  * propagation methods of the different constraint handlers are called in order of decreasing check priority. Finally,
2808  * the propagators with negative priority are called in order of decreasing priority. \n The priority of the
2809  * propagators should be set according to the complexity of the propagation algorithm and the impact of the domain
2810  * propagations: propagators providing fast algorithms that usually have a high impact (i.e., tighten many bounds)
2811  * should have a high priority.
2812  *
2813  * \par PROP_FREQ: the default frequency for propagating domains.
2814  * The frequency defines the depth levels at which the propagation method \ref PROPEXEC is called. For example, a
2815  * frequency of 7 means, that the propagation callback is executed for subproblems that are in depth 0, 7, 14, ... of
2816  * the branching tree. A frequency of 0 means that propagation is only applied in preprocessing and at the root node. A
2817  * frequency of -1 disables the propagator.
2818  * \n
2819  * The frequency can be adjusted by the user. This property of the propagator only defines the default value of the
2820  * frequency.\n
2821  * <b>Note:</b> If you want to have a more flexible control of when to execute the propagation algorithm, you have to
2822  * assign a frequency of 1 and implement a check at the beginning of your propagation algorithm whether you really want
2823  * to execute the domain propagation or not. If you do not want to execute it, set the result code to SCIP_DIDNOTRUN.
2824  *
2825  * \par PROP_DELAY: the default for whether the propagation method should be delayed, if other propagators or constraint handlers found domain reductions.
2826  * If the propagator's propagation method is marked to be delayed, it is only executed after no other propagator or
2827  * constraint handler found a domain reduction in the current iteration of the domain propagation loop. If the
2828  * propagation method of the propagator is very expensive, you may want to mark it to be delayed until all cheap
2829  * propagation methods have been executed.
2830  *
2831  * \par PROP_TIMING: the timing mask of the propagator.
2832  * SCIP calls the domain propagation routines at different places in the node processing loop.
2833  * This property indicates at which places the propagator is called.
2834  * Possible values are defined in type_timing.h and can be concatenated, e.g., as in SCIP_PROPTIMING_ALWAYS.
2835  *
2836  * @subsection PROP_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES Optional propagator properties
2837  *
2838  * The following properties are optional and only need to be defined if the propagator supports
2839  * presolving, that is, if the \ref PROPPRESOL "presolving callback" is implemented.
2840 
2841  * \par PROP_PRESOLTIMING: the timing of the presolving method (FAST, MEDIUM, or EXHAUSTIVE).
2842  * Every presolving round starts with the FAST presolving methods. MEDIUM presolvers are only called, if FAST presolvers did not find
2843  * enough reductions in this round so far, and EXHAUSTIVE presolving steps are only performed if all presolvers called before
2844  * in this round were unsuccessful.
2845  * Presolving methods should be assigned a timing based on how expensive they are, e.g., presolvers that provide fast algorithms that
2846  * usually have a high impact (i.e., remove lots of variables or tighten bounds of many variables) should have a timing FAST.
2847  * If a presolving method implements different algorithms of different complexity, it may also get multiple timings and check the timing
2848  * internally in the \ref PROPPRESOL callback to decide which algorithms to run.
2849  *
2850  * \par PROP_PRESOL_PRIORITY: the priority of the presolving method.
2851  * This attribute is analogous to the PROP_PRIORITY flag, but deals with the preprocessing method of the presolver.
2852  *
2853  * \par PROP_PRESOL_MAXROUNDS: the default maximal number of presolving rounds the propagator participates in.
2854  * The preprocessing is executed in rounds.
2855  * If enough changes have been applied to the model, an additional preprocessing round is performed.
2856  * The MAXROUNDS parameter of a propagator denotes the maximal number of preprocessing rounds, the propagator
2857  * participates in.
2858  * A value of -1 means, that there is no limit on the number of rounds.
2859  * A value of 0 means, the preprocessing callback of the propagator is disabled.
2860  *
2861  * @section PROP_DATA Propagator Data
2862  *
2863  * Below the title "Data structures" you can find a struct called <code>struct SCIP_PropData</code>. In this data
2864  * structure, you can store the data of your propagator. For example, you should store the adjustable parameters of the
2865  * propagator in this data structure. If you are using C++, you can add propagator data as object variables to your
2866  * class as usual .
2867  * \n
2868  * Defining propagator data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
2869  *
2870  *
2871  * @section PROP_INTERFACE Interface Methods
2872  *
2873  * At the bottom of "prop_mypropagator.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeSepaMypropagator(),
2874  * which also appears in "prop_mypropagator.h"
2875  * SCIPincludePropMypropagator() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the propagator,
2876  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the propagator in his/her application.
2877  *
2878  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
2879  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the propagator. For this, you can either call SCIPincludeProp(),
2880  * or SCIPincludePropBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref PROP_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
2881  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetPropCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
2882  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
2883  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for separators in order to compile.
2884  *
2885  *
2886  * If you are using propagator data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point. You can do this by
2887  * calling
2888  * \code
2889  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &propdata) );
2890  * \endcode
2891  * You also have to initialize the fields in <code>struct SCIP_PropData</code> afterwards.
2892  *
2893  * You may also add user parameters for your propagator, see the method SCIPincludePropPseudoobj() in
2894  * src/scip/prop_pseudoobj.c for an example.
2895  *
2896  *
2897  * @section PROP_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Propagator
2898  *
2899  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
2900  * an operational algorithm.
2901  * They are passed together with the propagator itself to SCIP using SCIPincludeProp() or SCIPincludePropBasic(),
2902  * see @ref PROP_INTERFACE.
2903  *
2904  * Propagator plugins have one fundamental callback method, namely the \ref PROPEXEC method
2905  * method. This method has to be implemented for every propagator; the other callback methods are optional. In the
2906  * C++ wrapper class scip::ObjProp, the scip_exec() method (which corresponds to the \ref PROPEXEC
2907  * callback) is a virtual abstract member function. You have to
2908  * implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your propagator class.
2909  *
2910  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_prop.h.
2911  *
2912  * @subsection PROPEXEC
2913  *
2914  * The PROPEXEC callback is called during presolving and during the subproblem processing. It should perform the actual
2915  * domain propagation, which means that it should tighten the variables' bounds. The technique of domain propagation,
2916  * which is the main workhorse of constraint programming, is called "node preprocessing" in the Integer Programming
2917  * community.
2918  *
2919  * The PROPEXEC callback has the following options:
2920  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variables' bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
2921  * - reducing (i.e, tightening) the domains of some variables (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
2922  * - stating that the propagator searched, but did not find domain reductions, cutting planes, or cut constraints
2923  * (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
2924  * - stating that the propagator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
2925  * - stating that the propagator was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED)
2926  *
2927  *
2928  *
2929  * @section PROP_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Propagator
2930  *
2931  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
2932  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
2933  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeProp() to SCIP or via specific
2934  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludePropBasic(), see also @ref PROP_INTERFACE.
2935  *
2936  * @subsection PROPRESPROP
2937  *
2938  * If the propagator wants to support \ref CONF "conflict analysis", it has to supply the PROPRESPROP method. It also should call
2939  * SCIPinferVarLbProp() or SCIPinferVarUbProp() in the domain propagation instead of SCIPchgVarLb() or SCIPchgVarUb() in
2940  * order to deduce bound changes on variables. In the SCIPinferVarLbProp() and SCIPinferVarUbProp() calls, the
2941  * propagator provides a pointer to itself and an integer value "inferinfo" that can be arbitrarily chosen.
2942  *
2943  * The propagation conflict resolving method PROPRESPROP must then be implemented to provide the "reasons" for the bound
2944  * changes, i.e., the bounds of variables at the time of the propagation, which forced the propagator to set the
2945  * conflict variable's bound to its current value. It can use the "inferinfo" tag to identify its own propagation rule
2946  * and thus identify the "reason" bounds. The bounds that form the reason of the assignment must then be provided by
2947  * calls to SCIPaddConflictLb() and SCIPaddConflictUb() in the propagation conflict resolving method.
2948  *
2949  * See the description of the propagation conflict resolving method \ref CONSRESPROP of constraint handlers for
2950  * further details.
2951  *
2952  * Omitting the PROPRESPROP callback circumvents the implementation of the usually rather complex conflict resolving method.
2953  * Yet, it
2954  * will make the conflict analysis less effective. We suggest to first omit the conflict resolving method and check how
2955  * effective the propagation method is. If it produces a lot of propagations for your application, you definitely should
2956  * consider implementing the conflict resolving method.
2957  *
2958  *
2959  * @subsection PROPFREE
2960  *
2961  * If you are using propagator data, you have to implement this method in order to free the propagator data.
2962  * This can be done by the following procedure:
2963  *
2964  * @refsnippet{src/scip/prop_redcost.c,SnippetPropFreeRedcost}
2965  *
2966  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your propagator data, remember to free this memory
2967  * before freeing the propagator data itself.
2968  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
2969  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
2970  *
2971  * @subsection PROPINIT
2972  *
2973  * The PROPINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed. The propagator may, e.g., use this call to
2974  * initialize its propagator data.
2975  *
2976  * @subsection PROPCOPY
2977  *
2978  * The PROPCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
2979  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
2980  * defining this callback as
2981  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
2982  * propagator for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
2983  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
2984  *
2985  * @subsection PROPEXIT
2986  *
2987  * The PROPEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
2988  * In this method, the propagator should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in PROPINIT.
2989  *
2990  * @subsection PROPINITPRE
2991  *
2992  * The PROPINITPRE callback is executed before the preprocessing is started, even if presolving is turned off.
2993  * The propagator may use this call to initialize its presolving data before the presolving process begins.
2994  *
2995  * @subsection PROPEXITPRE
2996  *
2997  * The PROPEXITPRE callback is executed after the preprocessing has been finished, even if presolving is turned off.
2998  * The propagator may use this call, e.g., to clean up its presolving data.
2999  * Besides clean up, no time consuming operations should be done.
3000  *
3001  * @subsection PROPINITSOL
3002  *
3003  * The PROPINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
3004  * begin.
3005  * The propagator may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
3006  *
3007  * @subsection PROPEXITSOL
3008  *
3009  * The PROPEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed.
3010  * The propagator should use this call to clean up its branch-and-bound data.
3011  *
3012  * @subsection PROPPRESOL
3013  *
3014  * Seaches for domain propagations, analogous to the \ref PROPEXEC callback.
3015  * However, this callback is called during preprocessing.
3016  *
3017  * To inform SCIP that the presolving method found a reduction the result pointer has to be set in a proper way.
3018  * The following options are possible:
3019  *
3020  * - SCIP_UNBOUNDED : at least one variable is not bounded by any constraint in objective direction
3021  * - SCIP_CUTOFF : at least one domain reduction that renders the problem infeasible has been found
3022  * - SCIP_SUCCESS : the presolver found a domain reduction
3023  * - SCIP_DIDNOTFIND : the presolver searched, but did not find a presolving change
3024  * - SCIP_DIDNOTRUN : the presolver was skipped
3025  * - SCIP_DELAYED : the presolver was skipped, but should be called again
3026  *
3027  *
3028  * Please see also the @ref PROP_ADDITIONALPROPERTIES section to learn about the properties
3029  * PROP_PRESOLTIMING and PROP_PRESOL_MAXROUNDS, which influence the behaviour of SCIP
3030  * calling PROPPRESOL.
3031  *
3032  */
3033 
3034 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
3035 
3036 /**@page BRANCH How to add branching rules
3037  *
3038  * Branching rules are used to split the problem at the current node into smaller subproblems. Branching rules can be called at three
3039  * different occasions, which is why they have three different execution methods (see \ref
3040  * BRANCHRULE_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). Branching is performed if:
3041  * - the LP solution of the current problem is fractional. In this case, the integrality constraint handler calls the
3042  * \ref BRANCHEXECLP methods of the branching rules.
3043  * - the list of external branching candidates is not empty. This will only be the case if branching candidates were added
3044  * by a user's \ref RELAX "relaxation handler" or \ref CONS "constraint handler" plugin, calling SCIPaddExternBranchCand().
3045  * These branching candidates should be processed by the \ref BRANCHEXECEXT method.
3046  * - if an integral solution violates one or more constraints and this infeasibility could not be resolved in the callback methods
3047  * \ref CONSENFOLP and \ref CONSENFOPS of the corresponding constraint handlers. In this case, the \ref BRANCHEXECPS method will be called. This is the
3048  * standard case, if you use SCIP as a pure CP or SAT solver. If the LP or any other type of relaxation is used, then
3049  * branching on pseudo solutions works as a last resort.
3050  *
3051  * The idea of branching rules is to take a global view on the problem. In contrast, branching paradigms which are
3052  * specific to one type of constraint are best implemented within the enforcement callbacks of your constraint handler.
3053  * See, e.g., the constraint specific branching rules provided by the constraint handlers for special ordered sets
3054  * (src/scip/cons_sos{1,2}.c)).
3055  * \n
3056  * All branching rules that come with the default distribution of SCIP create two subproblems by splitting a single
3057  * variable's domain. It is, however, fully supported to implement much more general branching schemes, for example by
3058  * creating more than two subproblems, or by adding additional constraints to the subproblems instead of tightening the
3059  * domains of the variables.
3060  * \n
3061  * A complete list of all branching rules contained in this release can be found \ref BRANCHINGRULES "here".
3062  *
3063  * We now explain how users can add their own branching rules. Take the most infeasible LP branching rule
3064  * (src/scip/branch_mostinf.c) as an example. As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily
3065  * adapt the code by using the scip::ObjBranchrule wrapper base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of
3066  * the SCIP_DECL_BRANCH... callback methods.
3067  *
3068  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a branching rule can be found in the file type_branch.h.
3069  *
3070  * Here is what you have to do to implement a branching rule:
3071  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/branch_xyz.c and src/scip/branch_xyz.h into files named
3072  * "branch_mybranchingrule.c" and "branch_mybranchingrule.h".
3073  * \n
3074  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
3075  * -# Use SCIPincludeBranchruleMybranchingrule() in order to include the branching rule into your SCIP instance,
3076  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
3077  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mybranchingrule".
3078  * -# Adjust the properties of the branching rule (see \ref BRANCHRULE_PROPERTIES).
3079  * -# Define the branching rule data (see \ref BRANCHRULE_DATA). This is optional.
3080  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref BRANCHRULE_INTERFACE).
3081  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref BRANCHRULE_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
3082  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref BRANCHRULE_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
3083  *
3084  *
3085  * @section BRANCHRULE_PROPERTIES Properties of a Branching Rule
3086  *
3087  * At the top of the new file "branch_mybranchingrule.c" you can find the branching rule properties.
3088  * These are given as compiler defines.
3089  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the branching rule properties by calling the constructor
3090  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjBranchrule from within your constructor.
3091  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
3092  *
3093  * \par BRANCHRULE_NAME: the name of the branching rule.
3094  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the branching rule.
3095  * Additionally, if you are searching for a branching rule with SCIPfindBranchrule(), this name is looked up.
3096  * Names have to be unique: no two branching rules may have the same name.
3097  *
3098  * \par BRANCHRULE_DESC: the description of the branching rule.
3099  * This string is printed as a description of the branching rule in the interactive shell.
3100  *
3101  * \par BRANCHRULE_PRIORITY: the default value for the priority of the branching rule.
3102  * In the subproblem processing, the branching rules are called in decreasing order of their priority until
3103  * one succeeded to branch. Since most branching rules are able to generate a branching in all situations,
3104  * only the rule of highest priority is used. In combination with the BRANCHRULE_MAXDEPTH and
3105  * BRANCHRULE_MAXBOUNDDIST settings, however, interesting strategies can be easily employed. For example,
3106  * the user can set the priority of the "full strong branching" strategy to the highest value and assign the
3107  * second highest value to the "reliable pseudo cost" rule. If (s)he also sets the maximal depth for the
3108  * "full strong branching" to 5, in the top 5 depth levels of the search tree the "full strong branching" is
3109  * applied, while in the deeper levels "reliable pseudo cost branching" is used.
3110  * \n
3111  * Note that the BRANCHRULE_PRIORITY property only specifies the default value of the priority. The user can
3112  * change this value arbitrarily.
3113  *
3114  * \par BRANCHRULE_MAXDEPTH: the default value for the maximal depth level of the branching rule.
3115  * This parameter denotes the maximal depth level in the branch-and-bound tree up to which the branching method of the
3116  * branching rule will be applied. Use -1 for no limit.
3117  * \n
3118  * Note that this property only specifies the default value. The user can change this value arbitrarily.
3119  *
3120  * \par BRANCHRULE_MAXBOUNDDIST: the default value for the maximal relative distance from current node's dual bound to primal bound compared to best node's dual bound for applying branching.
3121  * At the current branch-and-bound node, the relative distance from its dual bound (local dual bound)
3122  * to the primal bound compared to the best node's dual bound (global dual bound) is considered. The branching method of
3123  * the branching rule will only be applied at the node if this relative distance does not exceed BRANCHRULE_MAXBOUNDDIST.
3124  * \n
3125  * For example, if the global dual bound is 50 and the primal bound is 60, BRANCHRULE_MAXBOUNDDIST = 0.25 means that
3126  * branching is only applied if the current node's dual bound is in the first quarter of the interval [50,60], i.e., if it
3127  * is less than or equal to 52.5. In particular, the values 0.0 and 1.0 mean that the branching rule is applied at the
3128  * current best node only or at all nodes, respectively.
3129  * \n
3130  * Note that the BRANCHRULE_MAXBOUNDDIST property only specifies the default value of the maximal bound distance.
3131  * The user can change this value arbitrarily.
3132  *
3133  *
3134  * @section BRANCHRULE_DATA Branching Rule Data
3135  *
3136  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_BranchruleData".
3137  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your branching rule. For example, you should store the adjustable
3138  * parameters of the branching rule in this data structure.
3139  * If you are using C++, you can add branching rule data as usual as object variables to your class.
3140  * \n
3141  * Defining branching rule data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
3142  *
3143  *
3144  * @section BRANCHRULE_INTERFACE Interface Methods
3145  *
3146  * At the bottom of "branch_mybranchingrule.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeBranchruleMybranchingrule(),
3147  * which also appears in "branch_mybranchingrule.h"
3148  * SCIPincludeBranchruleMybranchingrule() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the branching rule,
3149  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the branching rule in his/her application.
3150  *
3151  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
3152  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the branching rule. For this, you can either call
3153  * SCIPincludeBranchrule(),
3154  * or SCIPincludeBranchruleBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref BRANCHRULE_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
3155  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetBranchruleCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
3156  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
3157  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for branchrule in order to compile.
3158  *
3159  *
3160  * If you are using branching rule data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
3161  * You can do this by calling:
3162  * \code
3163  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &branchruledata) );
3164  * \endcode
3165  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_BranchruleData afterwards.
3166  *
3167  * You may also add user parameters for your branching rule, see the method SCIPincludeBranchruleRelpscost() in
3168  * src/scip/branch_relpscost.c for an example.
3169  *
3170  *
3171  * @section BRANCHRULE_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Branching Rule
3172  *
3173  * Branching rules do not have any fundamental callback methods, i.e., all callback methods are optional.
3174  * In most cases, however, you want to implement the \ref BRANCHEXECLP method and sometimes the \ref BRANCHEXECPS method.
3175  *
3176  *
3177  * @section BRANCHRULE_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Branching Rule
3178  *
3179  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
3180  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
3181  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeBranchrule() to SCIP or via specific
3182  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeBranchruleBasic(), see also @ref BRANCHRULE_INTERFACE.
3183  *
3184  * The most important callback methods are the \ref BRANCHEXECLP, \ref BRANCHEXECEXT,
3185  * and \ref BRANCHEXECPS methods, which perform the actual task of generating a branching.
3186  *
3187  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_branch.h.
3188  *
3189  * @subsection BRANCHEXECLP
3190  *
3191  * The BRANCHEXECLP callback is executed during node processing if a fractional LP solution is available. It should
3192  * split the current problem into smaller subproblems. Usually, the branching is done in a way such that the current
3193  * fractional LP solution is no longer feasible in the relaxation of the subproblems. It is, however, possible to
3194  * create a child node for which the fractional LP solution is still feasible in the relaxation, for example, by
3195  * branching on a variable with integral LP value. In every case, you have to make sure that each subproblem is a
3196  * proper restriction of the current problem. Otherwise, you risk to produce an infinite path in the search tree.
3197  *
3198  * The user gains access to the branching candidates, i.e., to the fractional variables, and their LP solution values by
3199  * calling the method SCIPgetLPBranchCands(). Furthermore, SCIP provides two methods for performing the actual
3200  * branching, namely SCIPbranchVar() and SCIPcreateChild().
3201  *
3202  * Given an integral variable \f$x\f$ with fractional LP solution value \f$x^*\f$, the method SCIPbranchVar() creates
3203  * two child nodes; one contains the bound \f$x \le \lfloor x^* \rfloor\f$ and the other one contains the bound \f$x \ge
3204  * \lceil x^* \rceil\f$, see the BRANCHEXECLP callback in src/scip/branch_mostinf.c for an example. In addition, if a
3205  * proven lower objective bound of a created child node is known, like after strong branching has been applied, the user
3206  * may call the method SCIPupdateNodeLowerbound() in order to update the child node's lower bound.
3207  *
3208  * Please also see the \ref BRANCHEXEC "further information for the three execution methods".
3209  *
3210  * @subsection BRANCHEXECEXT
3211  *
3212  * The BRANCHEXECEXT callback is executed during node processing if no LP solution is available and the list of
3213  * external branching candidates is not empty. It should split the current problem into smaller subproblems. If you
3214  * do not use relaxation handlers or constraints handlers that provide external branching candidates, you do not need to
3215  * implement this callback.
3216  *
3217  * In contrast to the LP branching candidates and the pseudo branching candidates, the list of external branching
3218  * candidates will not be generated automatically. The user has to add all variables to the list by calling
3219  * SCIPaddExternBranchCand() for each of them. Usually, this will happen in the execution method of a relaxation handler or in the
3220  * enforcement methods of a constraint handler.
3221  *
3222  * The user gains access to these branching candidates by calling the method SCIPgetExternBranchCands(). Furthermore,
3223  * SCIP provides two methods for performing the actual branching with a given solution value, namely SCIPbranchVarVal()
3224  * and SCIPcreateChild(). SCIPbranchVarVal() allows users to specify the branching point for a variable in contrast to
3225  * SCIPbranchVar(), which will always use the current LP or pseudo solution.
3226  *
3227  * This paragraph contains additional information regarding how the method SCIPbranchVarVal() works. For external branching candidates,
3228  * there are three principle possibilities:
3229  * - Given a continuous variable \f$x\f$ with solution value \f$x^*\f$, the method SCIPbranchVarVal() creates
3230  * two child nodes; one contains the bound \f$x \le x^* \f$ and the other one contains the bound \f$x \ge x^* \f$.
3231  * - Given an integer variable \f$x\f$ with fractional solution value \f$x^*\f$, the method
3232  * SCIPbranchVarVal() creates two child nodes; one contains the bound \f$x \le \lfloor x^* \rfloor\f$ and the other
3233  * one contains the bound \f$x \ge \lceil x^* \rceil\f$.
3234  * - Given an integer variable \f$x\f$ with integral solution value \f$x^*\f$, the method SCIPbranchVarVal()
3235  * creates three child nodes; one contains the bound \f$x \le x^* -1\f$, one contains the bound \f$x \ge x^* +1\f$,
3236  * one contains the fixing \f$x = x^*\f$.
3237  *
3238  * See the BRANCHEXECEXT callback in src/scip/branch_random.c for an example. In addition, if a proven lower bound of a
3239  * created child node is known the user may call the method SCIPupdateNodeLowerbound() in order to update the child
3240  * node's lower bound.
3241  *
3242  * Please also see the \ref BRANCHEXEC "further information for the three execution methods".
3243  *
3244  * @subsection BRANCHEXECPS
3245  *
3246  * The BRANCHEXECPS callback is executed during node processing if no LP solution is available and at least one of the
3247  * integer variables is not yet fixed. It should split the current problem into smaller subproblems. PS stands for
3248  * pseudo solution which is the vector of all variables set to their locally best (w.r.t. the objective function)
3249  * bounds.
3250  *
3251  * The user gains access to the branching candidates, i.e., to the non-fixed integer variables, by calling the method
3252  * SCIPgetPseudoBranchCands(). Furthermore, SCIP provides two methods for performing the actual branching, namely
3253  * SCIPbranchVar() and SCIPcreateChild().
3254  *
3255  * Given an integer variable \f$x\f$ with bounds \f$[l,u]\f$ and not having solved the LP, the method SCIPbranchVar()
3256  * creates two child nodes:
3257  * - If both bounds are finite, then the two children will contain the domain reductions \f$x \le x^*\f$, and \f$x \ge
3258  * x^*+1\f$ with \f$x^* = \lfloor \frac{l + u}{2}\rfloor\f$. The current pseudo solution will remain feasible in one
3259  * of the branches, but the hope is that halving the domain's size leads to good propagations.
3260  * - If only one of the bounds is finite, the variable will be fixed to that bound in one of the child nodes. In the
3261  * other child node, the bound will be shifted by one.
3262  * - If both bounds are infinite, three children will be created: \f$x \le 1\f$, \f$x \ge 1\f$, and \f$x = 0\f$.
3263 
3264  *
3265  * See the BRANCHEXECPS callback in src/scip/branch_random.c for an example. In addition, if a proven lower bound of a
3266  * created child node is known, the user may call the method SCIPupdateNodeLowerbound() in order to update the child
3267  * node's lower bound.
3268  *
3269  * Please also see the \ref BRANCHEXEC "further information for the three execution methods".
3270  *
3271  * @subsection BRANCHEXEC Further information for the three execution methods
3272  *
3273  * In order to apply more general branching schemes, one should use the method SCIPcreateChild().
3274  * After having created a child node, the additional restrictions of the child node have to be added with calls to
3275  * SCIPaddConsNode(), SCIPchgVarLbNode(), or SCIPchgVarUbNode().
3276  * \n
3277  * In the method SCIPcreateChild(), the branching rule has to assign two values to the new nodes: a node selection
3278  * priority for each node and an estimate for the objective value of the best feasible solution contained in the subtree
3279  * after applying the branching. If the method SCIPbranchVar() is used, these values are automatically assigned. For
3280  * variable based branching schemes, one might use the methods SCIPcalcNodeselPriority() and the method
3281  * SCIPcalcChildEstimate().
3282  *
3283  * In some cases, the branching rule can tighten the current subproblem instead of producing a branching. For example,
3284  * strong branching might have proven that rounding up a variable would lead to an infeasible LP relaxation and thus,
3285  * the variable must be rounded down. Therefore, the BRANCHEXECLP, BRANCHEXECPS and BRANCHEXECREL callbacks may also
3286  * produce domain reductions or add additional constraints to the current subproblem.
3287  *
3288  * The execution callbacks have the following options:
3289  * - detecting that the node is infeasible and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
3290  * - adding an additional constraint (e.g. a conflict constraint) (result SCIP_CONSADDED; note that this action
3291  * must not be performed if the input "allowaddcons" is FALSE)
3292  * - reducing the domain of a variable such that the current LP solution becomes infeasible (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
3293  * - applying a branching (result SCIP_BRANCHED)
3294  * - stating that the branching rule was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN).
3295  *
3296  * Only the BRANCHEXECLP callback has the possibility to add a cutting plane to the LP (result SCIP_SEPARATED).
3297  *
3298  * @subsection BRANCHFREE
3299  *
3300  * If you are using branching rule data, you have to implement this method in order to free the branching rule data.
3301  * This can be done by the following procedure:
3302  *
3303  * @refsnippet{src/scip/branch_random.c,SnippetBranchFreeRandom}
3304  *
3305  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your branching rule data, remember to free this memory
3306  * before freeing the branching rule data itself.
3307  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
3308  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
3309  *
3310  * @subsection BRANCHINIT
3311  *
3312  * The BRANCHINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
3313  * The branching rule may, e.g., use this call to initialize its branching rule data.
3314  *
3315  * @subsection BRANCHCOPY
3316  *
3317  * The BRANCHCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
3318  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
3319  * defining this callback as
3320  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
3321  * branching rule for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
3322  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
3323  *
3324  * @subsection BRANCHEXIT
3325  *
3326  * The BRANCHEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
3327  * In this method, the branching rule should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in
3328  * BRANCHINIT.
3329  *
3330  * @subsection BRANCHINITSOL
3331  *
3332  * The BRANCHINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
3333  * begin.
3334  * The branching rule may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
3335  *
3336  * @subsection BRANCHEXITSOL
3337  *
3338  * The BRANCHEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed.
3339  * The branching rule should use this call to clean up its branch-and-bound data.
3340  */
3341 
3342 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
3343 
3344 /**@page NODESEL How to add node selectors
3345  *
3346  * Node selectors are used to decide which of the leaves in the current branching tree is selected as next subproblem
3347  * to be processed. The ordering relation of the tree's leaves for storing them in the leaf priority queue is also
3348  * defined by the node selectors.
3349  * \n
3350  * A complete list of all node selectors contained in this release can be found \ref NODESELECTORS "here".
3351  *
3352  * We now explain how users can add their own node selectors.
3353  * Take the node selector for depth first search (src/scip/nodesel_dfs.c) as an example.
3354  * As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjNodesel wrapper
3355  * base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_NODESEL... callback methods.
3356  *
3357  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a node selector can be found in the file type_nodesel.h.
3358  *
3359  * Here is what you have to do to implement a node selector:
3360  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/nodesel_xyz.c and src/scip/nodesel_xyz.h into files named "nodesel_mynodeselector.c"
3361  * and "nodesel_mynodeselector.h".
3362  * \n
3363  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
3364  * -# Use SCIPincludeNodeselMynodeselector() in oder to include the node selector into your SCIP instance,
3365  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
3366  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mynodeselector".
3367  * -# Adjust the properties of the node selector (see \ref NODESEL_PROPERTIES).
3368  * -# Define the node selector data (see \ref NODESEL_DATA). This is optional.
3369  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref NODESEL_INTERFACE).
3370  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref NODESEL_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
3371  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref NODESEL_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
3372  *
3373  *
3374  * @section NODESEL_PROPERTIES Properties of a Node Selector
3375  *
3376  * At the top of the new file "nodesel_mynodeselector.c" you can find the node selector properties.
3377  * These are given as compiler defines.
3378  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the node selector properties by calling the constructor
3379  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjNodesel from within your constructor.
3380  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
3381  *
3382  * \par NODESEL_NAME: the name of the node selector.
3383  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the node selector.
3384  * Additionally, if you are searching for a node selector with SCIPfindNodesel(), this name is looked up.
3385  * Names have to be unique: no two node selectors may have the same name.
3386  *
3387  * \par NODESEL_DESC: the description of the node selector.
3388  * This string is printed as a description of the node selector in the interactive shell.
3389  *
3390  * \par NODESEL_STDPRIORITY: the default priority of the node selector in the standard mode.
3391  * The first step of each iteration of the main solving loop is the selection of the next subproblem to be processed.
3392  * The node selector of highest priority (the active node selector) is called to do this selection.
3393  * In particular, if you implemented your own node selector plugin which you want to be applied, you should choose a priority
3394  * which is greater then all priorities of the SCIP default node selectors.
3395  * Note that SCIP has two different operation modes: the standard mode and the memory saving mode. If the memory
3396  * limit - given as a parameter by the user - is almost reached, SCIP switches from the standard mode to the memory saving
3397  * mode in which different priorities for the node selectors are applied. NODESEL_STDPRIORITY is the priority of the
3398  * node selector used in the standard mode.
3399  * \n
3400  * Note that this property only defines the default value of the priority. The user may change this value arbitrarily by
3401  * adjusting the corresponding parameter setting.
3402  *
3403  * \par NODESEL_MEMSAVEPRIORITY: the default priority of the node selector in the memory saving mode.
3404  * The priority NODESEL_MEMSAVEPRIORITY of the node selector has the same meaning as the priority NODESEL_STDPRIORITY, but
3405  * is used in the memory saving mode.
3406  * Usually, you want the best performing node selector, for example best estimate search, to have maximal
3407  * standard priority, while you want a node selector which tends to keep the growth of the search tree limited, for example
3408  * depth first search, to have maximal memory saving priority.
3409  * \n
3410  * Note that this property only defines the default value of the priority. The user may change this value arbitrarily by
3411  * adjusting the corresponding parameter setting.
3412  *
3413  *
3414  * @section NODESEL_DATA Node Selector Data
3415  *
3416  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_NodeselData".
3417  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your node selector. For example, you should store the adjustable
3418  * parameters of the node selector in this data structure.
3419  * If you are using C++, you can add node selector data as usual as object variables to your class.
3420  * \n
3421  * Defining node selector data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
3422  *
3423  *
3424  * @section NODESEL_INTERFACE Interface Methods
3425  *
3426  * At the bottom of "nodesel_mynodeselector.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeNodeselMynodeselector(),
3427  * which also appears in "nodesel_mynodeselector.h"
3428  * SCIPincludeNodeselMynodeselector() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the node selector,
3429  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the node selector in his/her application.
3430  *
3431  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
3432  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the node selector. For this, you can either call
3433  * SCIPincludeNodesel(),
3434  * or SCIPincludeNodeselBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref NODESEL_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
3435  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetNodeselCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
3436  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
3437  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for node selectors in order to compile.
3438  *
3439  *
3440  * If you are using node selector data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
3441  * You can do this by calling:
3442  * \code
3443  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &nodeseldata) );
3444  * \endcode
3445  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_NodeselData afterwards.
3446  *
3447  * You may also add user parameters for your node selector, see the method SCIPincludeNodeselRestartdfs() in
3448  * src/scip/nodesel_restartdfs.c for an example.
3449  *
3450  *
3451  * @section NODESEL_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Node Selector
3452  *
3453  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
3454  * an operational algorithm.
3455  * They are passed together with the node selector itself to SCIP using SCIPincludeNodesel() or SCIPincludeNodeselBasic(),
3456  * see @ref NODESEL_INTERFACE.
3457  *
3458  * Node selector plugins have two fundamental callback methods, namely the NODESELSELECT method and the NODESELCOMP method.
3459  * These methods have to be implemented for every node selector; the other callback methods are optional.
3460  * They implement the two requirements every node selector has to fulfill: Selecting a node from the queue to be processed
3461  * next and, given two nodes, deciding which of both is favored by the node selector's selection rule. The first
3462  * task is implemented in the NODESELSELECT callback, the second one in the NODESELCOMP callback.
3463  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjNodesel, the scip_select() method and the scip_comp() method (which correspond to the
3464  * NODESELSELECT callback and the NODESELCOMP callback, respectively) are virtual abstract member functions.
3465  * You have to implement them in order to be able to construct an object of your node selector class.
3466  *
3467  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_nodesel.h.
3468  *
3469  * @subsection NODESELSELECT
3470  *
3471  * The NODESELSELECT callback is the first method called in each iteration in the main solving loop. It should decide
3472  * which of the leaves in the current branching tree is selected as the next subproblem to be processed.
3473  * It can arbitrarily decide between all leaves stored in the tree, but for performance reasons,
3474  * the current node's children and siblings are often treated different from the remaining leaves.
3475  * This is mainly due to the warm start capabilities of the simplex algorithm and the expectation that the bases of
3476  * neighboring vertices in the branching tree very similar.
3477  * The node selector's choice of the next node to process can
3478  * have a large impact on the solver's performance, because it influences the finding of feasible solutions and the
3479  * development of the global dual bound.
3480  *
3481  * Besides the ranking of the node selector, every node gets assigned a node selection priority by the branching rule
3482  * that created the node. See the \ref BRANCHEXECLP and \ref BRANCHEXECPS callbacks of the branching rules for details.
3483  * For example, the node where the branching went in the same way as the deviation from the branching variable's
3484  * root solution could be assigned a higher priority than the node where the branching went in the opposite direction.
3485  *
3486  * The following methods provide access to the various types of leaf nodes:
3487  * - SCIPgetPrioChild() returns the child of the current node with the largest node selection priority, as assigned by the
3488  * branching rule.
3489  * If no child is available (for example, because the current node was pruned), a NULL pointer is returned.
3490  * - SCIPgetBestChild() returns the best child of the current node with respect to the node selector's ordering relation as
3491  * defined by the \ref NODESELCOMP callback. If no child is available, a NULL pointer is returned.
3492  * - SCIPgetPrioSibling() returns the sibling of the current node with the largest node selection priority.
3493  * If no sibling is available (for example, because all siblings of the current node have already been processed), a NULL
3494  * pointer is returned.
3495  * Note that in binary branching every node has at most one sibling, but since SCIP supports arbitrary branching rules,
3496  * this might not always be the case.
3497  * - SCIPgetBestSibling() returns the best sibling of the current node with respect to the node selector's ordering relation
3498  * as defined by the \ref NODESELCOMP callback. If no sibling is available, a NULL pointer is returned.
3499  * - SCIPgetBestNode() returns the best leaf from the tree (children, siblings, or other leaves) with respect to the node
3500  * selector's ordering relation as defined by the \ref NODESELCOMP callback. If no open leaf exists, a NULL pointer is
3501  * returned. In this case, the optimization is finished, and the node selector should return a NULL pointer as 'selnode'.
3502  * - SCIPgetBestboundNode() returns a leaf from the tree (children, siblings, or other leaves) with the smallest lower (dual)
3503  * objective bound. If the queue is empty, a NULL pointer is returned. In this case, the optimization is finished, and the
3504  * node selector should return a NULL pointer as 'selnode'.
3505  *
3506  *
3507  * @subsection NODESELCOMP
3508  *
3509  * The NODESELCOMP callback is called to compare two leaves of the current branching tree (say node 1 and node 2)
3510  * regarding their ordering relation.
3511  *
3512  * The NODESELCOMP should return the following values:
3513  * - value < 0, if node 1 comes before (is better than) node 2
3514  * - value = 0, if both nodes are equally good
3515  * - value > 0, if node 1 comes after (is worse than) node 2.
3516  *
3517  * @section NODESEL_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Node Selector
3518  *
3519  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
3520  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
3521  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeNodesel() to SCIP or via specific
3522  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeNodeselBasic(), see also @ref NODESEL_INTERFACE.
3523  *
3524  * @subsection NODESELFREE
3525  *
3526  * If you are using node selector data, you have to implement this method in order to free the node selector data.
3527  * This can be done by the following procedure:
3528  *
3529  * @refsnippet{src/scip/nodesel_bfs.c,SnippetNodeselFreeBfs}
3530  *
3531  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your node selector data, remember to free this memory
3532  * before freeing the node selector data itself.
3533  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
3534  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
3535  *
3536  * @subsection NODESELINIT
3537  *
3538  * The NODESELINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
3539  * The node selector may, e.g., use this call to initialize its node selector data.
3540  *
3541  * @subsection NODESELCOPY
3542  *
3543  * The NODESELCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
3544  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
3545  * defining this callback as
3546  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
3547  * node selector for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
3548  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
3549  *
3550  * @subsection NODESELEXIT
3551  *
3552  * The NODESELEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
3553  * In this method, the node selector should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process
3554  * in NODESELINIT.
3555  *
3556  * @subsection NODESELINITSOL
3557  *
3558  * The NODESELINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
3559  * begin.
3560  * The node selector may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
3561  *
3562  * @subsection NODESELEXITSOL
3563  *
3564  * The NODESELEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed.
3565  * The node selector should use this call to clean up its branch-and-bound data.
3566  */
3567 
3568 
3569 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
3570 
3571 /**@page HEUR How to add primal heuristics
3572  *
3573  * Feasible solutions can be found in two different ways during the traversal of the branch-and-bound tree. On one
3574  * hand, the solution of a node's relaxation may be feasible with respect to the constraints (including the integrality).
3575  * On the other hand, feasible solutions can be discovered by primal heuristics.
3576  * \n
3577  * A complete list of all primal heuristics contained in this release can be found \ref PRIMALHEURISTICS "here".
3578  * \n
3579  * Diving heuristics are primal heuristics that explore an auxiliary search tree in a depth-first manner. Since SCIP
3580  * version 3.2, it is easy to integrate further diving heuristics by using a special controller for the scoring,
3581  * see \ref DIVINGHEUR "here" for information on how to implement a diving heuristic.
3582  * \n
3583  * We now explain how users can add their own primal heuristics.
3584  * Take the simple and fast LP rounding heuristic (src/scip/heur_simplerounding.c) as an example.
3585  * The idea of simple rounding is to iterate over all fractional variables of an LP solution and round them down,
3586  * if the variables appears only with nonnegative coefficients in the system Ax <= b and round them up if
3587  * the variables appears only with nonpositive coefficients.
3588  * If one of both conditions applies for each of the fractional variables, this will give a feasible solution.
3589  * As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjHeur wrapper
3590  * base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_HEUR... callback methods.
3591  *
3592  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a primal heuristic can be found in the file type_heur.h.
3593  *
3594  * Here is what you have to do to implement a primal heuristic:
3595  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/heur_xyz.c and src/scip/heur_xyz.h into files named "heur_myheuristic.c"
3596  * and "heur_myheuristic.h".
3597  * \n
3598  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
3599  * -# Use SCIPincludeHeurMyheuristic() in order to include the heuristic into your SCIP instance,
3600  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
3601  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "myheuristic".
3602  * -# Adjust the properties of the primal heuristic (see \ref HEUR_PROPERTIES).
3603  * -# Define the primal heuristic data (see \ref HEUR_DATA). This is optional.
3604  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref HEUR_INTERFACE).
3605  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref HEUR_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
3606  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref HEUR_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
3607  *
3608  *
3609  * @section HEUR_PROPERTIES Properties of a Primal Heuristic
3610  *
3611  * At the top of the new file "heur_myheuristic.c" you can find the primal heuristic properties.
3612  * These are given as compiler defines.
3613  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the primal heuristic properties by calling the constructor
3614  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjHeur from within your constructor.
3615  * Of course, all of them are of relevant, but the most important ones for controlling the performance
3616  * are usually HEUR_FREQ and HEUR_TIMING.
3617  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
3618  *
3619  * \par HEUR_NAME: the name of the primal heuristic.
3620  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the primal heuristic.
3621  * Additionally, if you are searching for a primal heuristic with SCIPfindHeur(), this name is looked up.
3622  * Names have to be unique: no two primal heuristics may have the same name.
3623  *
3624  * \par HEUR_DESC: the description of the primal heuristic.
3625  * This string is printed as a description of the primal heuristic in the interactive shell when you call "display heuristics".
3626  *
3627  * \par HEUR_DISPCHAR: the display character of the primal heuristic.
3628  * In the interactive shell, this character is printed in the first column of a status information row, if the primal
3629  * heuristic found the feasible solution belonging to the primal bound. Note that a star '*' stands for an integral
3630  * LP-relaxation.
3631  * In order to avoid confusion, display characters should be unique: no two primal heuristics should have the same display character.
3632  * You can get a list of all primal heuristics along with their display characters by entering "display heuristics" in the
3633  * SCIP interactive shell.
3634  *
3635  * \par HEUR_PRIORITY: the priority of the primal heuristic.
3636  * At each of the different entry points of the primal heuristics during the solving process (see HEUR_TIMING), they are
3637  * called in decreasing order of their priority.
3638  * \n
3639  * The priority of a primal heuristic should be set according to the complexity of the heuristic and the likelihood to find
3640  * feasible solutions: primal heuristics that provide fast algorithms that often succeed in finding a feasible solution should have
3641  * a high priority (like simple rounding). In addition, the interaction between different types of primal heuristics should be taken into account.
3642  * For example, improvement heuristics, which try to generate improved solutions by inspecting one or more of the feasible
3643  * solutions that have already been found, should have a low priority (like Crossover which by default needs at least 3 feasible solutions).
3644  *
3645  * \par HEUR_FREQ: the default frequency for executing the primal heuristic.
3646  * The frequency together with the frequency offset (see HEUR_FREQOFS) defines the depth levels at which the execution
3647  * method of the primal heuristic \ref HEUREXEC is called. For example, a frequency of 7 together with a frequency offset
3648  * of 5 means, that the \ref HEUREXEC callback is executed for subproblems that are in depth 5, 12, 19, ... of the branching tree. A
3649  * frequency of 0 together with a frequency offset of 3 means, that the execution method is only called at those nodes that are in
3650  * depth level 3 (i.e., at most for \f$2^3 = 8\f$ nodes if binary branching is applied).
3651  * Typical cases are: A frequency of 0 and an offset of 0 which means that
3652  * the heuristic is only called at the root node and a frequency of -1 which disables the heuristic.
3653  * \n
3654  * The frequency can be adjusted by the user. This property of the primal heuristic only defines the default value of the
3655  * frequency. If you want to have a more flexible control of when to execute the primal heuristic, you have to assign
3656  * a frequency of 1 and implement a check at the beginning of your execution method whether you really want to search for feasible
3657  * solutions or not. If you do not want to execute the method, set the result code to SCIP_DIDNOTRUN.
3658  *
3659  * \par HEUR_FREQOFS: the frequency offset for executing the primal heuristic.
3660  * The frequency offset defines the depth of the branching tree at which the primal heuristic is executed for the first
3661  * time. For example, a frequency of 7 (see HEUR_FREQ) together with a frequency offset of 10 means, that the
3662  * callback is executed for subproblems that are in depth 10, 17, 24, ... of the branching tree. In particular, assigning
3663  * different offset values to heuristics of the same type, like diving heuristics, can be useful for evenly spreading the
3664  * application of these heuristics across the branch-and-bound tree.
3665  * Note that if the frequency is equal to 1, the heuristic is applied for all nodes with depth level larger or equal to
3666  * the frequency offset.
3667  *
3668  * \par HEUR_MAXDEPTH: the maximal depth level for executing the primal heuristic.
3669  * This parameter denotes the maximal depth level in the branching tree up to which the execution method of the primal
3670  * heuristic is called. Use -1 for no limit (a usual case).
3671  *
3672  * \par HEUR_TIMING: the execution timing of the primal heuristic.
3673  * Primal heuristics have different entry points during the solving process and the execution timing parameter defines the
3674  * entry point at which the primal heuristic is executed first.
3675  * \n
3676  * The primal heuristic can be called first:
3677  * - before the processing of the node starts (SCIP_HEURTIMING_BEFORENODE)
3678  * - after each LP solve during the cut-and-price loop (SCIP_HEURTIMING_DURINGLPLOOP)
3679  * - after the cut-and-price loop was finished (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERLPLOOP)
3680  * - after the processing of a node <em>with solved LP</em> was finished (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERLPNODE)
3681  * - after the processing of a node <em>without solved LP</em> was finished (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERPSEUDONODE)
3682  * - after the processing of the last node in the current plunge was finished, <em>and only if the LP was solved for
3683  * this node</em> (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERLPPLUNGE)
3684  * - after the processing of the last node in the current plunge was finished, <em>and only if the LP was not solved
3685  * for this node</em> (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERPSEUDOPLUNGE).
3686  * \par
3687  * A plunge is the successive solving of child and sibling nodes in the search tree.
3688  * The flags listed above can be combined to call the heuristic at multiple times by concatenating them with a bitwise OR.
3689  * Two useful combinations are already predefined:
3690  * - after the processing of a node was finished (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERNODE; combines SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERLPNODE and
3691  * SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERPSEUDONODE)
3692  * - after the processing of the last node in the current plunge was finished (SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERPLUNGE; combines
3693  * SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERLPPLUNGE and SCIP_HEURTIMING_AFTERPSEUDOPLUNGE)
3694  * \par
3695  * Calling a primal heuristic "before the processing of the node starts" is particularly useful for heuristics
3696  * that do not need to access the LP solution of the current node. If such a heuristic finds a feasible solution, the
3697  * leaves of the branching tree exceeding the new primal bound are pruned. It may happen that even the current node can
3698  * be cut off without solving the LP relaxation. Combinatorial heuristics, like the farthest insert heuristic for the TSP
3699  * (see examples/TSP/src/HeurFarthestInsert.cpp), are often applicable at this point.
3700  * \n
3701  * Very fast primal heuristics that require an LP solution can also be called "after each LP solve during the
3702  * cut-and-price loop". Rounding heuristics, like the simple and fast LP rounding heuristic
3703  * (src/scip/heur_simplerounding.c), belong to this group of primal heuristics.
3704  * \n
3705  * Most heuristics, however, are called either after a node was completely processed
3706  * (e.g. expensive rounding heuristics like RENS), or even only after a full plunge was finished (e.g., diving heuristics).
3707  *
3708  * \par HEUR_USESSUBSCIP: Does the heuristic use a secondary SCIP instance?
3709  * Some heuristics and separators solve MIPs or SAT problems using a secondary SCIP instance. Examples are
3710  * Large Neighborhood Search heuristics such as RINS and Local Branching or the CGMIP separator. To avoid recursion,
3711  * these plugins usually deactivate all other plugins that solve MIPs. If a heuristic uses a secondary SCIP instance,
3712  * this parameter has to be TRUE and it is recommended to call SCIPsetSubscipsOff() for the secondary SCIP instance.
3713  *
3714  * Computational experiments indicate that for the overall performance of a MIP solver, it is important to evenly
3715  * spread the application of the heuristics across the branch-and-bound tree. Thus, the assignment of the parameters
3716  * HEUR_FREQ, HEUR_FREQOFS, and HEUR_TIMING should contribute to this aim.
3717  *
3718  * Note that all diving heuristics in the SCIP distribution (see, e.g., src/scip/heur_guideddiving.c) check whether other diving
3719  * heuristics have already been called at the current node. This can be done by comparing SCIPgetLastDivenode(scip) and
3720  * SCIPgetNNodes(scip). If the two are equal, and if the current node is not the root node (SCIPgetDepth(scip) > 0), diving
3721  * heuristics should be delayed by returning the result code 'SCIP_DELAYED'. This is an additional contribution to the goal of
3722  * not calling multiple similar heuristics at the same node.
3723  *
3724  *
3725  * @section HEUR_DATA Primal Heuristic Data
3726  *
3727  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_HeurData".
3728  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your primal heuristic. For example, you should store the adjustable
3729  * parameters of the primal heuristic or a working solution in this data structure.
3730  * If you are using C++, you can add primal heuristic data as usual as object variables to your class.
3731  * \n
3732  * Defining primal heuristic data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
3733  *
3734  *
3735  * @section HEUR_INTERFACE Interface Methods
3736  *
3737  * At the bottom of "heur_myheuristic.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeHeurMyheuristic(),
3738  * which also appears in "heur_myheuristic.h"
3739  * SCIPincludeHeurMyheuristic() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the heuristic,
3740  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the heuristic in his/her application.
3741  *
3742  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
3743  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the heuristic. For this, you can either call
3744  * SCIPincludeHeur(),
3745  * or SCIPincludeHeurBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref HEUR_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
3746  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetHeurCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
3747  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
3748  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for heuristics in order to compile.
3749  *
3750  * If you are using primal heuristic data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
3751  * You can do this by calling:
3752  * \code
3753  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &heurdata) );
3754  * \endcode
3755  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_HeurData afterwards.
3756  *
3757  * You may also add user parameters for your primal heuristic, see the method SCIPincludeHeurFeaspump() in
3758  * src/scip/heur_oneopt.c for an example where a single Boolean parameter is added.
3759  *
3760  *
3761  * @section HEUR_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Primal Heuristic
3762  *
3763  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
3764  * an operational algorithm.
3765  * They are passed together with the primal heuristic itself to SCIP using SCIPincludeHeur() or SCIPincludeHeurBasic(),
3766  * see @ref HEUR_INTERFACE.
3767  *
3768  *
3769  * Primal heuristic plugins have only one fundamental callback method, namely the HEUREXEC method.
3770  * This method has to be implemented for every primal heuristic; the other callback methods are optional.
3771  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjHeur, the scip_exec() method (which corresponds to the HEUREXEC callback) is a virtual
3772  * abstract member function. You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your primal heuristic
3773  * class.
3774  *
3775  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_heur.h.
3776  *
3777  * @subsection HEUREXEC
3778  *
3779  * The HEUREXEC callback is called at different positions during the node processing loop, see HEUR_TIMING. It should
3780  * search for feasible solutions and add them to the solution pool. For creating a new feasible solution, the
3781  * methods SCIPcreateSol() and SCIPsetSolVal() can be used. Afterwards, the solution can be added to the storage by
3782  * calling the method SCIPtrySolFree() (or SCIPtrySol() and SCIPfreeSol()).
3783  *
3784  * The HEUREXEC callback gets a SCIP pointer, a pointer to the heuristic itself, the current point in the
3785  * solve loop and a result pointer as input (see type_heur.h).
3786  *
3787  * The heuristic has to set the result pointer appropriately!
3788  * Therefore it has the following options:
3789  * - finding at least one feasible solution (result SCIP_FOUNDSOL)
3790  * - stating that the primal heuristic searched, but did not find a feasible solution (result SCIP_DIDNOTFIND)
3791  * - stating that the primal heuristic was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN)
3792  * - stating that the primal heuristic was skipped, but should be called again (result SCIP_DELAYED).
3793  *
3794  *
3795  * @section HEUR_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Primal Heuristic
3796  *
3797  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
3798  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
3799  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeHeur() to SCIP or via specific
3800  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeHeurBasic(), see also @ref HEUR_INTERFACE.
3801  *
3802  * @subsection HEURFREE
3803  *
3804  * If you are using primal heuristic data, you have to implement this method in order to free the primal heuristic data.
3805  * This can be done by the following procedure:
3806  *
3807  * @refsnippet{applications/Coloring/src/heur_init.c,SnippetHeurFreeInit}
3808  *
3809  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your primal heuristic data, remember to free this memory
3810  * before freeing the primal heuristic data itself.
3811  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
3812  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
3813  *
3814  * @subsection HEURINIT
3815  *
3816  * The HEURINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
3817  * The primal heuristic may, e.g., use this call to initialize its primal heuristic data.
3818  *
3819  * @subsection HEURCOPY
3820  *
3821  * The HEURCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
3822  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
3823  * defining this callback as
3824  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
3825  * heuristic for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
3826  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
3827  *
3828  * @subsection HEUREXIT
3829  *
3830  * The HEUREXIT callback is executed before the tDIVINGHEURransformed problem is freed.
3831  * In this method, the primal heuristic should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in
3832  * HEURINIT.
3833  *
3834  * @subsection HEURINITSOL
3835  *
3836  * The HEURINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
3837  * begin. The primal heuristic may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
3838  *
3839  * @subsection HEUREXITSOL
3840  *
3841  * The HEUREXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed. The primal heuristic should use this
3842  * call to clean up its branch-and-bound data, which was allocated in HEURINITSOL.
3843  */
3844 
3845 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
3846 
3847 /**@page DIVINGHEUR How to implement a diving heuristic
3848  *
3849  * Diving heuristics are an important addon to the branch-and-cut search. A diving heuristic explores a single probing
3850  * path down the search tree. In contrast to the regular search guided by branching rule(s) and the selected
3851  * node selector, the diving is performed in an auxiliary tree originating from the focus node of the main
3852  * search tree where the heuristic was called. The advantage of this approach is that many different scoring mechanisms
3853  * can be safely tried as diving heuristic and may probably lead to better solutions. SCIP has a lot of diving heuristics
3854  * included in its default plugin set.
3855  * \n
3856  *
3857  * Since SCIP version 3.2, the diving heuristics have been redesigned to contain mainly the scoring function used by the
3858  * heuristic. In order to implement a user-defined diving heuristic, it is possible to create one (or several)
3859  * divesets that control the scoring mechanism and add them to the primal heuristic. This has the advantage that
3860  * less code is necessary to create a working diving heuristic. The SCIP statistics now also display some interesting statistics
3861  * about every diveset together in the section 'Diving Statistics'.
3862  * \n
3863  *
3864  * This page contains the necessary steps to understand and include a diveset into ones primal diving heuristic plugin. As
3865  * a prerequisite, you should understand the basic implementation steps for a primal heuristic, see \ref HEUR.
3866  * In order to make use of divesets, they must be included _after_ the primal heuristic to which they should belong
3867  * has been included, by using SCIPincludeDiveset(). This will create the data structure for the diveset and
3868  * append it to the list of divesets belonging to the heuristic, which can be retrieved later together with their number
3869  * by using SCIPheurGetDivesets() and SCIPheurGetNDivesets(), respectively. No further memory allocation or deletion is needed;
3870  * As a member of the heuristic, SCIP automatically takes care of freeing the diveset when it is exiting.
3871  * \n
3872  *
3873  * Before the inclusion, one may think of adjusting the various properties that a diveset offers to control
3874  * the behavior of the algorithm. These are subject to the following section.
3875  * \n
3876  *
3877  * It is mandatory to implement the fundamental scoring callback of the diveset, which is explained in more detail
3878  * in Section \ref DIVING_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS.
3879  * \n
3880  *
3881  * Once the properties have been carefully adjusted and the scoring
3882  * has been defined, use the method SCIPperformGenericDivingAlgorithm() inside the execution callback (\ref HEUREXEC) of the primal
3883  * heuristic to which the diveset belongs, after checking possible preliminaries that may not be met at all times of the search.
3884  * \n
3885  *
3886  * For a code example, we refer to \ref heur_guideddiving.h, which guides the diving into the direction of the current incumbent solution.
3887  * Before it calls SCIPperformGenericDivingAlgorithm(), it checks whether an incumbent is available, and returns if there is none.
3888  *
3889  *
3890  * @section DIVING_PARAMETERS User parameters and properties for every diveset
3891  *
3892  * Every diveset controls the diving behavior through a set of user-defined parameters, which are explained in the following:
3893  *
3894  * \par MINRELDEPTH
3895  * the minimal relative depth (to the maximum depth explored during regular search) of the current focus node to start diving
3896  *
3897  * \par MAXRELDEPTH
3898  * the maximal relative depth (to the maximum depth explored during regular search) of the current focus node to start diving
3899  *
3900  * \par MAXLPITERQUOT
3901  * maximal fraction of diving LP iterations compared to node LP iterations that this dive controller may consume
3902  *
3903  * \par MAXLPITEROFS
3904  * an additional number of allowed LP iterations
3905  *
3906  * \par MAXDIVEUBQUOT
3907  * maximal quotient (curlowerbound - lowerbound)/(cutoffbound - lowerbound)
3908  * where diving is performed (0.0: no limit)
3909  *
3910  * \par MAXDIVEAVGQUOT
3911  * maximal quotient (curlowerbound - lowerbound)/(avglowerbound - lowerbound)
3912  * where diving is performed (0.0: no limit)
3913  *
3914  * \par MAXDIVEUBQUOTNOSOL
3915  * maximal UBQUOT when no solution was found yet (0.0: no limit)
3916  *
3917  * \par MAXDIVEAVGQUOTNOSOL
3918  * maximal AVGQUOT when no solution was found yet (0.0: no limit)
3919  *
3920  * \par BACKTRACK
3921  * use one level of backtracking if infeasibility is encountered?
3922  *
3923  * \par LPRESOLVEDOMCHGQUOT
3924  * parameter to control LP resolve dynamically based on this percentage of observed bound changes relative to all variables or
3925  * the LP branching candidates (integer variables with fractional solution values) from the last node where an LP has been solved.
3926  * This property has no effect when the LPSOLVEFREQ is set to 1.
3927  *
3928  * \par LPSOLVEFREQ
3929  * LP solve frequency for diveset, use a positive integer k to solve an LP at every k'th depth of the diving search (ie. 1 causes the
3930  * diveset to solve _all_ intermediate LPs) or 0 to only resolve the LP relaxation after propagation found at least a certain percentage
3931  * domain changes, see also the previous LPRESOLVEDOMCHGQUOT parameter.
3932  *
3933  * \par ONLYLPBRANCHCANDS
3934  * Set this property to TRUE if only LP branching candidates be considered for the execution of the diving algorithm instead of the slower but
3935  * more general constraint handler diving variable selection.
3936  *
3937  * \par DIVETYPES
3938  * bit mask that represents all supported dive types. Irrelevant if only LP branching candidates should be scored, otherwise, different
3939  * constraint handlers may ask the diveset if it supports their preferred divetype. See \ref type_heur.h for a list of
3940  * available dive types.
3941  *
3942  * @section DIVING_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental callbacks of a diveset
3943  *
3944  * Only one callback is necessary to complete a diveset to guide the diving search performed:
3945  *
3946  * @subsection DIVESETGETSCORE
3947  *
3948  * The scoring callback expects a candidate variable and calculates a score value and a preferred direction. The selected
3949  * variable for diving will be one that _maximizes_ the score function provided by the diveset.
3950  * If the diveset should support more than one possible type of diving, it may use the divetype argument as a hint how
3951  * the caller of the score function (could be the diving algorithm itself or one of the constraint handlers that
3952  * implement diving variable selection) intends to perform the search.
3953  *
3954  * @section DIVING_FURTHERINFO Further information
3955  *
3956  * This is all there is to extend the SCIP set of diving heuristics by a new one. For further information, please see
3957  * diveset related methods in \ref type_heur.h, \ref pub_heur.h, \ref heuristics.h, and \ref heur_guideddiving.h or
3958  * other diving heuristics that implement diving through a diveset.
3959  */
3960 
3961 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
3962 
3963 /**@page RELAX How to add relaxation handlers
3964  *
3965  * SCIP provides specific support for LP relaxations of constraint integer programs. In addition, relaxation handlers,
3966  * also called relaxators, can be used to include other relaxations, e.g. Lagrange relaxations or semidefinite
3967  * relaxations. The relaxation handler manages the necessary data structures and calls the relaxation solver to generate dual
3968  * bounds and primal solution candidates.
3969  * \n
3970  * However, the data to define a single relaxation must either be extracted by the relaxation handler itself (e.g., from
3971  * the user defined problem data, the LP information, or the integrality conditions), or be provided by the constraint
3972  * handlers. In the latter case, the constraint handlers have to be extended to support this specific relaxation.
3973  * \n
3974  *
3975  * We now explain how users can add their own relaxation handlers using the C interface. As an example, look into the NLP
3976  * relaxation handler of the \ref RELAXATOR_MAIN "Relaxator example" (examples/Relaxator/src/relax_nlp.c). It is very easy to
3977  * transfer the C explanation to C++: whenever a method should be implemented using the SCIP_DECL_RELAX... notion,
3978  * reimplement the corresponding virtual member function of the abstract scip::ObjRelax wrapper base class.
3979  *
3980  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a relaxation handler can be found in the file type_relax.h.
3981  *
3982  * Here is what you have to do to implement a relaxation handler:
3983  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/relax_xyz.c and src/scip/relax_xyz.h into files named "relax_myrelaxator.c"
3984  * and "relax_myrelaxator.h".
3985  * \n
3986  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
3987  * -# Use SCIPincludeRelaxMyrelaxator() in order to include the relaxation handler into your SCIP instance,
3988  * e.g, in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
3989  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "myrelaxator".
3990  * -# Adjust the properties of the relaxation handler (see \ref RELAX_PROPERTIES).
3991  * -# Define the relaxation handler data (see \ref RELAX_DATA). This is optional.
3992  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref RELAX_INTERFACE).
3993  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref RELAX_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
3994  * -# Implement the additional callback methods (see \ref RELAX_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS). This is optional.
3995  *
3996  *
3997  * @section RELAX_PROPERTIES Properties of a Relaxation Handler
3998  *
3999  * At the top of the new file "relax_myrelaxator.c" you can find the relaxation handler properties.
4000  * These are given as compiler defines.
4001  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the relaxation handler properties by calling the constructor
4002  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjRelax from within your constructor.
4003  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
4004  *
4005  * \par RELAX_NAME: the name of the relaxation handler.
4006  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the relaxation handler.
4007  * Additionally, if you are searching for a relaxation handler with SCIPfindRelax(), this name is looked up.
4008  * Names have to be unique: no two relaxation handlers may have the same name.
4009  *
4010  * \par RELAX_DESC: the description of the relaxation handler.
4011  * This string is printed as a description of the relaxation handler in the interactive shell.
4012  *
4013  * \par RELAX_PRIORITY: the priority of the relaxation handler.
4014  * During each relaxation solving round, the included relaxation handlers and the
4015  * price-and-cut loop for solving the LP relaxation are called in a predefined order, which is given by the priorities
4016  * of the relaxation handlers.
4017  * First, the relaxation handlers with non-negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
4018  * Next, the price-and-cut loop for solving the LP relaxation is executed.
4019  * Finally, the relaxation handlers with negative priority are called in the order of decreasing priority.
4020  * \n
4021  * Usually, you will have only one relaxation handler in your application and thus only have to decide whether it should
4022  * be called before or after solving the LP relaxation. For this decision you should consider the complexity of
4023  * the relaxation solving algorithm and the impact of the resulting solution: if your relaxation handler provides a fast
4024  * algorithm that usually has a high impact (i.e. the relaxation is a good approximation of the
4025  * feasible region of the subproblem and the solution severely improves the dual bound), it should have a non-negative
4026  * priority.
4027  * \n
4028  * Note that for certain applications, it is useful to disable the LP relaxation and only use your custom relaxation.
4029  * This can easily be achieved by setting the "lp/solvefreq" parameter to -1.
4030  *
4031  * \par RELAX_FREQ: the default frequency for solving the relaxation.
4032  * The frequency defines the depth levels at which the relaxation solving method \ref RELAXEXEC is called.
4033  * For example, a frequency of 7 means, that the relaxation solving callback is executed for subproblems that are in depth
4034  * 0, 7, 14, ... of the branching tree. A frequency of 0 means that the callback is only executed at the root node, i.e.,
4035  * only the relaxation of the root problem is solved. A frequency of -1 disables the relaxation handler.
4036  *
4037  * \par RELAX_INCLUDESLP: whether the whole lp is included in the relaxation.
4038  * This flag should be set to TRUE if all active LP-rows are included in the relaxation and every feasible solution produced
4039  * by the relaxator will satisfy all these LP-constraints. Only if this is set to TRUE, the solutions of this relaxator can
4040  * be enforced using the \ref CONSENFORELAX callback, meaning that they will be used as primal solutions if feasible and can
4041  * be separated or branched on. If this flag is set to FALSE, only the lowerbound computed by the relaxator will be used in
4042  * the solving process.
4043  *
4044  *
4045  * @section RELAX_DATA Relaxation Handler Data
4046  *
4047  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_RelaxData".
4048  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your relaxation handler. For example, you should store the adjustable
4049  * parameters of the relaxation handler in this data structure.
4050  * If you are using C++, you can add relaxation handler data as usual as object variables to your class.
4051  * \n
4052  * Defining relaxation handler data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
4053  *
4054  *
4055  * @section RELAX_INTERFACE Interface Methods
4056  *
4057  * At the bottom of "relax_myrelaxator.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeRelaxMyrelaxator(),
4058  * which also appears in "relax_myrelaxator.h".
4059  * SCIPincludeRelaxMyrelaxator() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the relaxation handler,
4060  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the relaxation handler in his/her application.
4061  *
4062  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
4063  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the relaxation handler. For this, you can either call
4064  * SCIPincludeRelax(),
4065  * or SCIPincludeRelaxBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref RELAX_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
4066  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetRelaxCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
4067  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
4068  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for relaxation handlers in order to compile.
4069  *
4070  * If you are using relaxation handler data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
4071  * You can do this by calling:
4072  * \code
4073  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &relaxdata) );
4074  * \endcode
4075  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_RelaxData afterwards.
4076  *
4077  * You may also add user parameters for your relaxation handler, see the method SCIPincludeConshdlrKnapsack() in
4078  * the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler" for an example of how to add user parameters.
4079  *
4080  *
4081  * @section RELAX_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Relaxation Handler
4082  *
4083  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
4084  * an operational algorithm.
4085  * They are passed together with the relaxation handler itself to SCIP using SCIPincludeRelax() or SCIPincludeRelaxBasic(),
4086  * see @ref RELAX_INTERFACE.
4087  *
4088  *
4089  * Relaxation handler plugins have only one fundamental callback method, namely the \ref RELAXEXEC method.
4090  * This method has to be implemented for every relaxation handler; the other callback methods are optional.
4091  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjRelax, the scip_exec() method (which corresponds to the \ref RELAXEXEC callback) is a virtual
4092  * abstract member function.
4093  * You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your relaxation handler class.
4094  *
4095  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_relax.h.
4096  *
4097  * @subsection RELAXEXEC
4098  * The RELAXEXEC is called in each relaxation solving round. It should solve the current
4099  * subproblem's relaxation.
4100  *
4101  * Note that, like the LP relaxation, the relaxation handler should only operate on variables for which the corresponding
4102  * column exists in the transformed problem. Typical methods called by a relaxation handler are SCIPconstructLP() and SCIPflushLP() to
4103  * make sure that the LP of the current node is constructed and its data can be accessed via calls to SCIPgetLPRowsData()
4104  * and SCIPgetLPColsData(), and SCIPseparateSol() to call the cutting plane separators for a given primal solution.
4105  *
4106  * The lowerbound computed by the relaxation should be returned in the lowerbound pointer. The primal solution of the relaxation can
4107  * be stored inside the data structures of SCIP with <code>SCIPsetRelaxSolVal()</code> and <code>SCIPsetRelaxSolVals()</code>. If the
4108  * RELAX_INCLUDESLP flag is set to true, this solution will be enforced and, if feasible, added to the solution storage if the
4109  * lowerbound of this relaxator is the largest among all relaxators and the LP. You may also call SCIPtrySolFree() directly from the
4110  * relaxation handler to make sure that a solution is added to the solution storage if it is feasible, even if the relaxator does not
4111  * include the LP or another relaxator produced a stronger bound. After the relaxation round is finished, the best relaxation solution
4112  * can be accessed via <code>SCIPgetRelaxSolVal()</code>.
4113  * Furthermore, there is a list of external branching candidates, that can be filled by relaxation handlers and constraint handlers,
4114  * allowing branching rules to take these candidates as a guide on how to split the problem into subproblems. If the relaxation
4115  * solution is enforced, the integrality constraint handler will add external branching candidates for the relaxation solution
4116  * automatically, but the relaxation handler can also directly call <code>SCIPaddExternBranchCand()</code>.
4117  *
4118  * Usually, the RELAXEXEC callback only solves the relaxation and provides a lower (dual) bound through the corresponding pointer and
4119  * possibly a solution through <code>SCIPsetRelaxSolVal()</code> calls.
4120  * However, it may also produce domain reductions, add additional constraints or generate cutting planes. It has the
4121  * following options:
4122  * - detecting that the node is infeasible in the variable's bounds and can be cut off (result SCIP_CUTOFF)
4123  * - adding an additional constraint and stating that the relaxation handler should not be called again on the same
4124  * relaxation (result SCIP_CONSADDED)
4125  * - reducing a variable's domain and stating that the relaxation handler should not be called again on the same
4126  * relaxation (result SCIP_REDUCEDDOM)
4127  * - adding a cutting plane to the LP and stating that the relaxation handler should not be called again on the same
4128  * relaxation (result SCIP_SEPARATED)
4129  * - stating that the relaxation handler solved the relaxation and should not be called again on the same relaxation
4130  * (result SCIP_SUCCESS)
4131  * - interrupting the solving process to wait for additional input, e.g., cutting planes (result SCIP_SUSPENDED)
4132  * - stating that the separator was skipped (result SCIP_DIDNOTRUN).
4133  *
4134  * In the above criteria, "the same relaxation" means that the LP relaxation stayed unmodified. This means in particular
4135  * that no row has been added and no bounds have been modified. For example, changing the bounds of a variable will, as
4136  * long as it was a COLUMN variable, lead to a modification in the LP such that the relaxation handler is called again
4137  * after it returned with the result code SCIP_REDUCEDDOM. If the relaxation solution should be enforced, the relaxation
4138  * handler has to produce a new solution in this case which satisfies the updated LP. If a relaxation handler should only run
4139  * once per node to compute a lower bound, it should store the node of the last relaxation call itself and return
4140  * SCIP_DIDNOTRUN for subsequent calls in the same node.
4141  *
4142  *
4143  * @section RELAX_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Relaxation Handler
4144  *
4145  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
4146  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
4147  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeRelax() to SCIP or via specific
4148  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeRelaxBasic(), see also @ref RELAX_INTERFACE.
4149  *
4150  * @subsection RELAXFREE
4151  *
4152  * If you are using relaxation handler data, you have to implement this method in order to free the relaxation handler
4153  * data. This can be done by the following procedure:
4154  *
4155  * @refsnippet{tests/src/relax/relax.c,SnippetRelaxFreeUnittest}
4156  *
4157  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your relaxation handler data, remember to free this memory
4158  * before freeing the relaxation handler data itself.
4159  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
4160  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
4161  *
4162  * @subsection RELAXINIT
4163  *
4164  * The RELAXINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
4165  * The relaxation handler may, e.g., use this call to initialize its relaxation handler data.
4166  *
4167  * @subsection RELAXCOPY
4168  *
4169  * The RELAXCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to
4170  * solve a sub-SCIP. By
4171  * defining this callback as
4172  * <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified
4173  * relaxation handler for all copied SCIP instances. This may deteriorate the performance
4174  * of primal heuristics using sub-SCIPs.
4175  *
4176  * @subsection RELAXEXIT
4177  *
4178  * The RELAXEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
4179  * In this method, the relaxation handler should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in
4180  * RELAXINIT.
4181  *
4182  * @subsection RELAXINITSOL
4183  *
4184  * The RELAXINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
4185  * begin. The relaxation handler may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
4186  *
4187  * @subsection REALXEXITSOL
4188  *
4189  * The RELAXEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed.
4190  * The relaxation handler should use this call to clean up its branch-and-bound data.
4191  */
4192 
4193 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
4194 
4195 /**@page READER How to add file readers
4196  *
4197  * Mainly, file readers are called to parse an input file and generate a constraint integer programming model. They
4198  * create constraints and variables and activate variable pricers if necessary. However, they can also be called, for
4199  * example, to parse an input file containing information about a primal solution or fixing of variables. Besides that
4200  * it is possible to use some of them for writing (exporting) the problem in a specific format. \n A complete list of
4201  * all file readers contained in this release can be found \ref FILEREADERS "here".
4202  *
4203  * Since a file reader is also responsible for writing a file, the user may
4204  * ask why the readers have not the name "filehandler". This name would
4205  * represent this plugin much better than the used one.
4206  * \n
4207  * The used name "readers" is historically grown. In the beginning of SCIP
4208  * there was no need to write/export problems. Therefore, the the plugin
4209  * name "readers" was best fitting for this plugin since only reading was essential.
4210  * It turned out, however, that it is quite nice to write/export certain subproblem during
4211  * the solving process mainly for debugging. Therefore, a writing callback
4212  * was added to the "readers" plugin.
4213  *
4214  * We now explain how users can add their own file readers.
4215  * Take the file reader for MIPs in IBM's Mathematical Programming System format (src/scip/reader_mps.c) as an example.
4216  * As all other default plugins, it is written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjReader wrapper
4217  * base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_READER... callback methods.
4218  *
4219  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a file reader can be found in the file type_reader.h.
4220  *
4221  * Here is what you have to do to implement a file reader named "myreader" in C:
4222  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/reader_xyz.c and src/scip/reader_xyz.h into files named
4223  * "reader_myreader.c" and "reader_myreader.h".
4224  * \n
4225  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
4226  * -# Use SCIPincludeReaderMyreader() in order to include the file reader into your SCIP instance,
4227  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
4228  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "myreader".
4229  * -# Adjust the \ref READER_PROPERTIES "properties of the file reader".
4230  * -# Define the \ref READER_DATA "file reader data". This is optional.
4231  * -# Implement the \ref READER_INTERFACE "interface methods".
4232  * -# Implement the \ref READER_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "fundamental callback methods".
4233  * -# Implement the \ref READER_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callback methods". This is optional.
4234  *
4235  *
4236  * @section READER_PROPERTIES Properties of a File Reader
4237  *
4238  * At the top of the new file "reader_myreader.c" you can find the file reader properties.
4239  * These are given as compiler defines.
4240  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the file reader properties by calling the constructor
4241  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjReader from within your constructor.
4242  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
4243  *
4244  * \par READER_NAME: the name of the file reader.
4245  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the file reader.
4246  * Additionally, if you are searching for a file reader with SCIPfindReader(), this name is looked up.
4247  * Names have to be unique: no two file readers may have the same name.
4248  *
4249  * \par READER_DESC: the description of the file reader.
4250  * This string is printed as a description of the file reader in the interactive shell.
4251  *
4252  * \par READER_EXTENSION: the file name extension of the file reader.
4253  * Each file reader is hooked to a single file name extension. It is automatically called if the user wants to read in a
4254  * file of corresponding name. The extensions of the different file readers have to be unique.
4255  * Note that the additional extension '.gz', '.z', or '.Z' (indicating a gzip compressed file) are ignored for assigning
4256  * an input file to a reader.
4257  * \n
4258  * It is not possible to hook up a (single) file reader with more than one file extension.
4259  * It is, however, not necessary to implement the same (parsing/writing) methods more than once, if you want to
4260  * support several file extension with the same parser. To do so look at the files reader_lp.c
4261  * and reader_rlp.c. Both support the LP format.
4262  *
4263  *
4264  * @section READER_DATA File Reader Data
4265  *
4266  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_ReaderData".
4267  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your file reader. For example, you should store the adjustable
4268  * parameters of the file reader in this data structure.
4269  * If you are using C++, you can add file reader data as usual as object variables to your class.
4270  * \n
4271  * Defining file reader data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
4272  *
4273  *
4274  * @section READER_INTERFACE Interface Methods
4275  *
4276  * At the bottom of "reader_myreader.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeReaderMyreader(),
4277  * which also appears in "reader_myreader.h".
4278  * SCIPincludeReaderMyreader() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the reader,
4279  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the reader in his/her application.
4280  *
4281  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
4282  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the reader. For this, you can either call
4283  * SCIPincludeReader(),
4284  * or SCIPincludeReaderBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref READER_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
4285  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetReaderCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
4286  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
4287  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for readers in order to compile.
4288  *
4289  * If you are using file reader data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
4290  * You can do this by calling:
4291  * \code
4292  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &readerdata) );
4293  * \endcode
4294  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_ReaderData afterwards.
4295  *
4296  * You may also add user parameters for your file reader, see the method SCIPincludeReaderLp() in
4297  * src/scip/reader_lp.c for an example.
4298  *
4299  *
4300  * @section READER_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a File Reader
4301  *
4302  * File reader plugins have no fundamental callback methods. This is due to
4303  * the fact that a file reader can be used for reading and/or writing a
4304  * file. A file reader is only useful if the reader method \ref READERREAD
4305  * and/or the writing method \ref READERWRITE is implemented. One of these
4306  * methods should be implemented for every file reader; the other callback
4307  * methods \ref READERCOPY and \ref READERFREE are optional. In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjReader, the
4308  * scip_read() and scip_write() methods (which corresponds to the \ref
4309  * READERREAD and \ref READERWRITE callback) are virtual member
4310  * functions. At least one of them should be implemented.
4311  *
4312  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_reader.h.
4313  *
4314  *
4315  * @section READER_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a File Reader
4316  *
4317  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeReader() to SCIP or via specific
4318  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeReaderBasic(), see also @ref READER_INTERFACE.
4319  *
4320  *
4321  * File reader plugins contain only additional callback methods, namely the methods \ref READERREAD,
4322  * \ref READERWRITE, \ref READERFREE, and \ref READERCOPY. Therefore, these are not needed to be implemented. However,
4323  * at least \ref READERREAD and/or \ref READERWRITE should be implemented (see notes
4324  * \ref READER_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "above").
4325  *
4326  *
4327  * @subsection READERREAD
4328  *
4329  * The READERREAD callback is called when the user invokes SCIP to read in a file with file name extension
4330  * corresponding to the READER_EXTENSION property of the file reader. This is usually triggered by a call to the method
4331  * SCIPreadProb() or by an interactive shell command.
4332  * The READERREAD callback should parse the input file and perform the desired action, which usually means
4333  * generating a constraint integer programming model, adding a primal solution, fixing variables
4334  * in an existing model.
4335  * \n
4336  * Typical methods called by a file reader that is used to read/generate constraint
4337  * integer programming models are, for example,
4338  *
4339  * - creating an empty problem: SCIPcreateProb()
4340  * - creating the variables: SCIPcreateVar(), SCIPchgVarType(), SCIPchgVarLb(), SCIPchgVarUb(), SCIPaddVar(), and
4341  * SCIPreleaseVar()
4342  * - modifying the objective function: SCIPchgVarObj() and SCIPsetObjsense().
4343  * - creating the constraints: SCIPcreateConsLinear(), SCIPaddCoefLinear(), SCIPchgLhsLinear(), SCIPchgRhsLinear(),
4344  * SCIPaddCons(), and SCIPreleaseCons()
4345  *
4346  * Primal solutions can only be created for the transformed problem. Therefore, the user has to call SCIPtransformProb()
4347  * before (s)he reads in the file containing the solution and adds it to the solution pool via the method SCIPreadSol().
4348  *
4349  *
4350  * @subsection READERWRITE
4351  *
4352  * The READERWRITE callback is called when the user invokes SCIP to write a problem (original or transformed)
4353  * in the format the reader supports. This is only possible if this callback is implemented. To write the problem
4354  * all necessary information is given through the parameters of this callback method (see type_reader.h). This
4355  * information should be used to output the problem in the requested format. This callback method is usually
4356  * triggered by the call of the methods SCIPwriteOrigProblem(), SCIPwriteTransProblem(), SCIPprintOrigProblem(),
4357  * or SCIPprintTransProblem().
4358  * \n
4359  * A typical method called by a file reader which is used to write/export a constraint
4360  * integer programming model is SCIPinfoMessage(). This method outputs a given string into a file
4361  * or into stdout.
4362  * \n
4363  * For an example we refer to the writing method of the MPS reader (see reader_mps.c).
4364  *
4365  *
4366  * @subsection READERCOPY
4367  *
4368  * The READERCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to solve a sub-SCIP. By defining this
4369  * callback as <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified reader for all copied SCIP
4370  * instances. The question might arise why to copy that plugin. In case of debugging it is nice to be able to
4371  * write/display the copied instances. Since the reader is in charge of that, you might want to copy the plugin. Below
4372  * you see a standard implementation.
4373  *
4374  * @refsnippet{src/scip/reader_mps.c,SnippetReaderCopyMps}
4375  *
4376  * @subsection READERFREE
4377  *
4378  * If you are using file reader data, you have to implement this method in order to free the file reader data.
4379  * This can be done by the following procedure:
4380  *
4381  * @refsnippet{src/scip/reader_mps.c,SnippetReaderFreeMps}
4382  *
4383  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your file reader data, remember to free this memory
4384  * before freeing the file reader data itself.
4385  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
4386  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
4387  *
4388  */
4389 
4390 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
4391 
4392 /**@page DIALOG How to add dialogs
4393  *
4394  * SCIP comes with a command line shell which allows the user to read in problem instances, modify the solver's
4395  * parameters, initiate the optimization and display certain statistics and solution information. This shell consists
4396  * of dialogs, which are organized as a tree in SCIP. A node of this tree which is not a leaf represents a menu in
4397  * the shell and the children of this node correspond to the entries of this menu (which can again be menus). All
4398  * different dialogs are managed by a dialog handler, which, in particular, is responsible for executing the dialog
4399  * corresponding to the user's command in the shell. The concept of a dialog handler is different to that
4400  * of a constraint handler, which is used to manage objects of the same structure, see \ref CONS. In particular, SCIP
4401  * features only one dialog handler (dialog_default.h), whereas there may exist different constraint handlers.
4402  * \n
4403  * A complete list of all dialogs contained in this release can be found \ref DIALOGS "here".
4404  *
4405  * We now explain how users can extend the interactive shell by adding their own dialog.
4406  * We give the explanation for creating your own source file for each additional dialog. Of course, you can collect
4407  * different dialogs in one source file. Take src/scip/dialog_default.c, where all default dialog plugins are collected, as an
4408  * example.
4409  * As all other default plugins, the default dialog plugin and the template dialog are written in C. C++ users can easily
4410  * adapt the code by using the scip::ObjDialog wrapper base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the
4411  * SCIP_DECL_DIALOG... callback methods.
4412  *
4413  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a dialog can be found in the file type_dialog.h.
4414  *
4415  * Here is what you have to do to add a dialog (assuming your dialog is named "mydialog"):
4416  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/dialog_xyz.c and src/scip/dialog_xyz.h into files named "dialog_mydialog.c"
4417  * and "dialog_mydialog.h".
4418  * \n
4419  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
4420  * -# Use SCIPincludeDialogMydialog() in order to include the dialog handler into your SCIP instance,
4421  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
4422  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mydialog".
4423  * -# Adjust the \ref DIALOG_PROPERTIES "properties of the dialog".
4424  * -# Define the \ref DIALOG_DATA "dialog data". This is optional.
4425  * -# Implement the \ref DIALOG_INTERFACE "interface methods".
4426  * -# Implement the \ref DIALOG_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "fundamental callback methods".
4427  * -# Implement the \ref DIALOG_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callback methods". This is optional.
4428  *
4429  *
4430  * @section DIALOG_PROPERTIES Properties of a Dialog
4431  *
4432  * At the top of the new file "dialog_mydialog.c" you can find the dialog properties.
4433  * These are given as compiler defines.
4434  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the dialog properties by calling the constructor
4435  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjDialog from within your constructor.
4436  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
4437  *
4438  * \par DIALOG_NAME: the name of the dialog.
4439  * In the interactive shell, this name appears as the command name of the dialog in the parent dialog.
4440  * Additionally, if you are searching an entry in a menu with SCIPdialogFindEntry(), this name is looked up.
4441  * Names within one menu have to be unique: no two dialogs in the same menu may have the same name.
4442  *
4443  * \par DIALOG_DESC: the description of the dialog.
4444  * This string is printed as a description of the dialog in the interactive shell if the additional
4445  * callback method \ref DIALOGDESC is not implemented.
4446  *
4447  * \par DIALOG_ISSUBMENU: whether the dialog is a (sub)menu.
4448  * This parameter states whether the dialog is a menu in the interactive shell, i.e., is the parent of further
4449  * dialogs.
4450  *
4451  *
4452  * @section DIALOG_DATA Dialog Data
4453  *
4454  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_DialogData".
4455  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your dialog.
4456  * If you are using C++, you can add dialog data as usual as object variables to your class.
4457  * \n
4458  * Defining dialog data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
4459  *
4460  *
4461  * @section DIALOG_INTERFACE Interface Methods
4462  *
4463  * At the bottom of "dialog_mydialog.c" you can find the interface method SCIPincludeDialogMydialog(), which also appears
4464  * in "dialog_mydialog.h".
4465  * \n
4466  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
4467  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the dialog, which can be done by the following lines of code:
4468  *
4469  * @refsnippet{src/scip/dialog_xyz.c,SnippetDialogAddXyz}
4470  *
4471  * Here "parentdialog" has to be an existing dialog which is defined to be a menu (see DIALOG_ISSUBMENU), e.g.,
4472  * the default root dialog. The method SCIPgetRootDialog() returns the root dialog.
4473  *
4474  * The interface method is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the dialog, i.e., if (s)he wants to use the dialog in
4475  * his/her application.
4476  * Note that in order to be able to link the new dialog to an existing default dialog
4477  * (except the root dialog) it has to be included <b>after the
4478  * default dialogs plugin</b>, i.e., the SCIPincludeDialogMydialog() call has to occur after the
4479  * SCIPincludeDialogDefault() call. The SCIPincludeDialogDefault() method is called from within the SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
4480  * method. Therefore, it suffices to include your dialog plugins after you have called SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins().
4481  * In case you want to add a dialog to the <b>root dialog</b>, you just use the following
4482  * lines of code to get/create the root dialog.
4483  *
4484  * \code
4485  * SCIP_DIALOG* root;
4486  *
4487  * root = SCIPgetRootDialog(scip);
4488  * if( root == NULL )
4489  * {
4490  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPcreateRootDialog(scip, &root) );
4491  * }
4492  * assert( root != NULL );
4493  * \endcode
4494  *
4495  * Therefore, in this case you do not have to worry about the calls of
4496  * SCIPincludeDialogDefault() and SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins() .
4497  *
4498  * If you are using dialog data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
4499  * You can do this by calling:
4500  * \code
4501  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &dialogdata) );
4502  * \endcode
4503  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_DialogData afterwards.
4504  *
4505  * Consider the following example. The user wants to add a "drawgraph" command to the root menu of SCIP.
4506  * (S)he copies the "dialog_xyz.c" and "dialog_xyz.h" files into files "dialog_drawgraph.c" and "dialog_drawgraph.h", respectively.
4507  * Then, (s)he puts the following code into the SCIPincludeDialogDrawgraph() method, compare SCIPincludeDialogDefault() in
4508  * src/scip/dialog_default.c:
4509  * \code
4510  * SCIP_RETCODE SCIPincludeDialogDrawgraph(
4511  * SCIP* scip
4512  * )
4513  * {
4514  * SCIP_DIALOG* root;
4515  * SCIP_DIALOG* dialog;
4516  *
4517  * root = SCIPgetRootDialog(scip);
4518  * if( root == NULL )
4519  * {
4520  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPcreateRootDialog(scip, &root) );
4521  * }
4522  * assert( root != NULL );
4523  *
4524  * if( !SCIPdialogHasEntry(root, "drawgraph") )
4525  * {
4526  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPcreateDialog(scip, &dialog, SCIPdialogExecDrawgraph, NULL, NULL,
4527  * "drawgraph", "draws the graph for the current problem instance", FALSE, NULL) );
4528  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPaddDialogEntry(scip, root, dialog) );
4529  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPreleaseDialog(scip, &dialog) );
4530  * }
4531  *
4532  * return SCIP_OKAY;
4533  * }
4534  * \endcode
4535  *
4536  * Using this code, it is even possible to call SCIPincludeDialogDrawgraph() before including the default dialog plugins,
4537  * and you can also call it multiple times without causing inconsistencies in the dialog structure.
4538  *
4539  *
4540  * @section DIALOG_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Dialog
4541  *
4542  * Dialogs have only one fundamental callback method, namely the \ref DIALOGEXEC method.
4543  * This method has to be implemented for every dialog; the other callback methods are optional.
4544  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjDialog, the scip_exec() method (which corresponds to the \ref DIALOGEXEC callback) is a virtual
4545  * abstract member function.
4546  * You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your dialog class.
4547  *
4548  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_dialog.h.
4549  *
4550  * @subsection DIALOGEXEC
4551  *
4552  * The DIALOGEXEC method is invoked, if the user selected the dialog's command name in the parent's menu. It should
4553  * execute what is stated in DIALOG_DESC, e.g., the display constraint handlers dialog should display information about
4554  * the constraint handlers included in SCIP, see src/scip/dialog_default.c.
4555  *
4556  * For typical methods called by the execution method, have a look at src/scip/dialog_default.c.
4557  *
4558  * The callback has to return which dialog should be processed next. This can be, for example, the root dialog
4559  * (SCIPdialoghdlrGetRoot()), the parent dialog (SCIPdialogGetParent()) or NULL, which stands for closing the interactive
4560  * shell.
4561  *
4562  *
4563  * @section DIALOG_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Dialog
4564  *
4565  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case.
4566  * They can be used, for example, to free private data.
4567  *
4568  * @subsection DIALOGFREE
4569  *
4570  * If you are using dialog data, you have to implement this method in order to free the dialog data.
4571  * This can be done by the following procedure:
4572  * \code
4573  * static
4574  * SCIP_DECL_DIALOGFREE(dialogFreeMydialog)
4575  * {
4576  * SCIP_DIALOGDATA* dialogdata;
4577  *
4578  * dialogdata = SCIPdialogGetData(dialog);
4579  * assert(dialogdata != NULL);
4580  *
4581  * SCIPfreeMemory(scip, &dialogdata);
4582  *
4583  * SCIPdialogSetData(dialog, NULL);
4584  *
4585  * return SCIP_OKAY;
4586  * }
4587  * \endcode
4588  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your dialog data, remember to free this memory
4589  * before freeing the dialog data itself.
4590  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
4591  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
4592  *
4593  * @subsection DIALOGDESC
4594  *
4595  * This method is called when the help menu of the parent is displayed. It should output (usually a single line of)
4596  * information describing the meaning of the dialog.
4597  * \n
4598  * If this callback is not implemented, the description string of the dialog (DIALOG_DESC) is displayed instead.
4599  *
4600  * @subsection DIALOGCOPY
4601  *
4602  * The DIALOGCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to solve a sub-SCIP. By defining this
4603  * callback as <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of this dialog for all copied SCIP instances. In
4604  * general there is no need to copy any dialog since it is most unlikely to start the interactive shell of the copied
4605  * instances.
4606  *
4607  */
4608 
4609 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
4610 
4611 /**@page DISP How to add display columns
4612  *
4613  * While solving a constraint integer program, SCIP displays status information in a column-like fashion. The current
4614  * number of processed branching tree nodes, the solving time, and the relative gap between primal and dual bound are
4615  * examples of such display columns. There already exists a wide variety of display columns which can be activated or
4616  * deactivated on demand, see src/scip/disp_default.c. Additionally, the user can implement his/her own display columns
4617  * in order to track problem or algorithm specific values.
4618  * \n
4619  * A complete list of all displays contained in this release can be found \ref DISPLAYS "here".
4620  *
4621  * We now explain users can add their own display columns.
4622  * We give the explanation for creating your own source file for each additional display column. Of course, you can collect
4623  * different additional display columns in one source file.
4624  * Take src/scip/disp_default.c, where all default display columns are collected, as an example.
4625  * As all other default plugins, the default display column plugins and the display column template are written in C.
4626  * C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjDisp wrapper base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods
4627  * instead of the SCIP_DECL_DISP... callback methods.
4628  *
4629  *
4630  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of a display column can be found in the file type_disp.h.
4631  *
4632  * Here is what you have to do to implement a display column (assuming your display column is named "mydisplaycolumn"):
4633  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/disp_xyz.c and src/scip/disp_xyz.h into files named "disp_mydisplaycolumn.c"
4634  * and "disp_mydisplaycolumn.h".
4635  \n
4636  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
4637  * -# Use SCIPincludeDispMydisplaycolumn() in order to include the display column into your SCIP instance,
4638  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
4639  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mydisplaycolumn".
4640  * -# Adjust the \ref DISP_PROPERTIES "properties of the display column".
4641  * -# Define the \ref DISP_DATA "display column data". This is optional.
4642  * -# Implement the \ref DISP_INTERFACE "interface methods".
4643  * -# Implement the \ref DISP_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "fundamental callback methods".
4644  * -# Implement the \ref DISP_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callback methods". This is optional.
4645  *
4646  *
4647  * @section DISP_PROPERTIES Properties of a Display Column
4648  *
4649  * At the top of the new file "disp_mydisplaycolumn.c" you can find the display column properties.
4650  * These are given as compiler defines.
4651  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the display column properties by calling the constructor
4652  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjDisp from within your constructor.
4653  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
4654  *
4655  * \par DISP_NAME: the name of the display column.
4656  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the display column.
4657  * Additionally, if you are searching for a display column with SCIPfindDisp(), this name is looked up.
4658  * Names have to be unique: no two display columns may have the same name.
4659  *
4660  * \par DISP_DESC: the description of the display column.
4661  * This string is printed as a description of the display column in the interactive shell.
4662  *
4663  * \par DISP_HEADER: the header of the display column.
4664  * This string is printed as the header of the display column in the status information display.
4665  *
4666  * \par DISP_WIDTH: the width of the display column.
4667  * This parameter defines the width (number of characters) of the display column. The value of the parameter has to be
4668  * greater than or equal to the number of characters in the header string.
4669  *
4670  * \par DISP_PRIORITY: the priority of the display column.
4671  * The total width of status information lines is bounded by the parameter "display width". The display columns actually contained
4672  * in the status information display are selected in decreasing order of their priority. Furthermore, the user can force
4673  * columns to be displayed or not to be displayed in the status information display. For that, (s)he has to switch the value
4674  * of the display column's parameter "active" from "auto" (its default value) to "on" or "off", respectively.
4675  *
4676  * \par DISP_POSITION: the relative position of the display column.
4677  * In the status information display, the display columns are arranged from left to right in increasing order of their
4678  * relative position.
4679  *
4680  * \par DISP_STRIPLINE: the default for whether the display column should be separated with a line from its right neighbor.
4681  * This parameter states whether the display column should be separated with the string "|" from its right neighbor. In so
4682  * doing, the clearness of the status information display may improve.
4683  *
4684  * @section DISP_DATA Display Column Data
4685  *
4686  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_DispData".
4687  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your display column. For example, you should store the adjustable
4688  * parameters of the display column in this data structure.
4689  * If you are using C++, you can add display column data as usual as object variables to your class.
4690  * \n
4691  * Defining display column data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
4692  *
4693  *
4694  * @section DISP_INTERFACE Interface Methods
4695  *
4696  * At the bottom of "disp_mydisplaycolumn.c" you can find the interface method SCIPincludeDispMydisplaycolumn(), which also
4697  * appears in "disp_mydisplaycolumn.h".
4698  * \n
4699  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
4700  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the display column by calling the method
4701  * SCIPincludeDisp().
4702  *
4703  * The interface method is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the display column, i.e., if (s)he wants to use the display column in his
4704  * application.
4705  *
4706  * If you are using display column data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
4707  * You can do this by calling:
4708  * \code
4709  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &dispdata) );
4710  * \endcode
4711  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_DispData afterwards.
4712  *
4713  * Although this is very uncommon, you may also add user parameters for your display column, see the method
4714  * SCIPincludeConshdlrKnapsack() in the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler" for an example.
4715  *
4716  *
4717  * @section DISP_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Display Column
4718  *
4719  * Display column plugins have only one fundamental callback method, namely the \ref DISPOUTPUT method.
4720  * This method has to be implemented for every display column; the other callback methods are optional.
4721  * In the C++ wrapper class scip::ObjDisp, the scip_output() method (which corresponds to the \ref DISPOUTPUT callback) is a virtual
4722  * abstract member function.
4723  * You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your display column class.
4724  *
4725  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_disp.h.
4726  *
4727  * @subsection DISPOUTPUT
4728  *
4729  * The DISPOUTPUT callback is called after each pricing loop during node processing and after a node has been processed.
4730  * In addition, at the root node, the callback is executed after each iteration of the price-and-cut loop.
4731  * It should write the display column information for the current node to a given output file stream.
4732  *
4733  * Typical methods called by a display column are, for example, SCIPdispLongint(), SCIPdispInt(), SCIPdispTime(), and
4734  * SCIPinfoMessage().
4735  *
4736  *
4737  * @section DISP_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Display Column
4738  *
4739  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case.
4740  * They can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
4741  *
4742  * @subsection DISPCOPY
4743  *
4744  * The DISPCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to solve a sub-SCIP. By defining this callback
4745  * as <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified column. In general it is probably not needed to
4746  * implement that callback since the output of the copied instance is usually suppressed. In the other case or for
4747  * debugging the callback should be implement.
4748  *
4749  *
4750  * @subsection DISPFREE
4751  *
4752  * If you are using display column data, you have to implement this method in order to free the display column data.
4753  * This can be done by the following procedure:
4754  * \code
4755  * static
4756  * SCIP_DECL_DISPFREE(dispFreeMydisplaycolumn)
4757  * {
4758  * SCIP_DISPDATA* dispdata;
4759  *
4760  * dispdata = SCIPdispGetData(disp);
4761  * assert(dispdata != NULL);
4762  *
4763  * SCIPfreeMemory(scip, &dispdata);
4764  *
4765  * SCIPdispSetData(disp, NULL);
4766  *
4767  * return SCIP_OKAY;
4768  * }
4769  * \endcode
4770  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your display column data, remember to free this memory
4771  * before freeing the display column data itself.
4772  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
4773  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
4774  *
4775  * @subsection DISPINIT
4776  *
4777  * The DISPINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
4778  * The display column may, e.g., use this call to initialize its display column data.
4779  *
4780  * @subsection DISPEXIT
4781  *
4782  * The DISPEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
4783  * In this method, the display column should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in
4784  * \ref DISPINIT.
4785  *
4786  * @subsection DISPINITSOL
4787  *
4788  * The DISPINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
4789  * begin. The display column may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
4790  *
4791  * @subsection DISPEXITSOL
4792  *
4793  * The DISPEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed. The display column should use this
4794  * call to clean up its branch-and-bound data specific data.
4795  */
4796 
4797 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
4798 
4799 /**@page EVENT How to add event handler
4800  *
4801  * While solving a constraint integer program, SCIP drops thousands of events such as SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED (a
4802  * complete list of all events is given in type_event.h). These events can be caught and used to do something after a
4803  * certain event happens. Events can be used to speed up the solution process. For example, the set partitioning
4804  * constraint is only worth propagating if one of the involved variables is fixed. This can be detected by
4805  * catching the event SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED. To be able to catch an event it is necessary to write an event handler
4806  * which defines what to do after a certain event was caught.
4807  *
4808  * We now explain how users can add their own event handlers. We give the explanation for creating your own
4809  * source file for each additional event handler. Of course, you can collect different event handlers in one source file
4810  * or you can put the event handler directly into the constraint handler. In a \ref EVENTUSAGE "second step" we discuss
4811  * the usage of an event handler. This means how to catch and drop events. \ref EVENTTYPES "Finally", we give some notes on the existing
4812  * types of events.
4813  *
4814  * Take src/scip/cons_logior.c, where the event handler is directly included into the constraint handler. As all other
4815  * default plugins, the event handlers are written in C. C++ users can easily adapt the code by using the scip::ObjEventhdlr
4816  * wrapper base class and implement the scip_...() virtual methods instead of the SCIP_DECL_EVENT... callback methods.
4817  *
4818  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of an event handler can be found in the file type_event.h. There is
4819  * also an example written in C which deals with an event handler. You find this example in the directory
4820  * "examples/Eventhdlr/". An C++ example can be found within the TSP project (examples/TSP/src/EventhdlrNewSol.cpp).
4821  *
4822  * Here is what you have to do to implement an event handler (assuming your event handler is named "bestsol"):
4823  * -# Copy the template files src/scip/event_xyz.c and src/scip/event_xyz.h into files named "event_bestsol.c"
4824  * and "event_bestsol.h".
4825  \n
4826  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
4827  * -# Use SCIPincludeEventBestsol() in order to include the event handler into your SCIP instance,
4828  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Eventhdlr example).
4829  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "bestsol".
4830  * -# Adjust the \ref EVENTHDLR_PROPERTIES "properties of the event handler".
4831  * -# Implement the \ref EVENT_INTERFACE "interface methods".
4832  * -# Implement the \ref EVENT_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS "fundamental callback methods".
4833  * -# Implement the \ref EVENT_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callback methods". This is optional.
4834  *
4835  *
4836  * @section EVENTHDLR_PROPERTIES Properties of a Event Handler
4837  *
4838  * At the top of the new file "event_bestsol.c" you can find the event handler properties.
4839  * These are given as compiler defines.
4840  * In the C++ wrapper class, you have to provide the event handler properties by calling the constructor
4841  * of the abstract base class scip::ObjEventhdlr from within your constructor.
4842  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
4843  *
4844  * \par EVENT_NAME: the name of the event handler.
4845  * This name has to be unique with respect to all other event handlers. If you are searching for an event handler with
4846  * SCIPfindEventhdlr(), this name is looked up.
4847  *
4848  * \par EVENT_DESC: the description of the event handler.
4849  * This string is printed as a description of the event handler.
4850  *
4851  * @section EVENTHDLR_DATA Event Handler Data
4852  *
4853  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find a struct which is called "struct SCIP_EventhdlrData".
4854  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your event handler. For example, you should store the adjustable
4855  * parameters of the event handler in this data structure.
4856  * If you are using C++, you can add event handler data as usual as object variables to your class.
4857  * \n
4858  * Defining event handler data is optional. You can leave the struct empty.
4859  *
4860  *
4861  * @section EVENT_INTERFACE Interface Methods
4862  *
4863  * At the bottom of "event_bestsol.c", you can find the interface method SCIPincludeEventBestsol(),
4864  * which also appears in "event_bestsol.h".
4865  * SCIPincludeEventBestsol() is called by the user, if (s)he wants to include the event handler,
4866  * i.e., if (s)he wants to use the event handler in his/her application.
4867  *
4868  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
4869  * It is responsible for notifying SCIP of the presence of the event handler. For this, you can either call
4870  * SCIPincludeEventhdlr(),
4871  * or SCIPincludeEventhdlrBasic() since SCIP version 3.0. In the latter variant, \ref EVENT_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS "additional callbacks"
4872  * must be added via setter functions as, e.g., SCIPsetReaderCopy(). We recommend this latter variant because
4873  * it is more stable towards future SCIP versions which might have more callbacks, whereas source code using the first
4874  * variant must be manually adjusted with every SCIP release containing new callbacks for event handlers in order to compile.
4875  *
4876  * If you are using event handler data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
4877  * You can do this by calling:
4878  * \code
4879  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &eventhdlrdata) );
4880  * \endcode
4881  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_EventhdlrData afterwards.
4882  *
4883  * Although this is very uncommon, you may also add user parameters for your event handler, see the method
4884  * SCIPincludeConshdlrKnapsack() in the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler" for an example.
4885  *
4886  *
4887  * @section EVENT_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of a Event Handler
4888  *
4889  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
4890  * an operational algorithm.
4891  * They are passed together with the event handler itself to SCIP using SCIPincludeEventhdlr() or SCIPincludeEventhdlrBasic(),
4892  * see @ref EVENT_INTERFACE.
4893  *
4894  *
4895  * Event handler plugins have only one fundamental callback method, namely the \ref EVENTEXEC method. This method has
4896  * to be implemented for every event handler; the other callback methods are optional. In the C++ wrapper class
4897  * scip::ObjEventhdlr, the scip_exec() method (which corresponds to the \ref EVENTEXEC callback) is a virtual abstract member
4898  * function. You have to implement it in order to be able to construct an object of your event handler class.
4899  *
4900  * Additional documentation for the callback methods can be found in type_event.h.
4901  *
4902  * @subsection EVENTEXEC
4903  *
4904  * The EVENTEXEC callback is called after the requested event happened. Then the event handler can do some action in
4905  * reaction to the event.
4906  *
4907  * Typical the execution method sets a parameter to TRUE to indicate later in solving process that something happened
4908  * which should be analyzed further. In the \ref cons_knapsack.h "knapsack constraint handler" you find such a typical
4909  * example.
4910  *
4911  * @section EVENT_ADDITIONALCALLBACKS Additional Callback Methods of a Event Handler
4912  *
4913  * The additional callback methods do not need to be implemented in every case. However, some of them have to be
4914  * implemented for most applications, they can be used, for example, to initialize and free private data.
4915  * Additional callbacks can either be passed directly with SCIPincludeEventhdlr() to SCIP or via specific
4916  * <b>setter functions</b> after a call of SCIPincludeEventhdlrBasic(), see also @ref EVENT_INTERFACE.
4917  *
4918  * @subsection EVENTCOPY
4919  *
4920  * The EVENTCOPY callback is executed when a SCIP instance is copied, e.g. to solve a sub-SCIP. By defining this
4921  * callback as <code>NULL</code> the user disables the execution of the specified event handler for all copied SCIP
4922  * instances. Note that in most cases the event handler in the copied instance will be initialize by those objects (such
4923  * as constraint handlers or propagators) which need this event handler (see \ref cons_knapsack.h). In these cases the copy
4924  * callback can be ignored. In case of general events, such as a new best solution being found
4925  * (SCIP_EVENTTYPE_BESTSOLFOUND), you might want to implement that callback. The event handler example which you find
4926  * in the directory "examples/Eventhdlr/" uses that callback.
4927  *
4928  * @refsnippet{src/scip/event_softtimelimit.c,SnippetEventCopySofttimelimit}
4929  *
4930  * @subsection EVENTFREE
4931  *
4932  * If you are using event handler data, you have to implement this method in order to free the event handler data.
4933  * This can be done by the following procedure:
4934  *
4935  * @refsnippet{src/scip/event_softtimelimit.c,SnippetEventFreeSofttimelimit}
4936  *
4937  * If you have allocated memory for fields in your event handler data, remember to free this memory
4938  * before freeing the event handler data itself.
4939  * If you are using the C++ wrapper class, this method is not available.
4940  * Instead, just use the destructor of your class to free the member variables of your class.
4941  *
4942  *
4943  * @subsection EVENTINIT
4944  *
4945  * The EVENTINIT callback is executed after the problem is transformed.
4946  * The event handler may, e.g., use this call to initialize its event handler data.
4947  *
4948  * @subsection EVENTEXIT
4949  *
4950  * The EVENTEXIT callback is executed before the transformed problem is freed.
4951  * In this method, the event handler should free all resources that have been allocated for the solving process in
4952  * \ref EVENTINIT.
4953  *
4954  * @subsection EVENTINITSOL
4955  *
4956  * The EVENTINITSOL callback is executed when the presolving is finished and the branch-and-bound process is about to
4957  * begin. The event handler may use this call to initialize its branch-and-bound specific data.
4958  *
4959  * @subsection EVENTEXITSOL
4960  *
4961  * The EVENTEXITSOL callback is executed before the branch-and-bound process is freed. The event handler should use this
4962  * call to clean up its branch-and-bound data specific data.
4963  *
4964  * @section EVENTUSAGE Catching and Dropping Events
4965  *
4966  * After you have implemented the event handler, you have to tell SCIP for which events this event handler should be
4967  * used. This can be a general events, such as <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_BESTSOLFOUND</code>, or a variable event which is the most common
4968  * way.
4969  *
4970  * In case of a general (not variable) event you use the function SCIPcatchEvent() to attach to an event and
4971  * SCIPdropEvent() to release this event later.
4972  *
4973  * \code
4974  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPcatchEvent( scip, SCIP_EVENTTYPE_BESTSOLFOUND, eventhdlr, NULL, NULL) );
4975  * \endcode
4976  *
4977  * \code
4978  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPdropEvent( scip, SCIP_EVENTTYPE_BESTSOLFOUND, eventhdlr, NULL, NULL) );
4979  * \endcode
4980  *
4981  * If you want trigger some variable event, you use the method SCIPcatchVarEvent() to attach the variable event and
4982  * SCIPdropVarEvent() to drop it later.
4983  *
4984  * \code
4985  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPcatchVarEvent( scip, var, SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED, eventhdlr, NULL, NULL) );
4986  * \endcode
4987  *
4988  * \code
4989  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPdropVarEvent( scip, var, SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED, eventhdlr, NULL, NULL) );
4990  * \endcode
4991  *
4992  * @section EVENTTYPES Event types
4993  *
4994  * All available events are listed in type_event.h. There are atomic events such as <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED</code>
4995  * and combined events such as <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARCHANGED</code>. The events are encoded via bit masks. Each atomic
4996  * event has a unique power of two. This enables combination of the atomic events.
4997  *
4998  * SCIP only throws atomic events. However, an event handler might be interested in bunch of events. Through the
4999  * underlying bit masks it is possible to combine the atomic events. For example, <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARCHANGED</code>
5000  * is an event which combines the events <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED</code>, <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARUNLOCKED</code>,
5001  * <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_OBJCHANGED</code>, <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_GBDCHANGED</code>,
5002  * <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_DOMCHANGED</code>, and <code>SCIP_EVENTTYPE_IMPLADDED</code>.
5003  *
5004  * \code
5005  * #define SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARCHANGED (SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARFIXED | SCIP_EVENTTYPE_VARUNLOCKED | SCIP_EVENTTYPE_OBJCHANGED
5006  * | SCIP_EVENTTYPE_GBDCHANGED | SCIP_EVENTTYPE_DOMCHANGED | SCIP_EVENTTYPE_IMPLADDED)
5007  * \endcode
5008  *
5009  * Depending on the event type, the event offers different information. The methods which can be used to gain
5010  * access to this information are given in pub_event.h.
5011  *
5012  */
5013 
5014 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5015 
5016 /**@page NLPI How to add interfaces to nonlinear programming solvers
5017  *
5018  * NLPIs are used to interface a solver for nonlinear programs (NLP).
5019  * It is used, e.g., to solve convex relaxations of the problem or to find locally optimal solutions of
5020  * nonlinear relaxations or subproblems.
5021  * The NLPI has been designed such that it can be used independently from SCIP.
5022  *
5023  * While the NLPI itself corresponds to the solver interface, the NLPIPROBLEM corresponds to the
5024  * (solver specific) representation of a concrete nonlinear program.
5025  * An NLP is specified as a set of indexed variables with variable bounds, an objective function,
5026  * and a set of constraints, where each constraint is specified as a function which is restricted to lie
5027  * between given left and right hand sides (possibly infinite).
5028  * A function consists of a linear, quadratic, and general nonlinear part.
5029  * The linear and quadratic parts are specified via variable indices and coefficients, while the
5030  * general nonlinear part is specified via an expression tree.
5031  * That is, the user of the NLPI does not provide function evaluation callbacks but an algebraic representation of the NLP.
5032  * Interfaces for solvers that require function evaluations can make use of the NLPIORACLE, which
5033  * provides a set of methods to compute functions values, gradients, Jacobians, and Hessians for a given NLP.
5034  * See the interface to Ipopt for an example on how to use the NLPIORACLE.
5035  *
5036  * A complete list of all NLPIs contained in this release can be found \ref NLPIS "here".
5037  *
5038  * We now explain how users can add their own NLP solver interface.
5039  * Take the interface to Ipopt (src/nlpi/nlpi_ipopt.cpp) as an example.
5040  * Unlike most other plugins, it is written in C++.
5041  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of an NLPI, in particular for their input parameters,
5042  * can be found in the file type_nlpi.h.
5043  *
5044  * Here is what you have to do to implement an NLPI:
5045  * -# Copy the template files src/nlpi/nlpi_xyz.c and src/nlpi/nlpi_xyz.h into files named "nlpi_mynlpi.c"
5046  * and "nlpi_mynlpi.h".
5047  * \n
5048  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
5049  * -# Use SCIPcreateNlpSolverMynlpi() in order to include the NLPI into your SCIP instance,
5050  * e.g., in the main file of your project (see, e.g., src/cmain.c in the Binpacking example).
5051  * -# Open the new files with a text editor and replace all occurrences of "xyz" by "mynlpi".
5052  * -# Adjust the properties of the nlpi (see \ref NLPI_PROPERTIES).
5053  * -# Define the NLPI and NLPIPROBLEM data (see \ref NLPI_DATA).
5054  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref NLPI_INTERFACE).
5055  * -# Implement the fundamental callback methods (see \ref NLPI_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS).
5056  *
5057  *
5058  * @section NLPI_PROPERTIES Properties of an NLPI
5059  *
5060  * At the top of the new file "nlpi_mynlpi.c", you can find the NLPI properties.
5061  * These are given as compiler defines.
5062  * The properties you have to set have the following meaning:
5063  *
5064  * \par NLPI_NAME: the name of the NLP solver interface.
5065  * This name is used in the interactive shell to address the NLPI.
5066  * Additionally, if you are searching for an NLPI with SCIPfindNLPI(), this name is looked up.
5067  * Names have to be unique: no two NLPIs may have the same name.
5068  *
5069  * \par NLPI_DESC: the description of the NLPI.
5070  * This string is printed as a description of the NLPI in the interactive shell.
5071  *
5072  * \par NLPI_PRIORITY: the priority of the NLPI.
5073  * If an NLP has to be solved, an NLP solver has to be selected.
5074  * By default, the solver with the NLPI with highest priority is selected.
5075  * The priority of an NLPI should be set according to performance of the solver:
5076  * solvers that provide fast algorithms that are usually successful on a wide range of problems should have a high priority.
5077  * An easy way to list the priorities of all NLPIs is to type "display nlpis" in the interactive shell of SCIP.
5078  *
5079  * @section NLPI_DATA NLPI Data
5080  *
5081  * Below the header "Data structures" you can find structs which are called "struct SCIP_NlpiData" and "struct SCIP_NlpiProblem".
5082  * In this data structure, you can store the data of your solver interface and of a specific NLP problem.
5083  * For example, you could store a pointer to the block memory data structure in the SCIP_NlpiData data structure
5084  * and store a pointer to an NLPIoracle in the SCIP_NlpiProblem data structure.
5085  *
5086  * @section NLPI_INTERFACE Interface Methods
5087  *
5088  * At the bottom of "nlpi_mynlpi.c", you can find the interface method SCIPcreateNlpSolverXyz(),
5089  * which also appears in "nlpi_mynlpi.h".
5090  * \n
5091  * This method only has to be adjusted slightly.
5092  * It is responsible for creating an NLPI that contains all properties and callback methods of your
5093  * solver interface by calling the method SCIPnlpiCreate().
5094  * SCIPcreateNlpSolverXyz() is called by the user (e.g., SCIP), if (s)he wants to use this solver interface in his/her application.
5095  *
5096  * If you are using NLPI data, you have to allocate the memory for the data at this point.
5097  * You can do this by calling:
5098  * \code
5099  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemory(scip, &nlpidata) );
5100  * \endcode
5101  * You also have to initialize the fields in struct SCIP_NlpiData afterwards. For freeing the
5102  * NLPI data, see \ref NLPIFREE.
5103  *
5104  *
5105  * @section NLPI_FUNDAMENTALCALLBACKS Fundamental Callback Methods of an NLPI
5106  *
5107  * The fundamental callback methods of the plugins are the ones that have to be implemented in order to obtain
5108  * an operational algorithm. Currently, all NLPI callbacks are fundamental.
5109  *
5110  * Additional documentation of the callback methods, in particular to their input parameters,
5111  * can be found in type_nlpi.h.
5112  *
5113  * @subsection NLPICOPY
5114  *
5115  * The NLPICOPY callback is executed if the plugin should be copied, e.g., when a SCIP instance is copied.
5116  *
5117  * @subsection NLPIFREE
5118  *
5119  * The NLPIFREE callback is executed if the NLP solver interface data structure should be freed, e.g., when a SCIP instance is freed.
5120  *
5121  * @subsection NLPIGETSOLVERPOINTER
5122  *
5123  * The NLPIGETSOLVERPOINTER callback can be used to pass a pointer to a solver specific data structure to the user.
5124  *
5125  * @subsection NLPICREATEPROBLEM
5126  *
5127  * The NLPICREATEPROBLEM callback is executed if a particular NLP problem is to be created.
5128  * The callback method should initialize a SCIP_NlpiProblem struct here that corresponds to an empty NLP.
5129  *
5130  * @subsection NLPIFREEPROBLEM
5131  *
5132  * The NLPIFREEPROBLEMPOINTER callback is executed if a particular NLP problem is to be freed.
5133  * The callback method should free a SCIP_NlpiProblem struct here.
5134  *
5135  * @subsection NLPIGETPROBLEMPOINTER
5136  *
5137  * The NLPIGETPROBLEMPOINTER callback can be used to pass a pointer to a solver specific data structure of the NLP to the user.
5138  *
5139  * @subsection NLPIADDVARS
5140  *
5141  * The NLPIADDVARS callback is executed if a set of variables with lower and upper bounds and names should be added to a particular NLP.
5142  * The callback method must add the new variables behind the previously added variables, if any.
5143  * If NULL is given for the lower bounds arguments, -infinity is assumed as lower bound for each new variable.
5144  * If NULL is given for the upper bounds arguments, +infinity is assumed as upper bound for each new variable.
5145  * It is also permitted to use NULL for the names argument.
5146  *
5147  * @subsection NLPIADDCONSTRAINTS
5148  *
5149  * The NLPIADDCONSTRAINTS callback is executed if a set of constraints should be added to a particular NLP.
5150  * Constraints are specified by providing left and right hand sides, linear and quadratic coefficients, expression trees, and constraint names.
5151  * All of these arguments are optional, giving NULL for left hand sides corresponds to -infinity, giving NULL for right hand sides corresponds to +infinity.
5152  *
5153  * @subsection NLPISETOBJECTIVE
5154  *
5155  * The NLPISETOBJECTIVE callback is executed to set the objective function of a particular NLP.
5156  *
5157  * @subsection NLPICHGVARBOUNDS
5158  *
5159  * The NLPICHGVARBOUNDS callback is executed to change the bounds on a set of variables of an NLP.
5160  *
5161  * @subsection NLPICHGCONSSIDES
5162  *
5163  * The NLPICHGCONSSIDES callback is executed to change the sides on a set of constraints of an NLP.
5164  *
5165  * @subsection NLPIDELVARSET
5166  *
5167  * The NLPIDELVARSET callback is executed to delete a set of variables from an NLP.
5168  * The caller provides an array in which for each variable it is marked whether it should be deleted.
5169  * In the same array, the method should return the new position of each variable in the NLP, or -1 if it was deleted.
5170  *
5171  * @subsection NLPIDELCONSSET
5172  *
5173  * The NLPIDELCONSSET callback is executed to delete a set of constraints from an NLP.
5174  * The caller provides an array in which for each constraint it is marked whether it should be deleted.
5175  * In the same array, the method should return the new position of each constraint in the NLP, or -1 if it was deleted.
5176  *
5177  * @subsection NLPICHGLINEARCOEFS
5178  *
5179  * The NLPICHGLINEARCOEFS callback is executed to change the coefficients in the linear part of the objective function or a constraint of an NLP.
5180  *
5181  * @subsection NLPICHGQUADCOEFS
5182  *
5183  * The NLPICHGQUADCOEFS callback is executed to change the coefficients in the quadratic part of the objective function or a constraint of an NLP.
5184  *
5185  * @subsection NLPICHGEXPRTREE
5186  *
5187  * The NLPICHGEXPRTREE callback is executed to replace the expression tree of the objective function or a constraint of an NLP.
5188  *
5189  * @subsection NLPICHGNONLINCOEF
5190  *
5191  * The NLPICHGNONLINCOEF callback is executed to change a single parameter in the (parametrized) expression tree of the objective function or a constraint of an NLP.
5192  *
5193  * @subsection NLPICHGOBJCONSTANT
5194  *
5195  * The NLPICHGOBJCONSTANT callback is executed to change the constant offset of the objective function of an NLP.
5196  *
5197  * @subsection NLPISETINITIALGUESS
5198  *
5199  * The NLPISETINITIALGUESS callback is executed to provide primal and dual initial values for the variables and constraints of an NLP.
5200  * For a local solver, these values can be used as a starting point for the search.
5201  * It is possible to pass a NULL pointer for any of the arguments (primal values of variables, dual values of variable bounds, dual values of constraints).
5202  * In this case, the solver should clear previously set starting values and setup its own starting point.
5203  *
5204  * @subsection NLPISOLVE
5205  *
5206  * The NLPISOLVE callback is executed when an NLP should be solved.
5207  * The solver may use the initial guess provided by \ref NLPISETINITIALGUESS as starting point.
5208  * The status of the solving process and solution can be requested by
5209  * \ref NLPIGETSOLSTAT, \ref NLPIGETTERMSTAT, \ref NLPIGETSOLUTION, and \ref NLPIGETSTATISTICS.
5210  *
5211  * @subsection NLPIGETSOLSTAT
5212  *
5213  * The NLPIGETSOLSTAT callback can be used to request the solution status (solved, infeasible, ...) after an NLP has been solved.
5214  *
5215  * @subsection NLPIGETTERMSTAT
5216  *
5217  * The NLPIGETTERMSTAT callback can be used to request the termination reason (normal, iteration limit, ...) after an NLP has been solved.
5218  *
5219  * @subsection NLPIGETSOLUTION
5220  *
5221  * The NLPIGETSOLUTION callback can be used to request the primal and dual solution values after an NLP solve.
5222  * The method should pass pointers to arrays of variable values to the caller.
5223  * It is possible to return only primal values for the variables, but no values for the dual variables, e.g., if a solver does not compute such values.
5224  *
5225  * @subsection NLPIGETSTATISTICS
5226  *
5227  * The NLPIGETSTATISTICS callback can be used to request the statistical values (number of iterations, time, ...) after an NLP solve.
5228  * The method should fill the provided NLPSTATISTICS data structure.
5229  *
5230  * <!-- NLPIGETWARMSTARTSIZE, NLPIGETWARMSTARTMEMO, NLPISETWARMSTARTMEMO are not documented,
5231  since they are currently not used, not implemented, and likely to change with a next version. -->
5232  *
5233  * @subsection NLPIGETINTPAR
5234  *
5235  * The NLPIGETINTPAR callback can be used to request the value of an integer valued NLP parameter.
5236  *
5237  * @subsection NLPISETINTPAR
5238  *
5239  * The NLPISETINTPAR callback is executed to set the value of an integer valued NLP parameter.
5240  *
5241  * @subsection NLPIGETREALPAR
5242  *
5243  * The NLPIGETREALPAR callback can be used to request the value of a real valued NLP parameter.
5244  *
5245  * @subsection NLPISETREALPAR
5246  *
5247  * The NLPISETREALPAR callback is executed to set the value of a real valued NLP parameter.
5248  *
5249  * @subsection NLPIGETSTRINGPAR
5250  *
5251  * The NLPIGETSTRINGPAR callback can be used to request the value of a string valued NLP parameter.
5252  *
5253  * @subsection NLPISETSTRINGPAR
5254  *
5255  * The NLPISETSTRINGPAR callback is executed to set the value of a string valued NLP parameter.
5256  */
5257 
5258 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5259 
5260 /**@page EXPRINT How to add interfaces to expression interpreters
5261  *
5262  * An expression interpreter is a tool to compute point-wise and interval-wise the function values, gradients, and
5263  * derivatives of algebraic expressions which are given in the form of an expression tree.
5264  * It is used, e.g., by an NLP solver interface to compute Jacobians and Hessians for the solver.
5265  *
5266  * The expression interpreter interface in SCIP has been implemented similar to those of the LP solver interface (LPI).
5267  * For one binary, exactly one expression interpreter has to be linked.
5268  * The expression interpreter API has been designed such that it can be used independently from SCIP.
5269  *
5270  * A complete list of all expression interpreters contained in this release can be found \ref EXPRINTS "here".
5271  *
5272  * We now explain how users can add their own expression interpreters.
5273  * Take the interface to CppAD (\ref exprinterpret_cppad.cpp) as an example.
5274  * Unlike most other plugins, it is written in C++.
5275  *
5276  * Additional documentation for the callback methods of an expression interpreter, in particular for their input parameters,
5277  * can be found in the file \ref exprinterpret.h
5278  *
5279  * Here is what you have to do to implement an expression interpreter:
5280  * -# Copy the file \ref exprinterpret_none.c into a file named "exprinterpreti_myexprinterpret.c".
5281  * \n
5282  * Make sure to adjust your Makefile such that these files are compiled and linked to your project.
5283  * -# Open the new files with a text editor.
5284  * -# Define the expression interpreter data (see \ref EXPRINT_DATA).
5285  * -# Implement the interface methods (see \ref EXPRINT_INTERFACE).
5286  *
5287  *
5288  * @section EXPRINT_DATA Expression Interpreter Data
5289  *
5290  * In "struct SCIP_ExprInt", you can store the general data of your expression interpreter.
5291  * For example, you could store a pointer to the block memory data structure.
5292  *
5293  * @section EXPRINT_INTERFACE Interface Methods
5294  *
5295  * The expression interpreter has to implement a set of interface method.
5296  * In your "exprinterpret_myexprinterpret.c", these methods are mostly dummy methods that return error codes.
5297  *
5298  * @subsection SCIPexprintGetName
5299  *
5300  * The SCIPexprintGetName method should return the name of the expression interpreter.
5301  *
5302  * @subsection SCIPexprintGetDesc
5303  *
5304  * The SCIPexprintGetDesc method should return a short description of the expression interpreter, e.g., the name of the developer of the code.
5305  *
5306  * @subsection SCIPexprintGetCapability
5307  *
5308  * The SCIPexprintGetCapability method should return a bitmask that indicates the capabilities of the expression interpreter,
5309  * i.e., whether it can evaluate gradients, Hessians, or do interval arithmetic.
5310  *
5311  * @subsection SCIPexprintCreate
5312  *
5313  * The SCIPexprintCreate method is called to create an expression interpreter data structure.
5314  * The method should initialize a "struct SCIP_ExprInt" here.
5315  *
5316  * @subsection SCIPexprintFree
5317  *
5318  * The SCIPexprintFree method is called to free an expression interpreter data structure.
5319  * The method should free a "struct SCIP_ExprInt" here.
5320  *
5321  * @subsection SCIPexprintCompile
5322  *
5323  * The SCIPexprintCompile method is called to initialize the data structures that are required to evaluate
5324  * a particular expression tree.
5325  * The expression interpreter can store data that is particular to a given expression tree in the tree by using
5326  * SCIPexprtreeSetInterpreterData().
5327  *
5328  * @subsection SCIPexprintFreeData
5329  *
5330  * The SCIPexprintFreeData method is called when an expression tree is freed.
5331  * The expression interpreter should free the given data structure.
5332  *
5333  * @subsection SCIPexprintNewParametrization
5334  *
5335  * The SCIPexprintNewParametrization method is called when the values of the parameters in a parametrized expression tree have changed.
5336  *
5337  * @subsection SCIPexprintEval
5338  *
5339  * The SCIPexprintEval method is called when the value of an expression represented by an expression tree should be computed for a point.
5340  *
5341  * @subsection SCIPexprintEvalInt
5342  *
5343  * The SCIPexprintEvalInt method is called when an interval that contains the range of an expression represented by an expression tree with respect to intervals for the variables should be computed.
5344  *
5345  * @subsection SCIPexprintGrad
5346  *
5347  * The SCIPexprintGrad method is called when the gradient of an expression represented by an expression tree should be computed for a point.
5348  *
5349  * @subsection SCIPexprintGradInt
5350  *
5351  * The SCIPexprintGradInt method is called when an interval vector that contains the range of the gradients of an expression represented by an expression tree with respect to intervals for the variables should be computed.
5352  *
5353  * @subsection SCIPexprintHessianSparsityDense
5354  *
5355  * The SCIPexprintHessianSparsityDense method is called when the sparsity structure of the Hessian matrix should be computed and returned in dense form.
5356  *
5357  * @subsection SCIPexprintHessianDense
5358  *
5359  * The SCIPexprintHessianDense method is called when the Hessian of an expression represented by an expression tree should be computed for a point.
5360  */
5361 
5362 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5363 
5364 /**@page CONF How to use conflict analysis
5365  *
5366  * Conflict analysis is a way to automatically use the information obtained from infeasible nodes
5367  * in the branch-and-bound tree.
5368  *
5369  * Once a node is declared infeasible, SCIP automatically tries to infer a constraint that explains the reason for the
5370  * infeasibility, in order to avoid similar situations later in the search. This explanation essentially consists of a
5371  * constraint stating that at least one of its variables should have a bound different from the current infeasible node,
5372  * because the current setting led to infeasibility. Clearly, all variables that are fixed in the current infeasible
5373  * node would yield such a constraint (since this leads to infeasibility). The key point rather is to infer a "small"
5374  * constraint that does the same job. SCIP handles this by several heuristics. For this, SCIP sets up a
5375  * so-called (directed) conflict graph. The nodes in this graph correspond to bound changes of variables and an arc (@a
5376  * u, @a v) means that the bound change corresponding to @a v is based on the bound change of @a u. In general, a node
5377  * will have several ingoing arcs which represent all bound changes that have been used to infer (propagate) the bound
5378  * change in question. The graph also contains source nodes for each bound that has been changed during branching and an
5379  * artificial target node representing the conflict, i.e., the infeasibility. Essentially, SCIP heuristically constructs
5380  * a cut in this graph that involves few "branching nodes". For details on the techniques that SCIP uses,
5381  * we refer to the paper @par
5382  * Tobias Achterberg, Conflict Analysis in Mixed Integer Programming@n
5383  * Discrete Optimization, 4, 4-20 (2007)
5384  *
5385  * For conflict analysis to work well, the author of a \ref CONS "Constraint Handler" or a
5386  * \ref PROP "Propagator" has to implement three kinds of functionality:
5387  *
5388  * -# If one detects infeasibility, one should initiate conflict analysis, see \ref INITCONFS "below".
5389  * -# During propagation, one should call the right functions to fix variables.
5390  * -# One should implement the <em>so-called reverse propagation</em>.
5391  *
5392  * If this functionality is not implemented, SCIP will still work correctly, but cannot use the information of the constraint
5393  * handler or the propagator for conflict analysis. In this case, each bound reduction performed by the constraint
5394  * handler/propagator will be treated as if it had been a branching decision.
5395  *
5396  * @section INITCONFS Initiating Conflict Analysis
5397  *
5398  * If one detects infeasibility within propagation, one should do the following:
5399  * -# Call SCIPinitConflictAnalysis().
5400  * -# Inform SCIP about the variable bounds that are the reason for the detection of infeasibility
5401  * via the functions SCIPaddConflictLb(), SCIPaddConflictUb(), SCIPaddConflictBd(), or
5402  * SCIPaddConflictBinvar(). If there is more than one valid explanation of infeasibility, either one can be used.
5403  * Typically, smaller explanations tend to be better.
5404  * -# Call SCIPanalyzeConflict() from a propagator or SCIPanalyzeConflictCons() from a constraint
5405  * handler.
5406  *
5407  * This functionality allows SCIP to set up the conflict graph and perform a conflict analysis.
5408  *
5409  * @section Propagation
5410  *
5411  * When propagating variable domains, SCIP needs to be informed that the deduced variable bounds should be
5412  * used in conflict analysis. This can be done by the functions SCIPinferVarLbCons(),
5413  * SCIPinferVarUbCons(), and SCIPinferBinvarCons() for constraint handlers and SCIPinferVarLbProp(),
5414  * SCIPinferVarUbProp(), and SCIPinferBinvarProp() for propagators. You can pass one integer of
5415  * information that should indicate the reason of the propagation and can be used in reverse
5416  * propagation, see the next section.
5417  *
5418  * @section RESPROP Reverse Propagation
5419  *
5420  * Reverse Propagation is used to build up the conflict graph. Essentially, it provides an algorithm to detect the arcs
5421  * leading to a node in the conflict graph, i.e., the bound changes responsible for the new bound change deduced during
5422  * propagation. Reverse Propagation needs to be implemented in the RESPROP callback functions of
5423  * \ref CONSRESPROP "constraint handlers" or \ref PROPRESPROP "propagators".
5424  * These callbacks receive the following information: the variable which is under investigation (@p
5425  * infervar), the corresponding bound change (@p bdchgidx, @p boundtype), and the integer (@p inferinfo) that has been
5426  * supplied during propagation.
5427  *
5428  * One can use SCIPvarGetUbAtIndex() or SCIPvarGetLbAtIndex() to detect the bounds before or after the propagation that
5429  * should be investigated. Then the bounds that were involved should be passed to SCIP via SCIPaddConflictLb() and
5430  * SCIPaddConflictUb(). If there is more than one valid explanation of infeasibility, either one can be used.
5431  * Typically, smaller explanations tend to be better.
5432  *
5433  * Details and (more) examples are given in Sections @ref CONSRESPROP and @ref PROPRESPROP.
5434  *
5435  *
5436  * @section Example
5437  *
5438  * Consider the constraint handler @p cons_linearordering.c in the
5439  * \ref LOP_MAIN "linear ordering example"
5440  * (see @p example/LOP directory). This constraint handler propagates the equations \f$x_{ij} + x_{ji} =
5441  * 1\f$ and triangle inequalities \f$x_{ij} + x_{jk} + x_{ki} \leq 2\f$.
5442  *
5443  * When propagating the equation and <code>vars[i][j]</code> is fixed to 1, the constraint handler uses
5444  * \code
5445  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPinferBinvarCons(scip, vars[j][i], FALSE, cons, i*n + j, &infeasible, &tightened) );
5446  * \endcode
5447  * Thus, variable <code>vars[j][i]</code> is fixed to 0 (@p FALSE), and it passes <code>i*n + j </code> as @p inferinfo.
5448  *
5449  * When it propagates the triangle inequality and both <code>vars[i][j]</code> and <code>vars[j][k]</code>
5450  * are fixed to 1, the constraint handler uses
5451  * \code
5452  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPinferBinvarCons(scip, vars[k][i], FALSE, cons, n*n + i*n*n + j*n + k, &infeasible, &tightened) );
5453  * \endcode
5454  * Thus, in this case, variable <code>vars[k][i]</code> is fixed to 0 and <code>n*n + i*n*n + j*n + k</code> is
5455  * passed as <code>inferinfo</code>.
5456  *
5457  * In reverse propagation, the two cases can be distinguished by @p inferinfo: if it is less than @p n*n,
5458  * we deal with an equation, otherwise with a triangle inequality. The constraint handler can then extract the
5459  * indices @p i, @p j (and @p k in the second case) from inferinfo.
5460  *
5461  * In the first case, it has to distinguish whether <code>vars[i][j]</code> is fixed to 0 or 1 &ndash;
5462  * by calling SCIPaddConflictLb()
5463  * or SCIPaddConflictUb(), respectively, with variable <code>vars[j][i]</code>. In the second case, it is clear that the only
5464  * possible propagation is to fix <code>vars[i][j]</code> to 0 when both <code>vars[k][i]</code> and <code>vars[j][k]</code>
5465  * are fixed to 1. It then calls
5466  * SCIPaddConflictLb() for both <code>vars[k][i]</code> and <code>vars[j][k]</code>.
5467  */
5468 
5469 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5470 
5471 /**@page REOPT How to use reoptimization
5472  *
5473  * The reoptimization feature of SCIP can be used to solve a sequence of optimization problems \f$(P_{i})_{i \in I}\f$ with
5474  * \f[
5475  * (P_i) \quad \min \{ c_i^T x \;|\; A^ix \geq b^i,\; x_{j} \in \mathbb{Z}\;\forall j \in \mathcal{I} \}
5476  * \f]
5477  * such that between two problems \f$P_i\f$ and \f$P_{i+1}\f$ the space of solutions gets restricted and/or the objective
5478  * fuction changes. To use reoptimization the user has to change the parameter <code>reoptimization/enable</code> to
5479  * <code>TRUE</code> before the solving process of the first problem of the sequence starts, i.e., in stage
5480  * <code>SCIP_STAGE_INIT</code> or <code>SCIP_STAGE_PROBLEM</code>. This can be done via the interactive shell or by
5481  * calling SCIPenableReoptimization(). In both cases SCIP changes some parameters and fixes them:
5482  * -# disable conflict analysis based on dual information
5483  * -# set the limit <code>maxorigsol</code> of stored solutions to zero because this is handled by a special solution tree provided
5484  * by the reoptimization feature itself
5485  * -# disable restarts (<code>presolving/maxrestarts = 0</code>)
5486  * -# disable multi-aggegations (<code>presolving/donotmultaggr = TRUE</code>)
5487  * -# disable dual reductions within presolvers and propagators (<code>misc/allowdualreds = FALSE</code>)
5488  * -# disable propagation with current cutoff bound (<code>misc/allowobjprop = FALSE</code>)
5489  *
5490  * In contrast to the presolving and propagating methods that are using dual information, performing strong branching is
5491  * allowed. The bound tightenings resulting from strong branching are handeled in a special way. After changing the objective
5492  * function and solving the modified problem the feasible region that was pruned by strong branching will be reconstructed
5493  * within the tree.
5494  *
5495  * If the reoptimization feature is enabled SCIP tries to reuse the search tree, especially the search frontier at the end
5496  * of the solving process, to speed up the solving process of the following problems. Therefore, the current release
5497  * provides the branching rule <code>branch_nodereopt</code> to reconstruct the tree. SCIP triggers a restart of the
5498  * reoptimization, i.e., solving the problem from scratch, if
5499  *
5500  * -# the stored search tree is too large,
5501  * -# the objective functions changed too much, or
5502  * -# the last \f$n\f$ optimal solution are updated solution of previous runs.
5503  *
5504  * The thresholds to trigger a restart can be set by the user:
5505  *
5506  * -# <code>reoptimization/maxsavednodes</code>
5507  * -# <code>reoptimization/delay</code>
5508  * -# <code>reoptimization/forceheurrestart</code>
5509  *
5510  * Before SCIP discards all the stored information and solves the problem from scratch it tries to compress the search
5511  * tree. Therefore, the current release provides compression heuristics that try to find a good and much smaller
5512  * representation of the current search tree.
5513  *
5514  * After a problem in the sequence of optimization problems was solved, the objective function can be changed in two ways:
5515  * -# Using the provided reader <code>reader_diff</code> the objective function can be changed via using the interactive
5516  * shell
5517  * \code
5518  * SCIP> read new_obj.diff
5519  * \endcode
5520  * or by calling SCIPreadDiff().
5521  * -# The objective function can be changed within the code. Therefore, the transformed problem needs to be freed by
5522  * calling SCIPfreeReoptSolve(). Afterwards, the new objective function can be installed by calling
5523  * SCIPchgReoptObjective().
5524  *
5525  * After changing the objective function the modified problem can be solved as usal.
5526  *
5527  * \note Currently, the compression heuristics used between two successive reoptimization runs only support pure binary
5528  * and mixed binary programs.
5529  *
5530  * For more information on reoptimization we refer to@par
5531  * Jakob Witzig@n
5532  * Reoptimization Techniques in MIP Solvers@n
5533  * Master's Thesis, Technical University of Berlin, 2014.
5534  */
5535 
5536 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5537 
5538 /**@page CONCSCIP How to use the concurrent solving mode
5539  *
5540  * @section Overview
5541  *
5542  * In \SCIP 4.0 a new feature has been added that allows to run multiple \SCIP instances with different settings
5543  * on one problem in parallel. To use this feature \SCIP has to be compiled with an additional make option to
5544  * enable the threading functionality (e.g. TPI=tny, see \ref MAKE).
5545  * Then, a concurrent solve can be started by using the <code>concurrentopt</code> command instead of the <code>optimize</code> command
5546  * in the \SCIP shell, or by calling the interface function SCIPsolveParallel().
5547  * To configure the behavior of the concurrent solving mode there are new parameters in the category <code>concurrent/</code>
5548  * and <code>parallel/</code> which will be explained here shortly.
5549  *
5550  * @section CONTROLNTHREADS Controlling the number of threads
5551  *
5552  * The parameters <code>parallel/maxnthreads</code> and <code>parallel/minnthreads</code> can be used to configure the number of threads
5553  * that sould be used for solving. \SCIP will try to use the configured maximum number of threads. If the
5554  * problem that is currently read is too large \SCIP will automatically use fewer threads, but never
5555  * go below the configured minimum number of threads.
5556  *
5557  * @section USEEMPHSETTINGS Using emphasis settings
5558  *
5559  * The parameters <code>concurrent/scip.../prefprio</code> configure which concurrent solvers should be used.
5560  * The concurrent solver <code>scip</code> will use the same settings as the \SCIP instance configured by the user.
5561  * The other concurrent solvers, e.g. <code>scip-feas</code>, will load the corresponding emphasis setting.
5562  * The behavior of the prefprio parameter is as follows: If it is set to 1.0 for <code>scip-feas</code> and
5563  * <code>scip-opti</code>, and to 0.0 for every other concurrent solver, then the threads will be evenly
5564  * distributed between the two types <code>scip-feas</code> and <code>scip-opti</code>. An example: if 4 threads are used each of these concurrent
5565  * solvers will use 2 threads. If the <code>prefprio</code> for one solver is set to 0.33 and the other is set to 1.0, then the former will use 1 thread
5566  * and the latter will use 3 threads of the 4 available threads.
5567  *
5568  * @section CUSTOMCONCSOLVERS Running custom solvers
5569  *
5570  * To use custom settings for the concurrent solvers there is the parameter <code>concurrent/paramsetprefix</code>. If custom parameters
5571  * should be loaded by the concurrent solvers, then it must point to the folder where they are located (including a path separator at the end).
5572  * The parameter settings must be named after the concurrent solvers, e.g. if only the concurrent solver <code>scip</code> is used
5573  * they should be named <code>scip-1</code>, <code>scip-2</code>, <code>scip-3</code>. When different types of concurrent solvers are used the counter
5574  * starts at one for each of them, e.g. <code>scip-1</code> and <code>scip-feas-1</code>.
5575  */
5576 
5577 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5578 
5579 /**@page OBJ Creating, capturing, releasing, and adding data objects
5580  *
5581  * Data objects (variables, constraints, rows, ... ) are subject to reference counting
5582  * to avoid expensive copying operations. This concept is similar to smart pointers.
5583  * Creating such an object (e.g., by calling SCIPcreateVar()) will set the
5584  * reference counter to one. Capturing an object (e.g., by calling SCIPcaptureVar()) increases the reference counter,
5585  * releasing it (e.g., by calling SCIPreleaseVar()) decreases the counter. If the reference counter gets zero, the
5586  * object will be destroyed automatically.
5587  *
5588  * Remember that a created data object is automatically captured. If the user
5589  * doesn't need the object anymore, (s)he has to call the object's release method.
5590  *
5591  * When a data object is added to SCIP (e.g., by calling SCIPaddVar()) , it is captured again, such that a
5592  * release call does not destroy the object. If SCIP doesn't need the object
5593  * anymore, it is automatically released.
5594  *
5595  * E.g., if the user calls
5596  * \code
5597  * SCIPcreateVar(); // reference counter 1
5598  * SCIPaddVar(); // reference counter 2
5599  * SCIPreleaseVar(); // reference counter 1
5600  * \endcode
5601  * the reference counter will be 1 afterwards, and the variable will be destroyed, if SCIP frees the problem.
5602  * If the user wants to use this variable, e.g. for extracting statistics after SCIP was finished, the user must not call
5603  * SCIPreleaseVar() right after adding the variable, but before terminating the program.
5604  */
5605 
5606 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5607 
5608 /**@page PARAM How to add additional user parameters
5609  *
5610  * Users may add their own parameters to SCIP by calling SCIPaddXyzParam(). Using
5611  * this method, there are two possibilities for where to store the actual parameter value:
5612  * - If the given valueptr is NULL, SCIP stores the parameter value internally, and
5613  * the user can only access the value with the SCIPgetXyzParam() and
5614  * SCIPsetXyzParam() calls.
5615  * - If the given valueptr is not NULL, SCIP stores the parameter value at the given
5616  * address, and the user can directly manipulate the value at this address.
5617  * (S)he has to be careful with memory management in string parameters: when the
5618  * SCIPaddStringParam() method is called, the given address must hold a char*
5619  * pointer with value NULL. The default value is then copied into this pointer,
5620  * allocating memory with BMSallocMemoryArray(). If the parameter is changed, the
5621  * old string is freed with BMSfreeMemoryArray() and the new one is copied to a new
5622  * memory area allocated with BMSallocMemoryArray(). When the parameter is freed,
5623  * the memory is freed with BMSfreeMemoryArray().
5624  * The user should not interfere with this internal memory management. Accessing
5625  * the string parameter through the given valueptr is okay as long as it does not
5626  * involve reallocating memory for the string.
5627  *
5628  * In some cases, it is necessary to keep track of changes in a parameter.
5629  * If this is the case, the user can define a method by the PARAMCHGD callback and use this method as
5630  * the @c paramchgd parameter of the @c SCIPaddXyzParam() method, also giving a pointer to the data, which is
5631  * needed in this method, as @c paramdata. If this method is not NULL, it is called every time
5632  * the value of the parameter is changed.
5633  */
5634 
5635 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5636 
5637 /**@page MEMORY Using the memory functions of SCIP
5638  *
5639  * SCIP provides three ways for allocating memory:
5640  * -# <b>block memory:</b> efficient handling of memory blocks of similar small sizes
5641  * -# <b>buffer memory:</b> efficient handling of memory that needs to locally be allocated and freed
5642  * -# <b>standard memory:</b> access to standard malloc/free
5643  *
5644  * <em>Whenever possible, the first two should be used, because of reasons detailed below.</em>
5645  *
5646  * In the following, we provide a brief description of these methods. We refer the reader to the dissertation of Tobias
5647  * Achterberg for more details. We also present best practice models.
5648  *
5649  * @section MEMBACK Background
5650  *
5651  * The main goals for providing such particular methods are:
5652  * - <em>Accounting:</em> Using its own functions, SCIP knows the total size of memory allocated internally and can change its
5653  * behavior: for instance, it can change to "memory saving mode" (using depth first search (DFS) and possibly do a garbage
5654  * collection). It also allows for keeping a memory limit.
5655  * - <em>Speed:</em> SCIP often needs to allocate a very large number of small blocks of similar sizes (often powers of
5656  * two). Depending on the operating system and compiler, the methods implemented in SCIP can be faster, since blocks
5657  * of the same size are grouped together. Especially at the end of the 1990ies the standard malloc/free methods were
5658  * quite ineffective. The experiments of Tobias Achterberg in 2007 show a speed improvement of 11 % when using block
5659  * memory.
5660  * - <em>Efficiency:</em> Since blocks are groups in sizes, the blocks do not need to store their sizes within each
5661  * block. In comparison, standard malloc/free stores the size using one word for each memory chunk. The price to pay
5662  * is that one needs to pass the size to the methods that free a block. In any case, the methods in SCIP can save
5663  * memory. Moreover, buffer memory is stored in similar places and not spread out, which also might help cache.
5664  * - <em>Debugging:</em> All of the possibilities provide methods to detect memory leaks. Together with tools like
5665  * valgrind, this can be quite effective in avoiding such problems.
5666  *
5667  * @n
5668  * @section BLKMEM Block memory
5669  *
5670  * SCIP offers its own block memory handling, which allows efficient handling of smaller blocks of memory in cases in
5671  * which many blocks of the same (small) size appear. This is adequate for branch-and-cut codes in which small blocks
5672  * of the same size are allocated and freed very often (for data structures used to store rows or branch-and-bound
5673  * nodes). Actually, most blocks allocated within SCIP have small sizes like 8, 16, 30, 32, 64. The idea is simple:
5674  * There is a separate list of memory blocks for each interesting small size. When allocating memory, the list is
5675  * checked for a free spot in the list; if no such spot exists, the list is enlarged. Freeing just sets the block to be
5676  * available. Very large blocks are handled separately. See the dissertation of Tobias Achterberg for more details.
5677  *
5678  * One important comment is that freeing block memory requires the size of the block in order to find the right list.
5679  *
5680  * The most important functions are
5681  * - SCIPallocBlockMemory(), SCIPallocBlockMemoryArray() to allocate memory
5682  * - SCIPfreeBlockMemory(), SCIPfreeBlockMemoryArray() to free memory
5683  *
5684  * An example code is:
5685  * \code
5686  * SCIP_RETCODE dosomething(
5687  * SCIP* scip
5688  * )
5689  * {
5690  * int nvars;
5691  * int* array;
5692  *
5693  * nvars = SCIPgetNVars(scip);
5694  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPallocBlockMemoryArray(scip, &array, nvars) );
5695  *
5696  * do something ...
5697  *
5698  * SCIPfreeBlockMemoryArray(scip, &array, nvars);
5699  * }
5700  * \endcode
5701  * @n
5702  *
5703  * @section BUFMEM Buffer memory
5704  *
5705  * @subsection BUFMEMSTD Standard Buffer Memory
5706  *
5707  * In addition to block memory, SCIP offers buffer memory. This should be used if memory is locally used within a
5708  * function and freed within the same function. For this purpose, SCIP has a list of memory buffers that are reused for
5709  * this purpose. In this way, a very efficient allocation/freeing is possible.
5710  *
5711  * Note that the buffers are organized in a stack, i.e., freeing buffers in reverse order of allocation is faster.
5712  *
5713  * The most important functions are
5714  * - SCIPallocBuffer(), SCIPallocBufferArray() to allocate memory,
5715  * - SCIPfreeBuffer(), SCIPfreeBufferArray() to free memory.
5716  *
5717  * @subsection BUFMEMCLEAN Clean Buffer Memory
5718  *
5719  * SCIP 3.2 introduced a new type of buffer memory, the <em>clean buffer</em>. It provides memory which is initialized to zero
5720  * and requires the user to reset the memory to zero before freeing it. This can be used at performance-critical
5721  * places where only few nonzeros are added to a dense array and removing these nonzeros individually is much faster
5722  * than clearing the whole array. Similar to the normal buffer array, the clean buffer should be used for temporary memory
5723  * allocated and freed within the same function.
5724  *
5725  * The most important functions are
5726  * - SCIPallocCleanBufferArray() to allocate memory,
5727  * - SCIPfreeCleanBufferArray() to free memory.
5728  *
5729  * @n
5730  * @section STDMEM Standard memory
5731  *
5732  * SCIP provides an access to the standard C functions @c malloc and @c free with the additional feature of tracking
5733  * memory in debug mode. In this way, memory leaks can be easily detected. This feature is automatically activated in
5734  * debug mode.
5735  *
5736  * The most important functions are
5737  * - SCIPallocMemory(), SCIPallocMemoryArray() to allocate memory,
5738  * - SCIPfreeMemory(), SCIPfreeMemoryArray() to free memory.
5739  *
5740  * @n
5741  * @section MEMBESTPRACTICE Best Practice of Using Memory Functions
5742  *
5743  * Since allocating and freeing memory is very crucial for the speed and memory consumption of a program, it is
5744  * important to keep the following notes and recommendations in mind.
5745  *
5746  * @subsection GEN General Notes
5747  *
5748  * The following holds for all three types of memory functions:
5749  * - In debug mode, the arguments are checked for overly large allocations (usually arising from a bug). Note that all
5750  * arguments are converted to unsigned values of type @c size_t, such that negative sizes are converted into very
5751  * large values.
5752  * - The functions always allocate at least one byte and return non-NULL pointers if memory is available. In particular,
5753  * freeing is always possible.
5754  * - The freeing methods set the pointer to the memory to NULL.
5755  * - Debugging can be supported by using the compiler flags @p NOBLKMEM=true, @p NOBUFMEM=true, @p NOBLKBUFMEM=true
5756  * that turn off the usage of block memory, buffer memory, as well as block and buffer memory, respectively. Since,
5757  * the internal block and buffer memory is freed at the end (leaving no memory leaks), turning them off allows tools
5758  * like valgrind to find memory leaks.
5759  * - Moreover, additional checks can be turned on by defining @p CHECKMEM in memory.c.
5760  *
5761  * @n
5762  * @subsection DOS Things to do ...
5763  *
5764  * - Use buffer memory if your memory chunk can be allocated and freed within the same function.
5765  * - Use buffer and block memory wherever possible, because of the reasons explained above.
5766  * - Free memory in the reverse order in which it was allocated! For block and buffer memory this @b significantly
5767  * speeds up the code.
5768  * - Use as few memory allocations/freeing operations as possible, since these functions take a significant amount of time.
5769  *
5770  * @n
5771  * @subsection DONTS Things to avoid ...
5772  *
5773  * - Avoid the usage of standard memory, since SCIP is unaware of the size used in such blocks.
5774  * - Avoid reallocation with only slightly increased size, rather use a geometrically growing
5775  * size allocation. SCIPcalcMemGrowSize() is one way to calculate new sizes.
5776  * - Be careful with buffer memory reallocation: For single buffers, the memory is reallocated (using malloc); since
5777  * the actual space might be larger than what was needed at allocation time, reallocation sometimes comes without
5778  * extra cost. Note that reallocating block memory in most cases implies moving memory arround.
5779  */
5780 
5781 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5782 
5783 /**@page DEBUG Debugging
5784  *
5785  * If you need to debug your own code that uses SCIP, here are some tips and tricks:
5786  *
5787  * - Use <b>asserts</b> in your code to show preconditions for the parameters, invariants and postconditions.
5788  * Assertions are boolean expressions which inevitably have to evaluate to <code>TRUE</code>. Consider the
5789  * following example:
5790  *
5791  * @refsnippet{src/scip/cons_linear.c,SnippetDebugAssertions}
5792  *
5793  * As you can see, both pointers and integers are checked for valid values at the beginning of the
5794  * function <code>consdataCatchEvent()</code>. This is particularly important for, e.g., array indices like
5795  * the variable <code>pos</code> in this example, where using the <code>consdata->nvars[pos]</code>
5796  * pointer could result in unexspected behaviour
5797  * if the asserted precondition on <code>pos</code> were not matched and <pos> were an arbitrary index
5798  * outside the array range.
5799  *
5800  * - In order to activate assertions, use the <b>Debug mode</b> by compiling SCIP via
5801  * \code
5802  * make OPT=dbg
5803  * \endcode and run the code. See \ref MAKE for further information about compiler options for SCIP.
5804  *
5805  * - Spending only little extra time on
5806  * asserting preconditions saves most of the time spent on debugging!
5807  *
5808  * - Turn on <b>additional debug output</b> by adding the line
5809  * \code
5810  * #define SCIP_DEBUG
5811  * \endcode
5812  * at the top of SCIP files you want to analyze. This will output messages included in the code using
5813  * <code>SCIPdebugMsg(scip, ...)</code> (or <code>SCIPdebugMessage()</code>), see \ref EXAMPLE_1.
5814  * We recommend to also use <code>SCIPdebugMsg(scip, ...)</code> in your own code for being able to activate
5815  * debug output in the same way.
5816  * - If available on your system, we recommend to use a debugger like <code>gdb</code>
5817  * to trace all function calls on the stack,
5818  * display values of certain expressions, manually break the running code, and so forth.
5819  * - If available on your system, you can use software like <a href="http://valgrind.org">valgrind</a> to check for uninitialized
5820  * values or segmentation faults.
5821  * - For checking the usage of SCIP memory, you can use
5822  * <code>SCIPprintMemoryDiagnostic()</code>. This outputs memory that is currently in use,
5823  * which can be useful after a <code>SCIPfree()</code> call.
5824  * - If there are memory leaks for which you cannot detect the origin, you can remake your code with the option NOBLKBUFMEM=true
5825  * (do not forget to clean your code before with <code>make OPT=... LPS=... clean</code>). After that valgrind (or similar) helps
5826  * to detect leaked memory.
5827  * - If your code cuts off a feasible solution, but you do not know which component is responsible,
5828  * you can define <code>SCIP_DEBUG_SOLUTION</code> in the file <code>debug.h</code> to be a filename
5829  * containing a solution in SCIP format (see \ref EXAMPLE_2).
5830  * This solution is then read and it is checked for every cut, whether the solution violates the cut.
5831  *
5832  * @section EXAMPLE_1 How to activate debug messages
5833  * For example, if we include a <code>\#define SCIP_DEBUG</code> at the top of \ref heur_oneopt.h, recompile SCIP
5834  * in DBG mode, and run the SCIP interactive shell to solve p0033.mps from the
5835  * <a href="http://miplib.zib.de/miplib3/miplib.html">MIPLIB 3.0</a> , we get some output like:
5836  *
5837  * \include debugexamples/example1.txt
5838  *
5839  * @section EXAMPLE_2 How to add a debug solution
5840  *
5841  * Continuing the example above, we finish the solving process.
5842  * The optimal solution can now be written to a file:
5843  * \include debugexamples/example2_1.txt
5844  *
5845  * If we afterwards use
5846  * <code>\#define SCIP_DEBUG_SOLUTION "check/p0033.sol"</code> in debug.h, recompile and run SCIP,
5847  * it will output:
5848  * \include debugexamples/example2_2.txt
5849  * Further debug output would only appear, if the solution was cut off in the solving process.
5850  * Of course, this is not the case! Hopefully...otherwise, please send a bug report ;-)
5851  */
5852 
5853 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
5854 
5855 /**@page TEST How to run automated tests with SCIP
5856  *
5857  * SCIP comes along with a set of useful tools that allow to perform automated tests. The
5858  * following is a step-by-step guide from setting up the test environment for evaluation and
5859  * customization of test runs.
5860  *
5861  *
5862  * @section SETUP Setting up the test environment
5863  *
5864  * At first you should create a file listing all problem instances that should be part of the test.
5865  * This file has to be located in the the directory <code>scip/check/testset/</code>
5866  * and has to have the file extension <code>.test</code>, e.g., <code>testrun.test</code>,
5867  * in order to be found by the <code>scip/check/check.sh</code> script.
5868  * \n
5869  * All test problems can be listed in the <code>test</code>-file by a relative path,
5870  * e.g., <code>../../problems/instance1.lp</code> or absolute path, e.g., <code>/home/problems/instance2.mps</code>
5871  * in this file. Only one problem should be listed on every line (since the command <code>cat</code> is used to parse this file).
5872  * Note that these problems have to be readable for SCIP in order to solve them.
5873  * However, you can use different file formats.
5874  *
5875  * Optionally, you can provide a solution file in the <code>scip/check/testset/</code> directory containing
5876  * known information about the feasibility and the best known objective values for the test instances.
5877  * SCIP can use these values to verify the results. The file has to have the same basename as the
5878  * <code>.test</code>-file, i.e., in our case <code>testrun.solu</code>. One line can only contain
5879  * information about one test instance. A line has to start with the type of information given:
5880  *
5881  * - <code>=opt=</code> stating that a problem name with an optimal objective value follows
5882  * - <code>=best=</code> stating that a problem name with a best know objective value follows
5883  * - <code>=inf=</code> stating that a problem name follows which is infeasible
5884  *
5885  * With these information types you can encode for an instance named <code>instance1.lp</code> the following
5886  * information:
5887  * - The instance has a known optimal (objective) value of 10.
5888  * \code
5889  * =opt= instance1 10
5890  * \endcode
5891  * - The instance has a best known solution with objective value 15.
5892  * \code
5893  * =best= instance1 15
5894  * \endcode
5895  * - The instance is feasible (but has no objective function or we don't know a solution value)
5896  * \code
5897  * =feas= instance1
5898  * \endcode
5899  * - The instance is infeasible.
5900  * \code
5901  * =inf= instance1
5902  * \endcode
5903  *
5904  * If you don't know whether the instance is feasible or not (so the status is unknown),
5905  * you can omit the instance in the <code>solu</code>-file or write
5906  * \code
5907  * =unkn= instance1
5908  * \endcode
5909  *
5910  * <b>Note that in all lines the file extension of the file name is omitted.</b>
5911  * \n
5912  * See the files <code>scip/check/testset/short.test</code> and <code>scip/check/testset/short.solu</code>
5913  * for an example of a <code>test</code>-file and its corresponding <code>solu</code>-file.
5914  *
5915  *
5916  *
5917  * @section STARTING Starting a test run
5918  *
5919  *
5920  * \code
5921  * make TEST=testrun test
5922  * \endcode
5923  *
5924  * in the SCIP root directory. Note that <code>testrun</code> is exactly the basename of our
5925  * <code>test</code>-file (<code>testrun.test</code>). This will cause SCIP to solve our test instances
5926  * one after another and to create various output files (see \ref EVAL).
5927  *
5928  *
5929  * @section EVAL Evaluating a test run
5930  *
5931  * During computation, SCIP automatically creates the directory <code>scip/check/results/</code>
5932  * (if it does not already exist) and stores the following output files there.
5933  *
5934  * \arg <code>*.out</code> - output of <code>stdout</code>
5935  * \arg <code>*.err</code> - output of <code>stderr</code>
5936  * \arg <code>*.set</code> - copy of the used settings file
5937  *
5938  * \arg <code>*.res</code> - ASCII table containing a summary of the computational results
5939  * \arg <code>*.tex</code> - TeX table containing a summary of the computational results
5940  * \arg <code>*.pav</code> - <a href="http://www.gamsworld.org/performance/paver/">PAVER</a> output
5941  *
5942  * The last three files in the above list, i.e., the files containing a summary of the computational results,
5943  * can also be generated manually. Therefore the user has to call the <code>evalcheck.sh</code> script in the
5944  * @c check directory with the corresponding @c out file as argument. For example, this may be useful if the user stopped the
5945  * test before it was finished, in which case the last three files will not be automatically generated by SCIP.
5946  *
5947  * The last column of the ASCII summary table contains the solver status. We distinguish the following statuses: (in order of priority)
5948  *
5949  * \arg abort: solver broke before returning solution
5950  * \arg fail: solver cut off a known feasible solution (value of the <code>solu</code>-file is beyond the dual bound;
5951  * especially if problem is claimed to be solved but solution is not the optimal solution)
5952  * <b>or</b> if a final solution check revealed a violation of one of the original constraints.
5953  * \arg ok: solver solved problem with the value in solu-file
5954  * \arg solved: solver solved problem which has no (optimal) value in solu-file (since we here cannot detect the direction
5955  * of optimization, it is possible that a solver claims an optimal solution which contradicts a known feasible solution)
5956  * \arg better: solver found solution better than known best solution (or no solution was noted in the <code>solu</code>-file so far)
5957  * \arg gaplimit, sollimit: solver reached gaplimit or limit of number of solutions (at present: only in SCIP)
5958  * \arg timeout: solver reached any other limit (like time or nodes)
5959  * \arg unknown: otherwise
5960  *
5961  * Additionally the <code>evalcheck.sh</code> script can generate a <code>solu</code>-file by calling
5962  * \code
5963  * ./evalcheck.sh writesolufile=1 NEWSOLUFILE=<solu-file> <out-file>
5964  * \endcode
5965  * where <code><solu-file></code> denotes the filename of the new file where the solutions shall be
5966  * (and <code><out-file></code> denotes the output (<code>.out</code>) files to evaluate).
5967  *
5968  * Another feature can be enabled by calling:
5969  * \code
5970  * ./evalcheck.sh printsoltimes=1 ...
5971  * \endcode
5972  * The output has two additional columns containing the solving time until the first and the best solution was found.
5973  *
5974  *
5975  * @b Note: The @em basename of all these files is the same and has the following structure
5976  * which allows us to reconstruct the test run:
5977  *
5978  * \code
5979  * check.<test name>.<binary>.<machine name>.<setting name>
5980  * \endcode
5981  *
5982  * \arg <<code>test name</code>> indicates the name of the the test file, e.g., <code>testrun</code>
5983  * \arg <<code>binary</code>> defines the used binary, e.g., <code>scip-3.2.0.linux.x86_64.gnu.opt.spx</code>
5984  * \arg <<code>machine name</code>> tells the name of the machine, e.g., <code>mycomputer</code>
5985  * \arg <<code>setting name</code>> denotes the name of the used settings, e.g., <code>default</code>
5986  * means the (SCIP) default settings were used
5987  *
5988  * Using the examples out of the previous listing the six file names would have the name:
5989  *
5990  * \code
5991  * check.testrun.scip-1.1.0.linux.x86.gnu.opt.spx.mycomputer.default.<out,err,set,res,tex,pav>
5992  * \endcode
5993  *
5994  *
5995  * @section USING Using customized setting files
5996  *
5997  * It is possible to use customized settings files for the test run instead of testing SCIP with default settings.
5998  * These have to be placed in the directory <code>scip/settings/</code>.
5999  *
6000  * @b Note: Several common user parameters such as, e.g., the time limit and node limit parameters,
6001  * <b>cannot</b> be controlled by the settings file, whose specifications would be overwritten
6002  * by optional command line arguments to the <code>make test</code> command, see @ref ADVANCED
6003  * for a list of available advanced testing options that have to be specified from the command line.
6004  *
6005  * @b Note: Accessing settings files in subfolders of the @c settings directory is currently not supported.
6006  *
6007  * To run SCIP with a custom settings file, say for example <code>fast.set</code>, we call
6008  *
6009  * \code
6010  * make TEST=testrun SETTINGS=fast test
6011  * \endcode
6012  *
6013  * in the SCIP root directory. It is possible to enter a list of settings files as a double-quoted,
6014  * comma-separated list of settings names as <code>fast</code> above, i.e. <code>SETTINGS="fast,medium,slow"</code>
6015  * will invoke the solution process for every instance with the three settings <code>fast.set, medium.set, slow.set</code>
6016  * before continuing with the next instance from the <code>.test</code>-file. This may come in handy if the
6017  * whole test runs for a longer time and partial results are already available.
6018  *
6019  *
6020  * @section ADVANCED Advanced options
6021  *
6022  * We can further customize the test run by specifying the following options in the <code>make</code> call:
6023  *
6024  * \arg <code>CONTINUE</code> - continue the test run if it was previously aborted [default: "false"]
6025  * \arg <code>DISPFREQ</code> - display frequency of the output [default: 10000]
6026  * \arg <code>FEASTOL</code> - LP feasibility tolerance for constraints [default: "default"]
6027  * \arg <code>LOCK</code> - should the test run be locked to prevent other machines from performing the same test run [default: "false"]
6028  * \arg <code>MAXJOBS=n</code> - run tests on 'n' cores in parallel. Note that several instances are solved in parallel, but
6029  * only one thread is used per job (parallelization is not that easy) [default: 1]
6030  * \arg <code>MEM</code> - memory limit in MB [default: 6144]
6031  * \arg <code>NODES</code> - node limit [default: 2100000000]
6032  * \arg <code>TIME</code> - time limit for each test instance in seconds [default: 3600]
6033  * \arg <code>SETCUTOFF</code> - if set to '1', an optimal solution value (from the <code>.solu</code>-file) is used as objective limit [default: 0]
6034  * \arg <code>THREADS</code> - the number of threads used for solving LPs, if the linked LP solver supports multithreading [default: 1]
6035  * \arg <code>VALGRIND</code> - run valgrind on the SCIP binary; errors and memory leaks found by valgrind are reported as fails [default: "false"]
6036  *
6037  *
6038  * @section COMPARE Comparing test runs for different settings
6039  *
6040  * Often test runs are performed on the basis of different settings. In this case, it is useful to
6041  * have a performance comparison. For this purpose, we can use the <code>allcmpres.sh</code> script in
6042  * the @c check directory.
6043  *
6044  * Suppose, we performed our test run with two different settings, say <code>fast.set</code> and
6045  * <code>slow.set</code>. Assuming that all other parameters (including the SCIP binary), were the same,
6046  * we may have the following <code>res</code>-files in the directory <code>scip/check/results/</code>
6047  *
6048  * \code
6049  * check.testrun.scip-3.2.0.linux.x86_64.gnu.opt.spx.mycomputer.fast.res
6050  * check.testrun.scip-3.2.0.linux.x86_64.gnu.opt.spx.mycomputer.slow.res
6051  * \endcode
6052  *
6053  * For a comparison of both computations, we simply call
6054  *
6055  * \code
6056  * allcmpres.sh results/check.testrun.scip-3.2.0.linux.x86_64.gnu.opt.spx.mycomputer.fast.res \
6057  * results/check.testrun.scip-3.2.0.linux.x86_64.gnu.opt.spx.mycomputer.slow.res
6058  * \endcode
6059  *
6060  * in the @c check directory. This produces an ASCII table on the console that provide a detailed
6061  * performance comparison of both test runs. Note that the first <code>res</code>-file serves as reference
6062  * computation. The following list explains the output.
6063  * (The term "solver" can be considered as the combination of SCIP with a specific setting file.)
6064  *
6065  * \arg <code>Nodes</code> - Number of processed branch-and-bound nodes.
6066  * \arg <code>Time</code> - Computation time in seconds.
6067  * \arg <code>F</code> - If no feasible solution was found, then '#', empty otherwise.
6068  * \arg <code>NodQ</code> - Equals Nodes(i) / Nodes(0), where 'i' denotes the current solver and '0' stands for the reference solver.
6069  * \arg <code>TimQ</code> - Equals Time(i) / Time(0).
6070  * \arg <code>bounds check</code> - Status of the primal and dual bound check.
6071  *
6072  * \arg <code>proc</code> - Number of instances processed.
6073  * \arg <code>eval</code> - Number of instances evaluated (bounds check = "ok", i.e., solved to optimality
6074  * within the time and memory limit and result is correct). Only these instances are used in the calculation
6075  * of the mean values.
6076  * \arg <code>fail</code> - Number of instances with bounds check = "fail".
6077  * \arg <code>time</code> - Number of instances with timeout.
6078  * \arg <code>solv</code> - Number of instances correctly solved within the time limit.
6079  * \arg <code>wins</code> - Number of instances on which the solver won (i.e., the
6080  * solver was at most 10% slower than the fastest solver OR had the best
6081  * primal bound in case the instance was not solved by any solver within
6082  * the time limit).
6083  * \arg <code>bett</code> - Number of instances on which the solver was better than the
6084  * reference solver (i.e., more than 10% faster).
6085  * \arg <code>wors</code> - Number of instances on which the solver was worse than the
6086  * reference solver (i.e., more than 10% slower).
6087  * \arg <code>bobj</code> - Number of instances on which the solver had a better primal
6088  * bound than the reference solver (i.e., a difference larger than 10%).
6089  * \arg <code>wobj</code> - Number of instances on which the solver had a worse primal
6090  * bound than the reference solver (i.e., a difference larger than 10%).
6091  * \arg <code>feas</code> - Number of instances for which a feasible solution was found.
6092  * \arg <code>gnodes</code> - Geometric mean of the processed nodes over all evaluated instances.
6093  * \arg <code>shnodes</code> - Shifted geometric mean of the processed nodes over all evaluated instances.
6094  * \arg <code>gnodesQ</code> - Equals nodes(i) / nodes(0), where 'i' denotes the current
6095  * solver and '0' stands for the reference solver.
6096  * \arg <code>shnodesQ</code> - Equals shnodes(i) / shnodes(0).
6097  * \arg <code>gtime</code> - Geometric mean of the computation time over all evaluated instances.
6098  * \arg <code>shtime</code> - Shifted geometric mean of the computation time over all evaluated instances.
6099  * \arg <code>gtimeQ</code> - Equals time(i) / time(0).
6100  * \arg <code>shtimeQ</code> - Equals shtime(i) / shtime(0).
6101  * \arg <code>score</code> - N/A
6102  *
6103  * \arg <code>all</code> - All solvers.
6104  * \arg <code>optimal auto settings</code> - Theoretical result for a solver that performed 'best of all' for every instance.
6105  * \arg <code>diff</code> - Solvers with instances that differ from the reference solver in the number of
6106  * processed nodes or in the total number of simplex iterations.
6107  * \arg <code>equal</code> - Solvers with instances whose number of processed nodes and total number of
6108  * simplex iterations is equal to the reference solver (including a 10% tolerance) and where no timeout
6109  * occured.
6110  * \arg <code>all optimal</code> - Solvers with instances that could be solved to optimality by
6111  * <em>all</em> solvers; in particular, no timeout occurred.
6112  *
6113  * Since this large amount of information is not always needed, one can generate a narrower table by calling:
6114  * \code
6115  * allcmpres.sh short=1 ...
6116  * \endcode
6117  * where <code>NodQ</code>, <code>TimQ</code> and the additional comparison tables are omitted.
6118  *
6119  * If the <code>res</code>-files were generated with the parameter <code>printsoltimes=1</code>
6120  * we can enable the same feature here as well by calling:
6121  * \code
6122  * allcmpres.sh printsoltimes=1 ...
6123  * \endcode
6124  * As in the evaluation, the output contains the two additional columns of the solving time until the first and the best solution was found.
6125  *
6126  * @section STATISTICS Statistical tests
6127  *
6128  * The \c allcmpres script also performs two statistical tests for comparing different settings: For deciding whether
6129  * more feasible solutions have been found or more instances have been solved to optimality or not, we use a McNemar
6130  * test. For comparing the running time and number of nodes, we use a variant of the Wilcoxon signed rank test. A
6131  * detailed explanation can be found in the PhD thesis of Timo Berthold (Heuristic algorithms in global MINLP solvers).
6132  *
6133  * @subsection McNemar McNemar test
6134  *
6135  * Assume that we compare two settings \c S1 and \c S2 with respect to the number of instances solved to optimality
6136  * within the timelimit. The null hypothesis would be "Both settings lead to an equal number of instances being solved
6137  * to optimality", which we would like to disprove. Let \f$n_1\f$ be the number of instances solved by setting \c S1
6138  * but not by \c S2, and let \f$n_2\f$ be the number of instances solved by setting \c S2 but not by \c S1. The
6139  * McNemar test statistic is
6140  * \f[
6141  * \chi^2 = \frac{(n_1 - n_2)^2}{n_1 + n_2}.
6142  * \f]
6143  * Under the null hypothesis, \f$\chi^2\f$ is chi-squared distributed with one degree of freedom. This allows to compute
6144  * a \f$p\f$-value as the probability for obtaining a similar or even more extreme result under the null hypothesis.
6145  * More explicitly, \c allcmpres uses the following evaluation:
6146  * - \f$0.05 < p\f$: The null hypothesis is accepted (marked by "X").
6147  * - \f$0.005 < p \leq 0.05\f$: The null hypothesis might be false (marked by "!").
6148  * - \f$0.0005 < p \leq 0.005\f$: The null hypothesis can be false (marked by "!!").
6149  * - \f$p \leq 0.0005\f$: The null hypothesis is very likely false (marked by "!!!").
6150  *
6151  * As an example consider the following output:
6152  * \code
6153  * McNemar (feas) x2 0.0000, 0.05 < p X
6154  * McNemar (opt) x2 6.0000, p ~ (0.005, 0.05] !
6155  * \endcode
6156  * Here, \c x2 represents \f$\chi^2\f$.
6157  *
6158  * In this case, the test with respect to the number of found feasible solutions is irrelevant, since their number is
6159  * equal. In particular, the null hypothesis gets accepted (i.e., there is no difference in the settings - this is
6160  * marked by "X").
6161  *
6162  * With respect to the number of instances solved to optimality within the timelimit, we have that \f$0.005 < p <=
6163  * 0.05\f$ (marked by <tt>p ~ (0.005, 0.05)</tt>). Thus, there is some evidence that the null hypothesis is false, i.e., the
6164  * settings perform differently; this is marked by "!". In the concrete case, we have 230 instances, all of which are
6165  * solved by setting \c S2, but only 224 by setting \c S1.
6166  *
6167  * @subsection Wilcoxon Wilcoxon signed rank test
6168  *
6169  * Assume that we compare two settings \c S1 and \c S2 with respect to their solution times (within the time limit). We
6170  * generate a sorted list of the ratios of the run times, where ratios that are (absolutely or relatively) within 1\%
6171  * of 1.0 are discarded, and ratios between 0.0 and 0.99 are replaced with their negative inverse in order to
6172  * obtain a symmetric distribution for the ratios around the origin.
6173  * We then assign ranks 1 to \c N to the remaining \c N data points in nondecreasing
6174  * order of their absolute ratio. This yields two groups \c G1
6175  * and \c G2 depending on whether the ratios are smaller than -1.0 or larger than 1.0 (\c G1 contains the instances for which
6176  * setting \c S1 is faster). Then the sums of the ranks in groups \c G1 and \c G2 are computed, yielding values \c R1
6177  * and \c R2, respectively.
6178  *
6179  * The Wilcoxon test statistic is then
6180  * \f[
6181  * z = \frac{\min(R1, R2) - \frac{N(N+1)}{4}}{\sqrt{\frac{N(N+1)(2N+1)}{24}}},
6182  * \f]
6183  * which we assume to be (approximately) normally distributed (with zero mean) and allows to compute the probability
6184  * \f$p\f$ that one setting is faster than the other. (Note that for \f$N \leq 60\f$, we apply a correction by
6185  * subtracting 0.5 from the numerator).
6186  *
6187  * As an example consider the following output:
6188  * \code
6189  * Wilcoxon (time) z -0.1285, 0.05 <= p X
6190  * Wilcoxon (nodes) z -11.9154, p < 0.0005 !!!
6191  * \endcode
6192  * While the \f$z\f$-value is close to zero for the run time, it is extremely negative regarding the solving nodes. This latter
6193  * tendency for the number of nodes is significant on a 0.05 % level, i.e., the probability \f$p\f$ that setting \c S1 uses more
6194  * nodes than setting \c S2 is negligible (this null hypothesis is rejected - marked by "!!!").
6195  *
6196  * However, the null hypothesis is not rejected with respect to the run time. In the concrete case, setting \c S1 has a
6197  * shifted geometric mean of its run times (over 230 instances) of 248.5, for \c S2 it is 217.6. This makes a ratio of
6198  * 0.88. Still - the null hypothesis is not rejected.
6199  *
6200  * @section SOLVER Testing and Evaluating using GAMS
6201  *
6202  * Analogously to the target <code>test</code> there is another target to run automated tests with <a href="http://www.gams.com/">gams</a>
6203  * \code
6204  * make testgams GAMSSOLVER=xyz
6205  * \endcode
6206  * For this target, the option GAMSSOLVER has to be given to specify the name of a GAMS solver to run, e.g. GAMSSOLVER=SCIP.
6207  * Additional advanced options specific to this target are:
6208  * GAMS to specify the GAMS executable (default: gams),
6209  * GAP to specify a gap limit (default: 0.0),
6210  * CLIENTTMPDIR to specify a directory where GAMS should put its scratch files (default: /tmp),
6211  * CONVERTSCIP to specify a SCIP which can be used to convert non-gams files into gams format (default: bin/scip, if existing; set to "no" to disable conversion).
6212  * The following options are NOT supported (and ignored): DISPFREQ, FEASTOL, LOCK.
6213  * A memory limit (MEM option) is only passed as workspace option to GAMS, but not enforced via ulimit (it's up to the solver to regard and obey the limit).
6214  *
6215  * Note: This works only if the referred programs are installed globally on your machine.
6216  *
6217  * The above options like <code>TIME</code> are also available for gams.
6218  *
6219  * After the testrun there should be an <code>.out</code>, an <code>.err</code> and a <code>.res</code> file
6220  * with the same basename as described above.
6221  *
6222  * Furthermore you can also use the script <code>allcmpres.sh</code> for comparing results.
6223  *
6224  */
6225 
6226 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6227 
6228 /**@page CHG1 Interface changes between SCIP 0.9 and SCIP 1.0
6229  *
6230  * @section CHGPARAM New parameters
6231  *
6232  * - All functions SCIP<datatype>Param() got a new parameter "isadvanced".
6233  * \n
6234  * This does not influence the performance of SCIP, but the position of the parameter in the settings menu.
6235  * Hence, if you do not care about this, you can assign any value to it.
6236  * You should add the corresponding flag to the SCIP<datatype>Param() calls in your own source code.
6237  *
6238  */
6239 
6240 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6241 
6242 /**@page CHG2 Interface changes between SCIP 1.0 and SCIP 1.1
6243  *
6244  * - SCIPcreateChild() has a new last parameter giving an estimate for value of best feasible solution in the subtree to
6245  * be created. One possibility is to use SCIPgetLocalOrigEstimate() for this value.
6246  *
6247  * - The callback \ref CONSCHECK in the constraint handlers now has a new parameter <code>printreason</code> that tells
6248  * a constraint handler to output the reason for a possible infeasibility of the solution to be checked using
6249  * SCIPinfoMessage(). Have a look at one of the constraint handlers implemented in SCIP to see how it works. This
6250  * methodology makes it possible to output the reason of a violation in human readable form, for instance, for the check
6251  * at the end of a SCIP run, where the obtained best solution is checked against the original formulation.\n This change
6252  * often has little effect on C-implementations, since this parameter can be safely ignored with respect to the
6253  * correctness of the code. The corresponding C++ method scip::ObjConshdlr::scip_check(), however, has to be extended
6254  * and will not compile otherwise.
6255  *
6256  * - SCIPcheckSolOrig() is restructured. The last two parameters have changed. They are now bools indicating
6257  * whether the reason for the violation should be printed to the standard output and whether all violations should be
6258  * printed. This reflects the changes in the constraint handlers above, which allow the automation of the feasibility
6259  * test. The pointers to store the constraint handler or constraint are not needed anymore.
6260  *
6261  * - New parameters "extension" and "genericnames" in SCIPprintTransProblem(), SCIPprintOrigProblem(),
6262  * SCIPwriteOrigProblem(), and SCIPwriteTransProblem() defining the requested format or NULL for default CIP format
6263  * and using generic names for the variables and constraints. Examples are
6264  * - <code>SCIPprintTransProblem(scip, NULL, NULL, TRUE)</code> displays the transformed problem in CIP format with
6265  * generic variables and constraint names
6266  * - <code>SCIPprintOrigProblem(scip, NULL, "lp", FALSE)</code> displays the original problem in LP format with
6267  * original variables and constraint names.
6268  *
6269  * - New callback method SCIP_DECL_READERWRITE(x) in type_reader.h; this method is called to write a problem to file
6270  * stream in the format the reader stands for; useful for writing the transformed problem in LP or MPS format. Hence,
6271  * also SCIPincludeReader() has changed.
6272  *
6273  * - New parameter "conshdlrname" in SCIPincludeLinconsUpgrade().
6274  *
6275  * - Added user pointer to callback methods of hash table, see pub_misc.h.
6276  *
6277  * - New parameter "extension" in SCIPreadProb(), defining a desired file format or NULL if file extension should be used.
6278  */
6279 
6280 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6281 
6282 /**@page CHG3 Interface changes between SCIP 1.1 and SCIP 1.2
6283  *
6284  *
6285  * @section CHGCALLBACKS New and changed callbacks
6286  *
6287  * - The callback SCIP_DECL_PRICERREDCOST(x) in the \ref PRICER "pricers" has two new parameters:
6288  * - A <code>result</code> pointer determines whether the pricer guarantees that there exist no more variables. This allows for early branching.
6289  * - A pointer for providing a lower bound.
6290  *
6291  * - The \ref CONS "constraint handlers" have two new callback methods (see type_cons.h for more details).
6292  * - SCIP_DECL_CONSCOPY(x) - this method can be used to copy a constraint.
6293  * - SCIP_DECL_CONSPARSE(x) - this method can be used to parse a constraint in CIP format.
6294  *
6295  * @section CHGINTERFUNC New parameters in interface methods
6296  *
6297  * - SCIPcalcMIR() in scip.h has two new parameter "mksetcoefsvalid" and "sol". The parameter "mksetcoefsvalid" stores
6298  * whether the coefficients of the mixed knapsack set ("mksetcoefs") computed in SCIPlpCalcMIR() are valid. If the mixed knapsack constraint obtained after aggregating LP rows
6299  * is empty or contains too many nonzero elements the generation of the <b>c-MIR cut</b> is aborted in SCIPlpCalcMIR() and "mksetcoefs" is not valid.
6300  * The input parameter "sol" can be used to separate a solution different from the LP solution.
6301  *
6302  * - SCIPgetVarClosestVlb() and SCIPgetVarClosestVub() in scip.h have a new parameter "sol". It can be used to obtain the <b>closest variable bound</b> w.r.t. a solution different from the LP solution.
6303  *
6304  * @section MISCELLANEOUS Miscellaneous
6305  *
6306  * - A significant change for <b>C++ users</b> is that all include files of SCIP
6307  * automatically detect C++ mode, i.e., no <code>extern "C"</code> is needed anymore.
6308  *
6309  * For further release notes we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes".
6310  */
6311 
6312 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6313 
6314 /**@page CHG4 Interface changes between SCIP 1.2 and SCIP 2.0
6315  *
6316  *
6317  * @section CHGCALLBACKS4 New and changed callbacks
6318  *
6319  *
6320  * - <b>Copying a SCIP instance</b>:
6321  * <br>
6322  * <br>
6323  * - All plugins, like \ref BRANCH "branching rules" and \ref HEUR "primal heuristics", have a new callback method (see, e.g.,
6324  * type_branch.h and type_heur.h for more details):
6325  * - SCIP_DECL_BRANCHCOPY(x), SCIP_DECL_HEURCOPY(x) etc.
6326  * - When copying a SCIP instance, these methods are called to copy the plugins.
6327  * <br>
6328  * <br>
6329  * - Constraint handlers have two new callback methods. One for copying the constraint handler plugins
6330  * SCIP_DECL_CONSHDLRCOPY() and the other for copying a constraint itself, SCIP_DECL_CONSCOPY().
6331  * <br>
6332  * <br>
6333  * - Variables have a new callback method (see type_var.h for more details):
6334  * - SCIP_DECL_VARCOPY(x) - When copying a SCIP instance, this method is called to copy the variables' data.
6335  * <br>
6336  * <br>
6337  * - The main problem has a new callback method (see type_prob.h for more details):
6338  * - SCIP_DECL_PROBCOPY(x) - When copying a SCIP instance, this method is called to copy the problem's data.
6339  * <br>
6340  * <br>
6341  * - The argument success in SCIP_DECL_CONSCOPY has been renamed to valid.
6342  *
6343  * - <b>Branching on externally given candidates</b>:
6344  * <br>
6345  * <br>
6346  * - The \ref BRANCH "branching rules" have a second new callback method (see type_branch.h for more details):
6347  * - SCIP_DECL_BRANCHEXECEXT(x) - This method can be used to branch on external branching candidates,
6348  * which can be added by a user's "relaxation handler" or "constraint handler" plugin, calling <code>SCIPaddExternBranchCand()</code>.
6349  *
6350  * - <b>Restarts</b>:
6351  * <br>
6352  * <br>
6353  * - The callback SCIP_DECL_PROBEXITSOL(x) in the main problem has one new parameter (see type_prob.h for more details):
6354  * - The parameter <code>restart</code> is <code>TRUE</code> if the callback method was triggered by a restart.
6355  *
6356  *
6357  * <br>
6358  * @section CHGINTERFUNC4 Changed interface methods
6359  *
6360  * - <b>Copying a SCIP instance</b>:
6361  * <br>
6362  * <br>
6363  * - Every new callback method resulted in a new parameter of the include function for the corresponding plugin,
6364  * e.g., SCIPincludeBranchrule() has two new parameters <code>SCIP_DECL_BRANCHCOPY((*branchcopy))</code> and
6365  * <code>SCIP_DECL_BRANCHEXECREL((*branchexecrel))</code>. In the same fashion, the new callbacks
6366  * SCIP_DECL_VARCOPY and SCIP_DECL_PROBCOPY led to new parameters in SCIPcreateVar() and SCIPcreateProb() in
6367  * scip.c, respectively.
6368  * <br><br>
6369  * - SCIPincludeHeur() and SCIPincludeSepa() in \ref scip.h, as well as scip::ObjSepa() and scip::ObjHeur(), have a new parameter:
6370  * - <code>usessubscip</code> - It can be used to inform SCIP that the heuristic/separator to be included uses a secondary SCIP instance.
6371  * <br><br>
6372  * - SCIPapplyRens() in \ref heur_rens.h has a new parameter <code>uselprows</code>. It can be used to switch from LP rows
6373  * to constraints as basis of the sub-SCIP constructed in the RENS heuristic.
6374  * <br>
6375  * <br>
6376  * - W.r.t. to copy and the C++ wrapper classes there are two new classes. These are <code>ObjCloneable</code> and
6377  * <code>ObjProbCloneable</code>. The constraint handlers and variables pricers are derived from
6378  * <code>ObjProbCloneable</code> and all other plugin are derived from <code>ObjCloneable</code>. Both
6379  * classes implement the function <code>iscloneable()</code> which return whether a plugin is clone
6380  * able or not. Besides that
6381  * each class has a function named <code>clone()</code> which differ in their signature.
6382  * See objcloneable.h, objprobcloneable.h, and the TSP example for more details.
6383  *
6384  * - <b>Branching</b>:
6385  * <br><br>
6386  * - The method SCIPgetVarStrongbranch() has been replaced by two methods SCIPgetVarStrongbranchFrac() and
6387  * SCIPgetVarStrongbranchInt().
6388  * <br><br>
6389  * - The methods SCIPgetVarPseudocost() and SCIPgetVarPseudocostCurrentRun() in \ref scip.h now return the pseudocost value of
6390  * one branching direction, scaled to a unit interval. The former versions of SCIPgetVarPseudocost() and
6391  * SCIPgetVarPseudocostCurrentRun() are now called SCIPgetVarPseudocostVal() and SCIPgetVarPseudocostValCurrentRun(), respectively.
6392  * <br>
6393  * <br>
6394  * - The methods SCIPgetVarConflictScore() and SCIPgetVarConflictScoreCurrentRun() in \ref scip.h are now called
6395  * SCIPgetVarVSIDS() and SCIPgetVarVSIDSCurrentRun(), respectively.
6396  * <br><br>
6397  * - The methods SCIPvarGetNInferences(), SCIPvarGetNInferencesCurrentRun(), SCIPvarGetNCutoffs(), and
6398  * SCIPvarGetNCutoffsCurrentRun() are now called SCIPvarGetInferenceSum(), SCIPvarGetInferenceSumCurrentRun(),
6399  * SCIPvarGetCutoffSum(), and SCIPvarGetCutoffSumCurrentRun(), respectively. Furthermore, they now return
6400  * <code>SCIP_Real</code> instead of <code>SCIP_Longint</code> values.
6401  *
6402  * - <b>Others</b>:
6403  * <br><br>
6404  * - SCIPcutGenerationHeuristicCmir() in \ref sepa_cmir.h has three new parameters:
6405  * - <code>maxmksetcoefs</code> - If the mixed knapsack constraint obtained after aggregating LP rows contains more
6406  * than <code>maxmksetcoefs</code> nonzero coefficients the generation of the <b>c-MIR cut</b> is aborted.
6407  * - <code>delta</code> - It can be used to obtain the scaling factor which leads to the best c-MIR cut found within
6408  * the cut generation heuristic. If a <code>NULL</code> pointer is passed, the corresponding c-MIR cut will already be
6409  * added to SCIP by SCIPcutGenerationHeuristicCmir(). Otherwise, the user can generate the cut and add it to SCIP
6410  * on demand afterwards.
6411  * - <code>deltavalid</code> - In case, the user wants to know the best scaling factor, i.e., <code>delta</code> passed is not <code>NULL</code>,
6412  * <code>deltavalid</code> will be <code>TRUE</code> if the stored scaling factor <code>delta</code> will lead to a violated c-MIR cut.
6413  * <br>
6414  * <br>
6415  * - All functions for setting <b>user parameters</b> of different types like SCIPparamSetBool(), SCIPparamSetChar(),
6416  * SCIPparamSetInt(), SCIPparamSetLongint(), and SCIPparamSetString() in pub_paramset.h have a new parameter:
6417  * - <code>quiet</code> - It prevents any output during the assign to a new value.
6418  *
6419  * <br>
6420  * @section MISCELLANEOUS4 Miscellaneous
6421  *
6422  * - The NLPI library is now a separate library that is required when linking against the SCIP library.
6423  * This requires changes to Makefiles that use SCIP, see the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes" for more details.
6424  *
6425  * - We do not distinguish between <b>block memory</b> for the original and the transformed problem anymore. The same
6426  * block memory is now used in both problem stages.
6427  *
6428  * - The usage of <b>strong branching</b> changed. Now, SCIPstartStrongbranch() and SCIPendStrongbranch() must be
6429  * called before and after strong branching, respectively.
6430  *
6431  * - All <b>C++</b> objects and constructors have a SCIP pointer, now.
6432  *
6433  * - The <b>predefined setting files</b> like "settings/cuts/off.set,aggressive.set,fast.set" have been replaced by
6434  * interface methods like SCIPsetHeuristics(), SCIPsetPresolving(), SCIPsetSeparating(), and SCIPsetEmphasis() in
6435  * \ref scip.h and by user dialogs in the interactive shell like
6436  * <br>
6437  * <br>
6438  * <code>SCIP&gt; set {heuristics|presolving|separating} emphasis {aggressive|fast|off}</code>
6439  * <br>
6440  * <br>
6441  * or
6442  * <br>
6443  * <br>
6444  * <code>SCIP&gt; set emphasis {counter|cpsolver|easycip|feasibility|hardlp|optimality}</code>
6445  *
6446  *
6447  * <br>
6448  * For further release notes we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes".
6449  */
6450 
6451 /* - SCIP now has "lazy bounds", which are useful for column generation - see @ref PRICER_REMARKS "pricer remarks" for an explanation.
6452  *
6453  * - SCIP has rudimentary support to solve quadratic nonlinear integer programs - see \ref cons_quadratic.h.
6454  *
6455  * - There are LP-interfaces to QSopt and Gurobi (rudimentary).
6456  *
6457  * - SCIP can now handle indicator constraints (reading (from LP, ZIMPL), writing, solving, ...) - see \ref cons_indicator.h.
6458  *
6459  * - One can now do "early branching" useful for column generation.
6460  *
6461  * - Can now run a black-box lexicographic dual simplex algorithm.
6462  */
6463 
6464  /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6465  /**@page CHG5 Interface changes between SCIP 2.0 and SCIP 2.1
6466  *
6467  *
6468  * @section CHGCALLBACKS5 New and changed callbacks
6469  *
6470  * - <b>Presolving</b>:
6471  * <br>
6472  * <br>
6473  * - The new parameters "nnewaddconss" and "naddconss" were added to the constraint handler callback method SCIP_DECL_CONSPRESOL()
6474  * and the presolver callback method SCIP_DECL_PRESOLEXEC(). These parameters were also added to corresponding C++ wrapper class methods.
6475  * - Propagators are now also called in during presolving, this is supported by the new callback methods SCIP_DECL_PROPINITPRE(),
6476  * SCIP_DECL_PROPEXITPRE(), and SCIP_DECL_PROPPRESOL().
6477  * - New parameters "isunbounded" and "isinfeasible" for presolving initialization (SCIP_DECL_CONSINITPRE(),
6478  * SCIP_DECL_PRESOLINITPRE(), SCIP_DECL_PROPINITPRE()) and presolving deinitialization (SCIP_DECL_CONSEXITPRE(),
6479  * SCIP_DECL_PRESOLEXITPRE(), SCIP_DECL_PROPEXITPRE()) callbacks of presolvers,
6480  * constraint handlers and propagators, telling the callback whether the problem was already declared to be
6481  * unbounded or infeasible. This allows to avoid expensive steps in these methods in case the problem is already
6482  * solved, anyway.
6483  * <br>
6484  * <br>
6485  * <DIV class="note">
6486  * Note, that the C++ methods
6487  * - scip::ObjConshdlr::scip_presol() corresponding to SCIP_DECL_CONSPRESOL()
6488  * - scip::ObjConshdlr::scip_initpre() corresponding to SCIP_DECL_CONSINITPRE()
6489  * - scip::ObjPresol::scip_initpre() corresponding to SCIP_DECL_PRESOLINITPRE()
6490  * - scip::ObjProp::scip_initpre() corresponding to SCIP_DECL_PROPINITPRE()
6491  * - scip::ObjConshdlr::scip_exitpre() corresponding to SCIP_DECL_CONSEXITPRE()
6492  * - scip::ObjPresol::scip_exitpre() corresponding to SCIP_DECL_PRESOLEXITPRE()
6493  * - scip::ObjProp::scip_exitpre() corresponding to and SCIP_DECL_PROPEXITPRE()
6494  * .
6495  * are virtual functions. That means, if you are not adding the new parameters, your code will still compile, but these methods are not executed.
6496  * </DIV>
6497  *
6498  * - <b>Constraint Handler</b>:
6499  * <br>
6500  * <br>
6501  * - The new constraint handler callback SCIP_DECL_CONSDELVARS() is called after variables were marked for deletion.
6502  * This method is optional and only of interest if you are using SCIP as a branch-and-price framework. That means,
6503  * you are generating new variables during the search. If you are not doing that just define the function pointer
6504  * to be NULL.
6505  * <br>
6506  * If this method gets implemented you should iterate over all constraints of the constraint handler and delete all
6507  * variables that were marked for deletion by SCIPdelVar().
6508  *
6509  * - <b>Problem Data</b>:
6510  * <br>
6511  * <br>
6512  * - The method SCIPcopyProb() and the callback SCIP_DECL_PROBCOPY() got a new parameter "global" to indicate whether the global problem or a local version is copied.
6513  *
6514  * - <b>Conflict Analysis</b>:
6515  * <br>
6516  * <br>
6517  * - Added parameter "separate" to conflict handler callback method SCIP_DECL_CONFLICTEXEC() that defines whether the conflict constraint should be separated or not.
6518  *
6519  * - <b>NLP Solver Interface</b>:
6520  * <br>
6521  * <br>
6522  * - The callbacks SCIP_DECL_NLPIGETSOLUTION() and SCIP_DECL_NLPISETINITIALGUESS() got new parameters to get/set values of dual variables.
6523  * - The callback SCIP_DECL_NLPICOPY() now passes the block memory of the target SCIP as an additional parameter.
6524  *
6525  * <br>
6526  * @section CHGINTERFUNC5 Changed interface methods
6527  *
6528  * - <b>Writing and Parsing constraints</b>:
6529  * <br>
6530  * <br>
6531  * - The methods SCIPwriteVarName(), SCIPwriteVarsList(), and SCIPwriteVarsLinearsum() got a new boolean parameter "type"
6532  * that indicates whether the variable type should be written or not.
6533  * - The method SCIPwriteVarsList() got additionally a new parameter "delimiter" that defines the character which is used for delimitation.
6534  * - The methods SCIPparseVarName() and SCIPparseVarsList() got a new output parameter "endptr" that is filled with the position where the parsing stopped.
6535  *
6536  * - <b>Plugin management</b>:
6537  * <br>
6538  * <br>
6539  * - SCIPincludeProp() got additional parameters to set the timing mask of the propagator and the new callbacks and parameters related to calling the propagator in presolving.
6540  * - SCIPincludeConshdlr() got additional parameters to set the variable deletion callback function and the timing mask for propagation.
6541  *
6542  * - <b>Constraint Handlers</b>:
6543  * <br>
6544  * <br>
6545  * - Method SCIPseparateRelaxedKnapsack() in knapsack constraint handler got new parameter "cutoff", which is a pointer to store whether a cutoff was found.
6546  * - Method SCIPincludeQuadconsUpgrade() of quadratic constraint handler got new parameter "active" to indicate whether the upgrading method is active by default.
6547  *
6548  * - <b>Nonlinear expressions, relaxation, and solver interface</b>:
6549  * <br>
6550  * <br>
6551  * - The methods SCIPexprtreeEvalSol(), SCIPexprtreeEvalIntLocalBounds(), and SCIPexprtreeEvalIntGlobalBounds() have been renamed to SCIPevalExprtreeSol(),
6552  * SCIPevalExprtreeLocalBounds(), and SCIPevalExprtreeGlobalBounds() and are now located in scip.h.
6553  * - Various types and functions dealing with polynomial expressions have been renamed to use the proper terms "monomial" and "polynomial".
6554  * - The methods SCIPnlpGetObjective(), SCIPnlpGetSolVals(), and SCIPnlpGetVarSolVal() have been removed, use SCIPgetNLPObjval(), SCIPvarGetNLPSol()
6555  * and SCIPcreateNLPSol() to retrieve NLP solution values instead.
6556  * - Removed methods SCIPmarkRequireNLP() and SCIPisNLPRequired(), because the NLP is now always constructed if nonlinearities are present.
6557  * - SCIPgetNLP() has been removed and NLP-methods from pub_nlp.h have been moved to scip.h, which resulted in some renamings, too.
6558  * - The functions SCIPnlpiGetSolution() and SCIPnlpiSetInitialGuess() got additional arguments to get/set dual values.
6559  * - The method SCIPgetNLPI() got a new parameter "nlpiproblem", which is a pointer to store the NLP solver interface problem.
6560  *
6561  * - <b>Others</b>:
6562  * <br>
6563  * <br>
6564  * - SCIPgetVarCopy() got a new parameter "success" that will be FALSE if method is called after problem creation stage and no hash map is given or no image for
6565  * the given variable is contained in the given hash map.
6566  * - Removed method SCIPreadSol(); call solution reading via SCIPreadProb() which calls the solution reader for .sol files.
6567  * - SCIPchgVarType() got an extra boolean parameter to store if infeasibility is recognized while upgrading a variable from continuous type to an integer type.
6568  * - SCIPdelVar() got a new parameter "deleted", which stores whether the variable was successfully marked to be deleted.
6569  * - SCIPcalcNodeselPriority() got a new parameter "branchdir", which defines the type of branching that was performed: upwards, downwards, or fixed.
6570  * - The parameters "timelimit" and "memorylimit" were removed from SCIPapplyRens().
6571  *
6572  * <br>
6573  * @section MISCELLANEOUS5 Miscellaneous
6574  *
6575  * - The result value SCIP_NEWROUND has been added, it allows a separator/constraint handler to start a new separation round
6576  * (without previous calls to other separators/conshdlrs).
6577  * - All timing flags are now defined type_timing.h.
6578  * - The variable deletion event is now a variable specific event and not global, anymore.
6579  * - The emphasis setting types now distinguish between plugin-type specific parameter settings (default, aggressive, fast, off), which are changed by
6580  * SCIPsetHeuristics/Presolving/Separating(), and global emphasis settings (default, cpsolver, easycip, feasibility, hardlp, optimality, counter),
6581  * which can be set using SCIPsetEmphasis().
6582  *
6583  * <br>
6584  * For further release notes we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes".
6585  */
6586 
6587  /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6588  /**@page CHG6 Interface changes between SCIP 2.1 and SCIP 3.0
6589  *
6590  *
6591  * @section CHGCALLBACKS6 New and changed callbacks
6592  *
6593  * - <b>Conflict Analysis</b>:
6594  * <br>
6595  * <br>
6596  * - Added parameter "relaxedbds" to conflict handler callback method SCIP_DECL_CONFLICTEXEC(). This array contains
6597  * bounds which are sufficient to create a valid conflict
6598  *
6599  * - <b>Constraint Handler</b>:
6600  * <br>
6601  * <br>
6602  * - New optional callback methods in constraint handlers: SCIP_DECL_CONSGETVARS and SCIP_DECL_CONSGETNVARS.
6603  * These callbacks, if implemented, should return an array of all variables and the number of all variables used
6604  * by the given constraint, respectively. (This method might, e.g., be called by a presolver)
6605  * - Added a propagation timing parameter "proptiming" to SCIP_DECL_CONSPROP(), giving the current timing at which
6606  * this method is called
6607  * - Added a parameter 'restart' to the SCIP_DECL_CONSEXITSOL() callback method, indicating whether this call was
6608  * triggered by a restart.
6609  * - Added a parameter 'relaxedbd' to SCIP_DECL_CONSRESPROP() callback method. If explaining a given bound change
6610  * (index), it is sufficient to explain the reason for reaching the 'relaxedbd' value, see above
6611  * - Removed parameters "isunbounded", "isinfeasible" and "result" from SCIP_DECL_CONSINITPRE() and
6612  * SCIP_DECL_CONSEXITPRE() callback methods. It is not allowed to determine unboundedness or infeasibility in
6613  * these callbacks, anymore.
6614  *
6615  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6616  * <br>
6617  * <br>
6618  * - New callback method SCIP_DECL_MESSAGEHDLRFREE() which is called when the message handler is freed.
6619  * - The old callback method SCIP_DECL_MESSAGEERROR() was replaced by the callback method SCIP_DECL_ERRORPRINTING().
6620  *
6621  * - <b>Presolving</b>:
6622  * <br>
6623  * <br>
6624  * - Removed parameters "isunbounded", "isinfeasible" and "result" from SCIP_DECL_PRESOLINITPRE() and
6625  * SCIP_DECL_PRESOLSEXITPRE(). It is not allowed to determine unboundedness or infeasibility in these
6626  * callbacks, anymore.
6627  *
6628  * - <b>Propagator</b>:
6629  * <br>
6630  * <br>
6631  * - Added a propagation timing parameter "proptiming" to SCIP_DECL_PROPEXEC(), giving the
6632  * current timing at which this method is called.
6633  * - Added a parameter 'restart' to SCIP_DECL_PROPEXITSOL() callback method, indicating whether this call was
6634  * triggered by a restart.
6635  * - Added a parameter 'relaxedbd' to SCIP_DECL_PROPRESPROP() callback method. If explaining a given bound change
6636  * (index), it is sufficient to explain the reason for reaching the 'relaxedbd' value.
6637  * - Removed parameters "isunbounded", "isinfeasible" and "result" from SCIP_DECL_PROPINITPRE() and
6638  * SCIP_DECL_PROPEXITPRE() callback methods. It is not allowed to determined unboundedness or infeasibility in
6639  * these callbacks, anymore.
6640  *
6641  * - <b>NLP Solver Interface</b>:
6642  * <br>
6643  * <br>
6644  * - New NLPI callback SCIP_DECL_NLPISETMESSAGEHDLR() to set message handler in NLP solver interfaces.
6645  *
6646  * <br>
6647  * @section CHGINTERFUNC6 Changed interface methods
6648  *
6649  * - <b>Plugin management</b>:
6650  * <br>
6651  * <br>
6652  * - Added basic include methods for almost all plugin types, e.g., SCIPincludeConshdlrBasic();
6653  * these methods should make the usage easier, sparing out optional callbacks and parameters.
6654  * - To extend the basic functionalities, there are setter method to add
6655  * optional callbacks. For example SCIPsetConshdlrParse(), SCIPsetPropCopy() or SCIPsetHeurInitsol().
6656  *
6657  * - <b>Constraint Handlers</b>:
6658  * <br>
6659  * <br>
6660  * - Added basic creation methods for all constraints types, e.g., SCIPcreateConsBasicLinear(); these methods should make the usage easier,
6661  * sparing out optional callbacks and parameters.
6662  * - New methods SCIPgetConsVars() and SCIPgetConsNVars() (corresponding callbacks need to be implemented, see above)
6663  *
6664  * - <b>Problem</b>:
6665  * <br>
6666  * <br>
6667  * - Added basic creation methods SCIPcreateVarBasic() and SCIPcreateProbBasic() and setter functions
6668  * - Added method SCIPisPresolveFinished() which returns whether the presolving process would be stopped after the
6669  * current presolving round, given no further reductions will be found.
6670  * - Forbid problem modifications in SCIP_STAGE_{INIT,EXIT}PRESOLVE (see pre-conditions for corresponding methods in scip.h).
6671  *
6672  * - <b>Variable usage</b>:
6673  * <br>
6674  * <br>
6675  * - Renamed SCIPvarGetBestBound() to SCIPvarGetBestBoundLocal(), SCIPvarGetWorstBound() to
6676  * SCIPvarGetWorstBoundLocal() and added new methods SCIPvarGetBestBoundGlobal() and SCIPvarGetWorstBoundGlobal().
6677  * - Method SCIPvarGetProbvarSum() is not public anymore, use SCIPgetProbvarSum() instead.
6678  * - Replaced method SCIPvarGetRootRedcost() by SCIPvarGetBestRootRedcost().
6679  *
6680  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6681  * <br>
6682  * <br>
6683  * - Changed the message handler system within SCIP heavily such that it is thread-safe. SCIPcreateMessagehdlr() in
6684  * scip.{c,h} was replaced by SCIPmessagehdlrCreate() in pub_message.h/message.c with a changed parameter list.
6685  * - Error messages (SCIPerrorMessage()) are not handled via the message handler anymore; per default the error
6686  * message is written to stderr.
6687  *
6688  * - <b>Separation</b>:
6689  * <br>
6690  * <br>
6691  * - New functions SCIPcreateEmptyRowCons(), SCIPcreateEmptyRowSepa(), SCIPcreateRowCons(), and SCIPcreateRowSepa()
6692  * that allow to set the originating constraint handler or separator of a row respectively; this is, for instance,
6693  * needed for statistics on the number of applied cuts. If rows are created outside a constraint handler or separator
6694  * use SCIPcreateRowUnspec() and SCIPcreateEmptyRowUnspec(). The use of SCIPcreateEmptyRow() and SCIPcreateRow() is
6695  * deprecated.
6696  * - New functions SCIProwGetOrigintype(), SCIProwGetOriginCons(), and SCIProwGetOriginSepa() to obtain the originator
6697  * that created a row.
6698  *
6699  * - <b>LP interface</b>:
6700  * <br>
6701  * <br>
6702  * - SCIPlpiCreate() got a new parameter 'messagehdlr'.
6703  * - SoPlex LPI supports setting of SCIP_LPPAR_DUALFEASTOL when using SoPlex version 1.6.0.5 and higher.
6704  *
6705  * - <b>Nonlinear expressions, relaxation, and solver interface</b>:
6706  * <br>
6707  * <br>
6708  * - Renamed SCIPmarkNonlinearitiesPresent() to SCIPenableNLP() and SCIPhasNonlinearitiesPresent() to
6709  * SCIPisNLPEnabled().
6710  * - Method SCIPexprtreeRemoveFixedVars() is not public anymore.
6711  *
6712  * - <b>Counting</b>:
6713  * <br>
6714  * <br>
6715  * - Changed the counting system within SCIP heavily. SPARSESOLUTION was renamed to SCIP_SPARSESOL. New method for
6716  * SCIP_SPARSESOL usage, SCIPsparseSolCreate(), SCIPsparseSolFree(), SCIPsparseSolGetVars(),
6717  * SCIPsparseSolGetNVars(), SCIPsparseSolGetLbs(), SCIPsparseSolGetUbs() in (pub_)misc.{c,h}.
6718  * - Renamed SCIPgetCountedSparseSolutions() to SCIPgetCountedSparseSols() in cons_countsols.{c,h}.
6719  *
6720  * <br>
6721  * @section MISCELLANEOUS6 Miscellaneous
6722  *
6723  * - Replaced SCIPparamSet*() by SCIPchg*Param() (where * is either Bool, Int, Longint, Real, Char, or String).
6724  * - New parameter in SCIPcopy() and SCIPcopyPlugins() to indicate whether the message handler from the source SCIP
6725  * should be passed to the target SCIP (only the pointer is copied and the usage counter of the message handler is
6726  * increased).
6727  * - SCIPprintCons() does not print termination symbol ";\n" anymore; if wanted, use SCIPinfoMessage() to print
6728  * ";\n" manually
6729  * - All objscip *.h file now use the default SCIP interface macros.
6730  * - The methods SCIPsortedvecInsert*() have an additional parameter which can be used to receive the position where
6731  * the new element was inserted.
6732  * - New macro SCIPdebugPrintCons() to print constraint only if SCIP_DEBUG flag is set.
6733  *
6734  * <br>
6735  * For further information we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes" and the \ref CHANGELOG "Changelog".
6736  */
6737 
6738  /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6739  /**@page CHG7 Interface changes between SCIP 3.0 and SCIP 3.1
6740  *
6741  *
6742  * @section CHGCALLBACKS7 New and changed callbacks
6743  *
6744  * - <b>Branching Rules</b>:
6745  * <br>
6746  * <br>
6747  * - new possible return value "SCIP_DIDNOTFIND" for SCIP_DECL_BRANCHEXECLP(), SCIP_DECL_BRANCHEXECPS(), and
6748  * SCIP_DECL_BRANCHEXECEXT() callbacks to state that the branching rule searched, but did not find a branching.
6749  *
6750  * - <b>Domain Propagation</b>:
6751  * <br>
6752  * <br>
6753  * - added parameter "nmarkedconss" to SCIP_DECL_CONSPROP() callback which gives the number of constraints marked
6754  * for propagation (these constraints are listed first in the conss array given as parameter).
6755  *
6756  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6757  * <br>
6758  * <br>
6759  * - New generic messagehandler output callback method SCIP_DECL_MESSAGEOUTPUTFUNC().
6760  * - Removed parameter "msglength" from callback method SCIP_DECL_ERRORPRINTING().
6761  *
6762  * - <b>Variable Pricers</b>:
6763  * <br>
6764  * <br>
6765  * - Added parameter "stopearly" to callback method SCIP_DECL_PRICERREDCOST(). This boolean pointer should be used
6766  * by the pricer to state whether early branching should be performed, even if new variables were added in the
6767  * current pricing round.
6768  *
6769  * - <b>Primal Heuristics</b>:
6770  * <br>
6771  * <br>
6772  * - Added parameter "nodeinfeasible" to SCIP_DECL_HEUREXEC() callback which states whether the current subproblem
6773  * was already detected to be infeasible. In this case, the current LP solution might not respect local bounds,
6774  * and the heuristic must not assume that it does.
6775  *
6776  *
6777  * <br>
6778  * @section CHGINTERFUNC7 Changed interface methods
6779  *
6780  * - <b>Branching Rules</b>:
6781  * <br>
6782  * <br>
6783  * - Added parameter "nfracimplvars" to SCIPgetLPBranchCands()
6784  *
6785  * - <b>Constraint Handlers</b>:
6786  * <br>
6787  * <br>
6788  * - New method SCIPconshdlrGetStrongBranchPropTime() which returns the time used for domain propagation methods
6789  * of the constraint handler during strong branching.
6790  * - New method SCIPconsIsMarkedPropagate() which returns whether a constraint is marked for propagation.
6791  * - New methods SCIPconsAddUpgradeLocks() and SCIPconsGetNUpgradeLocks() to increase or get the number of upgrade
6792  * locks of a constraint.
6793  *
6794  * - <b>Domain Propagation</b>:
6795  * <br>
6796  * <br>
6797  * - New method SCIPpropGetStrongBranchPropTime() which returns the time spent by a domain propagator during strong
6798  * branching.
6799  * - New methods SCIPmarkConsPropagate() and SCIPunmarkConsPropagate to (un)mark a constraint for propagation.
6800  *
6801  * - <b>LP and Cutting Planes</b>:
6802  * <br>
6803  * <br>
6804  * - New methods SCIProwChgRank() and SCIProwGetRank() to change and get the rank of a cutting plane, respectively.
6805  * - Added parameter "sidetypes" to SCIPcalcMIR() to specify the specify row side type to be used.
6806  * - Added parameter "cutrank" to SCIPcalcMIR() and SCIPcalcStrongCG() which stores the rank of the returned cut.
6807  * - New method SCIPisCutApplicable() which returns whether a cut is good enough to be applied.
6808  * - Added parameter "infeasible" to SCIPaddCut() which is a pointer to store whether the cut is infeasible for the
6809  * local bounds.
6810  * - delayed cutpool
6811  * - New methods SCIPchgRowLhsDive() and SCIPchgRowRhsDive() to change left and right hand side of a row during diving.
6812  * - Added parameter "cutoff" to SCIPsolveDiveLP(), SCIPsolveProbingLP(), and SCIPsolveProbingLPWithPricing()
6813  * which is a pointer to store whether the diving/probing LP was infeasible or the objective limit was reached.
6814  *
6815  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6816  * <br>
6817  * <br>
6818  * - New method SCIPmessageVPrintError() to print an error message.
6819  * - Removed method SCIPmessagePrintWarningHeader().
6820  *
6821  * - <b>Parameters</b>:
6822  * <br>
6823  * <br>
6824  * - New method SCIPparamGetCharAllowedValues() to get the allowed values for a char parameter.
6825  *
6826  * - <b>Variables</b>:
6827  * <br>
6828  * <br>
6829  * - New structure to store value-based branching and inference history (see pub_history.h).
6830  * - New method SCIPvarGetValuehistory() to get the value-based history of a variable.
6831  *
6832  * - <b>Data structures</b>:
6833  * <br>
6834  * <br>
6835  * - New method SCIPgmlWriteNodeWeight() to write a node section including weight to a .gml graph file.
6836  * - New methods SCIPsparseSolGetFirstSol() and SCIPsparseSolGetNextSol() to get the first sparse solution
6837  * or iterate over the sparse solutions, respectively.
6838  * - New methods in pub_misc.h to handle a (circular) queue, e.g., SCIPqueueCreate(), SCIPqueueFree(),
6839  * SCIPqueueInsert(), ...
6840  * - New methods for hash tables: SCIPhashtableRemoveAll(), SCIPhashtableGetNElements(), SCIPhashtableGetLoad()
6841  * - New methods in pub_misc.h to handle a resource activity, e.g., SCIPactivityCreate(), SCIPactivityFree(),
6842  * SCIPactivityGetVar(), SCIPactivityGetDemand() ...
6843  * - New methods for digraphs: SCIPdigraphResize() to resize the graph and SCIPdigraphSetNodeDatas() and
6844  * SCIPdigraphGetNodeDatas() to set and get the data attached to the nodes.
6845  *
6846  * - <b>Misc</b>:
6847  * <br>
6848  * <br>
6849  * - New method SCIPcopyOrig() to copy the original problem. Analoguosly, use SCIPcopyOrigProb(), SCIPcopyOrigVars(),
6850  * and SCIPcopyOrigConss() to copy original problem data, variables, or constraints, respectively.
6851  * - New method SCIPcopyImplicationsCliques() to copy implications and cliques to a copied SCIP instance.
6852  * - New method SCIPgetParam() to get the parameter with a given name.
6853  * - New method SCIPaddOrigObjoffset() to add an offset to the objective function.
6854  * - New method SCIPgetNCheckConss() which returns the number of checked constraints.
6855  * - Added parameter "endptr" to SCIPparseVar() which stores the final string position after parsing.
6856  * - Added parameter "enablepropagation" to SCIPstartStrongbranch(), which can be used to enable strong branching
6857  * with domain propagation.
6858  * - New method SCIPgetVarStrongbranchWithPropagation() which performs strong branching with propagation on a variable.
6859  * - New method SCIPwriteCliqueGraph() to write the clique graph.
6860  * - New method SCIPdoNotMultaggr() which returns whether multi-aggregation was disabled.
6861  * - Added parameter "lazyconss" to SCIPwriteMIP() to swith writing removable rows as lazy constraints.
6862  * - New method SCIPcreateFiniteSolCopy() to create a copy of a solution with infinite fixings removed.
6863  * - New method SCIPadjustImplicitSolVals() which sets implicit integer variables to an integer value in the given
6864  * solution without deteriorating its objective value.
6865  * - New method SCIPprintDualSol() which prints the dual solution for a pure LP (works only with preprocessing disabled).
6866  * - New method SCIPgetOpenNodesData() which returns all unprocessed nodes.
6867  * - New method SCIPgetFirstLPTime() and SCIPgetNRootFirstLPIterations() to return time and iterations for the first
6868  * LP solve and SCIPgetFirstLPDualboundRoot() and SCIPgetFirstLPLowerboundRoot() to return the first root LP dual and
6869  * lower bound.
6870  * - New method SCIPgetNLimSolsFound() returning the number of feasible primal solution respecting the objective limit.
6871  * - Added parameter "endline" to SCIPprintDisplayLine() to switch printing a newline symbol at the end of the line.
6872  *
6873  * <br>
6874  * @section MISCELLANEOUS7 Miscellaneous
6875  *
6876  * - Moved LP solver interfaces to subdirectory src/lpi.
6877  *
6878  * <br>
6879  * For further information we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes" and the \ref CHANGELOG "Changelog".
6880  */
6881 
6882 
6883  /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6884  /**@page CHG8 Interface changes between SCIP 3.1 and SCIP 3.2
6885  *
6886  *
6887  * @section CHGCALLBACKS8 New and changed callbacks
6888  *
6889  * - <b>Branching Rules</b>:
6890  * - Added parameter "forcestrongbranch" to SCIPselectVarStrongBranching()
6891  * - Added parameter "executebranching" SCIPexecRelpscostBranching()
6892  * - Added parameter "presoltiming" to SCIPpropCumulativeCondition()
6893  *
6894  * <br>
6895  * - <b>Domain Propagation</b>:
6896  *
6897  * <br>
6898  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6899  *
6900  * <br>
6901  * - <b>Variable Pricers</b>:
6902  *
6903  * <br>
6904  * - <b>Primal Heuristics</b>:
6905  * - Added parameter "freesubscip" to SCIPapplyProximity()
6906  *
6907  * <br>
6908  * @section CHGINTERFUNC8 Changed interface methods
6909  *
6910  * <br>
6911  * - <b>Branching Rules</b>:
6912  *
6913  * <br>
6914  * - <b>Constraint Handlers</b>:
6915  * - Removed method SCIPconshdlrIsPresolvingDelayed()
6916  * - Removed method SCIPconshdlrWasPresolvingDelayed()
6917  * - Renamed method SCIPconshdlrGetPropTimingmask() to SCIPconshdlrGetPropTiming()
6918  *
6919  * <br>
6920  * - <b>Domain Propagation</b>:
6921  *
6922  * <br>
6923  * - <b>LP and Cutting Planes</b>:
6924  * - Added parameter "inds" to SCIPgetLPBInvRow()
6925  * - Added parameter "ninds" to SCIPgetLPBInvRow()
6926  * - Added parameter "inds" to SCIPgetLPBInvCol()
6927  * - Added parameter "ninds" to SCIPgetLPBInvCol()
6928  * - Added parameter "inds" to SCIPgetLPBInvARow()
6929  * - Added parameter "ninds" to SCIPgetLPBInvARow()
6930  * - Added parameter "inds" to SCIPgetLPBInvACol()
6931  * - Added parameter "ninds" to SCIPgetLPBInvACol()
6932  * - Added parameter "maxweight" to SCIPcalcMIR()
6933  * - Added parameter "weightinds" to SCIPcalcMIR()
6934  * - Added parameter "nweightinds" to SCIPcalcMIR()
6935  * - Added parameter "rowlensum" to SCIPcalcMIR()
6936  * - Added parameter "inds" to SCIPcalcStrongCG()
6937  * - Added parameter "ninds" to SCIPcalcStrongCG()
6938  *
6939  * <br>
6940  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6941  *
6942  * <br>
6943  * - <b>Parameters</b>:
6944  *
6945  * <br>
6946  * - <b>Variables</b>:
6947  * - Removed method SCIPvarGetNBinImpls()
6948  *
6949  * <br>
6950  * - <b>Data structures</b>:
6951  * - Renamed method SCIPdigraphGetNodeDatas() to SCIPdigraphGetNodeData()
6952  * - Renamed method SCIPdigraphSetNodeDatas() to SCIPdigraphSetNodeData()
6953  * - Renamed method SCIPdigraphGetSuccessorsDatas() to SCIPdigraphGetSuccessorsData()
6954  *
6955  * <br>
6956  * - <b>Misc</b>:
6957  * - Removed parameter "delaypos" from SCIPincludeConshdlr()
6958  * - Added parameter "presoltiming" to SCIPincludeConshdlr()
6959  * - Added parameter "consgetdivebdchgs" to SCIPincludeConshdlr()
6960  * - Removed parameter "delaypos" from SCIPsetConshdlrPresol()
6961  * - Added parameter "presoltiming" to SCIPsetConshdlrPresol()
6962  * - Removed parameter "delaypos" from SCIPincludePresol()
6963  * - Added parameter "presoltiming" to SCIPincludePresol()
6964  * - Removed parameter "delaypos" from SCIPincludePresolBasic()
6965  * - Added parameter "presoltiming" to SCIPincludePresolBasic()
6966  * - Removed parameter "presoldelay" from SCIPincludePresol()
6967  * - Removed parameter "presoltiming" from SCIPincludePresol()
6968  * - Removed parameter "presoldelay" from SCIPsetPropPresol()
6969  * - Removed parameter "presoltiming" from SCIPsetPropPresol()
6970  * - Added parameter "ndomredsdown" to SCIPgetVarStrongbranchWithPropagation()
6971  * - Added parameter "ndomredsup" to SCIPgetVarStrongbranchWithPropagation()
6972  * - Added parameter "isequation" to SCIPaddClique()
6973  * - Removed parameter "writeimplications" from SCIPwriteCliqueGraph()
6974  * - Removed method SCIPallocBufferSize()
6975  * - Removed method SCIPduplicateBufferSize()
6976  * - Removed method SCIPreallocBufferSize()
6977  * - Removed method SCIPfreeBufferSize()
6978  * - Removed method callback SCIPdialogExecConflictgraph()
6979  * <br>
6980  * For further information we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes" and the \ref CHANGELOG "Changelog".
6981  */
6982 
6983  /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
6984  /**@page CHG9 Interface changes between SCIP 3.2 and SCIP 4.0
6985  *
6986  *
6987  * @section CHGCALLBACKS9 New and changed callbacks
6988  *
6989  * - <b>Constraint Handlers</b>:
6990  * - new optional callback CONSENFORELAX to enforce a relaxation solution, see \ref CONS
6991  * - added argument "infeasible" to CONSINITLP
6992  *
6993  * <br>
6994  * - <b>Concurrent SCIP</b>:
6995  * - extended interface to support concurrent solving mode
6996  *
6997  * <br>
6998  * - <b>Message Handler</b>:
6999  *
7000  * <br>
7001  * - <b>Variable Pricers</b>:
7002  *
7003  * <br>
7004  * - <b>Primal Heuristics</b>:
7005  *
7006  * <br>
7007  * @section CHGINTERFUNC9 Changed interface methods
7008  *
7009  * <br>
7010  * - <b>Copying</b>:
7011  * - added arguments "fixedvars", "fixedvals", "nfixedvars" to SCIPcopyVars()
7012  * - added arguments "fixedvars", "fixedvals", "nfixedvars" to SCIPcopyOrigVars()
7013  * - renamed argument "success" to valid in SCIPgetConsCopy()
7014  *
7015  * <br>
7016  * - <b>Parameters</b>:
7017  * - renamed method SCIPcheckBoolParam() to SCIPisBoolParamValid()
7018  * - renamed method SCIPcheckLongintParam() to SCIPisLongintParamValid()
7019  * - renamed method SCIPcheckRealParam() to SCIPisRealParamValid()
7020  * - renamed method SCIPcheckCharParam() to SCIPisCharParamValid()
7021  * - renamed method SCIPcheckStringParam() to SCIPisStringParamValid()
7022  *
7023  * <br>
7024  * - <b>Relaxators</b>:
7025  * - added argument "includeslp" to SCIPincludeRelax() and SCIPincludeRelaxBasic()
7026  *
7027  * <br>
7028  * - <b>Primal Heuristics</b>:
7029  * - introduced new type SCIP_HEURTIMING for primal heuristic timing masks
7030  * - changed type of argument "timingmask" from unsigned int to SCIP_HEURTIMING in SCIPincludeHeur(), SCIPincludeHeurBasic()
7031  * - added argument "initialseed" to SCIPcreateDiveset()
7032  * <br>
7033  * - <b>Reoptimization</b>:
7034  * - renamed function SCIPgetReopSolsRun() to SCIPgetReoptSolsRun()
7035  *
7036  * <br>
7037  * - <b>Variables</b>:
7038  * - Removed method SCIPvarGetNBinImpls()
7039  *
7040  * <br>
7041  * - <b>Conflict Analysis</b>:
7042  * - added arguments "conftype" and "iscutoffinvolved" to SCIPinitConflictAnalysis()
7043  *
7044  * <br>
7045  * - <b>Constraint Handlers</b>:
7046  * - added argument "infeasible" to SCIPinitlpCons()
7047  *
7048  * <br>
7049  * - <b>Nonlinear Relaxation</b>:
7050  * - added argument "curvature" to SCIPcreateNlRow()
7051  *
7052  * <br>
7053  * - <b>Solutions</b>:
7054  * - added argument "completely" to SCIPtrySol(), SCIPtrySolFree(), SCIPcheckSol()
7055  *
7056  * - <b>Hashmap and Hashtable</b>:
7057  * - removed function SCIPcalcHashtableSize() since not required anymore for SCIP_HASHTABLE and SCIP_HASHMAP
7058  * - based on the initial size SCIP_HASHTABLE and SCIP_HASHMAP choose an appropriate size internally to allow insertion of that many elements without resizing
7059  * - SCIP_MULTIHASH behaves like the old SCIP_HASHTABLE and SCIPcalcMultihashSize() should be used as replacement for SCIPcalcHashtableSize()
7060  *
7061  * <br>
7062  * For further information we refer to the \ref RELEASENOTES "Release notes" and the \ref CHANGELOG "Changelog".
7063  */
7064 
7065 /*--+----1----+----2----+----3----+----4----+----5----+----6----+----7----+----8----+----9----+----0----+----1----+----2*/
7066 
7067 /**@page COUNTER How to use SCIP to count/enumerate feasible solutions
7068  *
7069  * SCIP is capable of computing (count or enumerate) the number of feasible solutions of a given constraint integer
7070  * program. In case continuous variables are present, the number of feasible solutions for the projection to the
7071  * integral variables is counted/enumerated. This means, an assignment to the integer variables is counted if the
7072  * remaining problem (this is the one after fixing the integer variables w.r.t. to this assignment) is feasible.
7073  *
7074  * As a first step you have to load or create your problem in the usual way. In case of using the
7075  * interactive shell, you use the <code>read</code> command:
7076  *
7077  * <code>SCIP&gt; read &lt;file name&gt;</code>
7078  *
7079  * Afterwards you can count the number of feasible solution with the command <code>count</code>.
7080  *
7081  * <code>SCIP&gt; count</code>
7082  *
7083  * That means SCIP will count the number of solution but does not store (enumerate) them. If you are interested in that see
7084  * \ref COLLECTALLFEASEBLES.
7085  *
7086  * @note Since SCIP version 2.0.0 you do not have to worry about <tt>dual</tt> reductions anymore. These are
7087  * automatically turned off. The only thing you should switch off are restarts. These restarts can lead to a wrong
7088  * counting process. We recommend using the counting settings which can be set in the interactive shell as follows:
7089  *
7090  * <code>SCIP&gt; set emphasis counter</code>
7091  *
7092  * The SCIP callable library provides an interface method SCIPcount() which allows users to count the number of feasible
7093  * solutions to their problem. The method SCIPsetParamsCountsols(), which is also located in cons_countsols.h, loads the
7094  * predefined counting settings to ensure a safe count. The complete list of all methods that can be used for counting
7095  * via the callable library can be found in cons_countsols.h.
7096  *
7097  *
7098  * @section COUNTLIMIT Limit the number of solutions which should be counted
7099  *
7100  * It is possible to give a (soft) upper bound on the number solutions that should be counted. If this upper bound is
7101  * exceeded, SCIP will be stopped. The name of this parameter is <code>constraints/countsols/sollimit</code>. In
7102  * the interactive shell this parameter can be set as follows:
7103  *
7104  * <code>SCIP&gt; set constraints countsols sollimit 1000</code>
7105  *
7106  * In case you are using the callable library, this upper bound can be assigned by calling SCIPsetLongintParam() as follows:
7107  *
7108  * \code
7109  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPsetLongintParam( scip, "constraints/countsols/sollimit", 1000) );
7110  * \endcode
7111  *
7112  *
7113  * The reason why this upper bound is soft comes from the fact that, by default, SCIP uses a technique called unrestricted
7114  * subtree detection. Using this technique it is possible to detect several solutions at once. Therefore, it can happen
7115  * that the solution limit is exceeded before SCIP is stopped.
7116  *
7117  * @section COLLECTALLFEASEBLES Collect all feasible solution
7118  *
7119  * Per default SCIP only counts all feasible solutions. This means, these solutions are not stored. If you switch the
7120  * parameter <code>constraints/countsols/collect</code> to TRUE (the default value is FALSE) the detected solutions are
7121  * stored. Changing this parameter can be done in the interactive shell
7122  *
7123  * <code>SCIP&gt; set constraints countsols collect TRUE</code>
7124  *
7125  * as well as via the callable library
7126  *
7127  * \code
7128  * SCIP_CALL( SCIPsetBoolParam( scip, "constraints/countsols/collect", TRUE) );
7129  * \endcode
7130  *
7131  * @note The solution which are collected are stored w.r.t. the active variables. These are the variables which got not
7132  * removed during presolving.
7133  *
7134  * In case you are using the interactive shell you can write all collected solutions to a file as follows
7135  *
7136  * <code>SCIP&gt; write allsolutions &lt;file name&gt;</code>
7137  *
7138  * In that case the sparse solutions are unrolled and lifted back into the original variable space.
7139  *
7140  * The callable library provides a method which gives access to all collected sparse solutions. That is,
7141  * SCIPgetCountedSparseSolutions(). The sparse solutions you get are defined w.r.t. active variables. To get solutions
7142  * w.r.t. to the original variables. You have to do two things:
7143  *
7144  * -# unroll each sparse solution
7145  * -# lift each solution into original variable space by extending the solution by those variable which got removed
7146  * during presolving
7147  *
7148  * The get the variables which got removed during presolving, you can use the methods SCIPgetFixedVars() and
7149  * SCIPgetNFixedVars(). The method SCIPgetProbvarLinearSum() transforms given variables, scalars and constant to the
7150  * corresponding active variables, scalars and constant. Using this method for a single variable gives a representation
7151  * for that variable w.r.t. the active variables which can be used to compute the value for the considered solution (which
7152  * is defined w.r.t. active variables).
7153  *
7154  * For that complete procedure you can also check the source code of
7155  * \ref SCIP_DECL_DIALOGEXEC(SCIPdialogExecWriteAllsolutions) "SCIPdialogExecWriteAllsolutions()" cons_countsols.c which
7156  * does exactly that.
7157  *
7158  *
7159  * @section COUNTOPTIMAL Count number of optimal solutions
7160  *
7161  * If you are interested in counting the number of optimal solutions, this can be done with SCIP using the
7162  * <code>count</code> command by applying the following steps:
7163  *
7164  * -# Solve the original problem to optimality and let \f$c^*\f$ be the optimal value
7165  * -# Add the objective function as constraint with left and right hand side equal to \f$c^*\f$
7166  * -# load the adjusted problem into SCIP
7167  * -# use the predefined counting settings
7168  * -# start counting the number of feasible solutions
7169  *
7170  * If you do this, SCIP will collect all optimal solutions of the original problem.
7171  *
7172  */
7173 
7174 /**@page LICENSE License
7175  *
7176  * \verbinclude COPYING
7177  */
7178 
7179 /**@page FAQ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
7180  * \htmlinclude faq.inc
7181  */
7182 
7183 /**@page INSTALL Installation information
7184  * \verbinclude INSTALL
7185  */
7186 
7187 /**@page INSTALL_CMAKE Installation information (CMake)
7188  * \verbinclude INSTALL_CMAKE
7189  */
7190 
7191 
7192 /**@page RELEASENOTES Release notes
7193  *
7194  * A release report with an in-depth description of many of the new features in version 4.0 is available on <a href="http://www.optimization-online.org/DB_HTML/2017/03/5895.html">Optimization Online</a>.
7195  *
7196  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-4.0.1
7197  *
7198  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-4.0
7199  *
7200  * Please consult the <a href="http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0297-zib-57675">release report</a> for version 3.2 that explains many of the new features in detail.
7201  *
7202  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-3.2.1
7203  *
7204  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-3.2
7205  *
7206  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-3.1
7207  *
7208  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-3.0.2
7209  *
7210  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-3.0.1
7211  *
7212  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-3.0
7213  *
7214  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-2.1.1
7215  *
7216  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-2.1
7217  *
7218  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-2.0.2
7219  *
7220  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-2.0.1
7221  *
7222  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-2.0
7223  *
7224  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-1.2
7225  *
7226  * \verbinclude SCIP-release-notes-1.1
7227  */
7228 
7229 /**@page CHANGELOG CHANGELOG
7230  *
7231  * \verbinclude CHANGELOG
7232  *
7233  */
7234 
7235 
7236 
7237 /**@page PARAMETERS List of all SCIP parameters
7238  *
7239  * This page list all parameters of the current SCIP version. This list can
7240  * easily be generated by SCIP via the interactive shell using the following command:
7241  *
7242  * <code>SCIP&gt; set save &lt;file name&gt;</code>
7243  *
7244  * or via the function call:
7245  *
7246  * <code>SCIP_CALL( SCIPwriteParams(scip, &lt;file name&gt;, TRUE, FALSE) );</code>
7247  *
7248  * \verbinclude parameters.set
7249  */
7250 
7251 /**@page INTERFACES Interfaces
7252  *
7253  * There are several ways of accessing the \SCIP Optimization Suite from other software packages or programming
7254  * platforms.
7255  *
7256  *
7257  * @section FILEFORMATS File formats
7258  *
7259  * The easiest way to load a problem into SCIP is via an input file, given in a format that SCIP can parse directly,
7260  * see \ref SHELL "the tutorial on how to use the interactive shell".
7261  * \SCIP is capable of reading more than ten different file formats, including formats for nonlinear
7262  * problems and constraint programs. This gives researchers from different communities an easy, first access to the
7263  * \SCIP Optimization Suite. See also the \ref AVAILABLEFORMATS "list of readable file formats".
7264  *
7265  * @section MODELLING Modeling languages and Matlab interface
7266  *
7267  * A natural way of formulating an optimization problem is to use a modeling language. Besides ZIMPL there are several
7268  * other modeling tools with a direct interface to \SCIP. These include <a href="http://dynadec.com/">Comet</a>, a
7269  * modeling language for constraint programming, <a href="http://www.ampl.com/">AMPL</a> and <a
7270  * href="http://www.gams.com/">GAMS</a>, which are well-suited for modeling mixed-integer linear and nonlinear
7271  * optimization problems, and <a href="https://projects.coin-or.org/Cmpl">CMPL</a> for mixed-integer linear problems.
7272  * The AMPL, GAMS, and ZIMPL interfaces are included in the \SCIP distribution, the GAMS interface originated <a
7273  * href="https://projects.coin-or.org/GAMSlinks">here</a>.
7274  *
7275  * With \SCIP 3.0, a first beta version of a functional MATLAB interface has been released. It supports solving MIPs
7276  * and LPs defined by Matlab's matrix and vector types. The <a href="http://www.i2c2.aut.ac.nz/Wiki/OPTI/index.php">OPTI
7277  * project</a> by Jonathan Currie provides an external MATLAB interface for the \SCIP Optimization Suite. On top of this,
7278  * <a href="http://users.isy.liu.se/johanl/yalmip/pmwiki.php?n=Main.HomePage">YALMIP</a> by Johan L&ouml;fberg provides a
7279  * free modeling language.
7280  *
7281  *
7282  * @section CPLUSPLUS C++ wrapper classes
7283  *
7284  * Since \SCIP is written in C, its callable library can be directly accessed from C++. If a user wants to program own
7285  * plugins in C++, there are wrapper classes for all different types of plugins available in the <code>src/objscip</code>
7286  * directory of the \SCIP standard distribution. SCIP provides several examples that were written in C++, see
7287  * \ref EXAMPLES "Examples" and select an example written in C++.
7288  *
7289  *
7290  * @section OTHER Interfaces for other programming languages
7291  *
7292  * Interfaces for other programming languages are developed and maintained independently from the SCIP Optimization Suite
7293  * on <a href="https://github.com/SCIP-Interfaces">GitHub</a> in order to provide extensions and patches faster
7294  * and to collaborate on them more easily. Besides the popular interfaces for Python and Java, there is also an interface
7295  * for Julia available. Contributions to these projects are very welcome.
7296  *
7297  * There are also several third-party python interfaces to the \SCIP Optimization Suite, e.g., <a
7298  * href="http://numberjack.ucc.ie/">NUMBERJACK</a> and <a
7299  * href="http://code.google.com/p/python-zibopt/">python-zibopt</a>. <a href="http://numberjack.ucc.ie/">NUMBERJACK</a>
7300  * is a constraint programming platform implemented in python. It supports a variety of different solvers, one of them
7301  * being the \SCIP Optimization Suite. <a href="http://code.google.com/p/python-zibopt/">python-zibopt</a> was developed
7302  * by Ryan J. O'Neil and is a python extension of the \SCIP Optimization Suite. <a
7303  * href="http://picos.zib.de/">PICOS</a> is a python interface for conic optimization, provided by Guillaume Sagnol.
7304  *
7305  *
7306  */
7307 
7308  /**@defgroup PUBLICAPI Public API of SCIP
7309  * @brief methods and headers of the public C-API of \SCIP
7310  *
7311  * \PUBLICAPIDESCRIPTION
7312  *
7313  *
7314  */
7315 
7316 /**@defgroup PUBLICCOREAPI Core API
7317  * @ingroup PUBLICAPI
7318  * @brief methods and headers of the plugin-independent C-API provided by the \SCIP header file scip.h.
7319  *
7320  * This module comprises methods provided by the header file scip.h. Including this header into a user-written extension
7321  * suffices to have all plugin-independent functionality of \SCIP available. Plugin-independent
7322  * user functionality includes the
7323  *
7324  * - creation of problems that \SCIP should solve
7325  * - fine-grained access to initiate the solving process of \SCIP
7326  * - access to all sorts of solving process statistics
7327  * - commonly used data structures and algorithms
7328  * - the management of plugins
7329  * - ...
7330  *
7331  * In order facilitate the navigation through the core API of \SCIP, it is structured into different modules.
7332  */
7333 
7334 /**@defgroup TYPEDEFINITIONS Type Definitions
7335  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7336  * @brief type definitions and callback declarations
7337  *
7338  * This page lists headers which contain type definitions of callback methods.
7339  *
7340  * All headers below include the descriptions of callback methods of
7341  * certain plugins. For more detail see the corresponding header.
7342  */
7343 
7344 /**@defgroup PublicProblemMethods Problem Creation
7345  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7346  * @brief methods to create a problem that \SCIP should solve
7347  *
7348  * This module summarizes the main methods needed to create a problem for \SCIP, and access its most important members:
7349  * - Declaring, adding, acessing, and changing variables of the problem
7350  * - Declaring, adding, acessing, and changing constraints of the problem
7351  * - Creating, adding, acessing, changing, and checking of solutions to the problem
7352  *
7353  * @note These core methods are not sufficient to create constraints of a certain type that is provided by the default plugins of \SCIP.
7354  * An example would be the creation of a linear constraint for which the methods provided by the
7355  * \ref cons_linear.h "linear constraint handler" must be used. Such methods are provided by the default plugins of \SCIP
7356  * and can be found in the \ref PUBLICPLUGINAPI.
7357  */
7358 
7359 /**@defgroup GeneralSCIPMethods SCIP
7360  * @ingroup PublicProblemMethods
7361  * @brief methods to manipulate a SCIP object
7362  */
7363 
7364 /**@defgroup GlobalProblemMethods Global Problem
7365  * @ingroup PublicProblemMethods
7366  * @brief methods to create, read and modify a global problem together with its callbacks
7367  */
7368 
7369 /**@defgroup PublicVariableMethods Problem Variables
7370  * @ingroup PublicProblemMethods
7371  * @brief public methods for problem variables
7372  */
7373 
7374 /**@defgroup PublicConstraintMethods Problem Constraints
7375  * @ingroup PublicProblemMethods
7376  * @brief Public methods for constraints
7377  */
7378 
7379 /**@defgroup PublicSolutionMethods Primal Solution
7380  * @ingroup PublicProblemMethods
7381  * @brief methods to create and change primal solutions of \SCIP
7382  */
7383 
7384 /**@defgroup CopyMethods Problem Copies
7385  * @ingroup PublicProblemMethods
7386  * @brief methods to copy problems between a source and a target \SCIP
7387  */
7388 
7389 
7390  /**@defgroup PublicSolveMethods Solving Process
7391  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7392  * @brief methods to control the solving process of \SCIP
7393  *
7394  * This large group of methods and modules comprises the solving process related API of \SCIP. This includes
7395  *
7396  * -# changing parameters to control the solver behavior
7397  * -# access search tree related information
7398  * -# access relaxation information
7399  * -# access various solving process statistics
7400  * -# solve auxiliary relaxations and subproblems using LP/NLP diving or probing mode
7401  */
7402 
7403 /**@defgroup PublicSolvingStatsMethods Solving Statistics
7404  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7405  * @brief methods to query statistics about the solving process
7406  */
7407 
7408 /**@defgroup ParameterMethods Parameter
7409  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7410  * @brief methods to create, query, and print user parameters
7411  */
7412 
7413 /**@defgroup PublicEventMethods Event Handling
7414  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7415  * @brief methods to create, catch, process, and drop events during the solving process of \SCIP
7416  *
7417  * Events can only be caught during the operation on the transformed problem.
7418  * Events on variables can only be caught for transformed variables.
7419  * If you want to catch an event for an original variable, you have to get the corresponding transformed variable
7420  * with a call to SCIPgetTransformedVar() and catch the event on the transformed variable.
7421  */
7422 
7423 /**@defgroup PublicLPMethods LP Relaxation
7424  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7425  * @brief methods to build and access LP relaxation information
7426  * @see methods to interact with \ref PublicColumnMethods "LP columns" and \ref PublicRowMethods "LP rows"
7427  */
7428 
7429 /**@defgroup PublicColumnMethods LP Column
7430  * @ingroup PublicLPMethods
7431  * @brief public methods for LP columns
7432  */
7433 
7434 /**@defgroup PublicRowMethods LP Row
7435  * @ingroup PublicLPMethods
7436  * @brief methods for LP rows
7437  */
7438 
7439 /**@defgroup PublicCutMethods Cuts and Cutpools
7440  * @ingroup PublicLPMethods
7441  * @brief common methods used to manipulate, generate, and strengthen cuts and to organize the cutpool
7442  */
7443 
7444 /**@defgroup PublicLPDivingMethods LP Diving
7445  * @ingroup PublicLPMethods
7446  * @brief methods to initiate and conduct LP diving
7447  */
7448 
7449 /**@defgroup PublicNLPMethods NLP Relaxation
7450  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7451  * @brief methods for the nonlinear relaxation
7452  */
7453 
7454 /**@defgroup PublicExpressionTreeMethods Expression (Tree)
7455  * @ingroup PublicNLPMethods
7456  * @brief methods for expressions and expression trees
7457  */
7458 
7459 /**@defgroup PublicNLRowMethods Nonlinear Rows
7460  * @ingroup PublicNLPMethods
7461  * @brief methods for the creation and interaction with rows of the NLP relaxation
7462  */
7463 
7464 /**@defgroup PublicNLPDiveMethods NLP Diving
7465  * @ingroup PublicNLPMethods
7466  * @brief methods to initiate and conduct NLP Diving
7467  */
7468 
7469 /**@defgroup PublicBranchingMethods Branching
7470  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7471  * @brief methods for branching on LP solutions, relaxation solutions, and pseudo solutions
7472  *
7473  * @see \ref PublicVariableMethods "Public Variable methods" contains some typical variable branching score functions
7474  */
7475 
7476 /**@defgroup LocalSubproblemMethods Local Subproblem
7477  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7478  * @brief methods to query information about or strengthen the problem at the current local search node
7479  */
7480 
7481 /**@defgroup PublicTreeMethods Search Tree
7482  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7483  * @brief methods to query search tree related information
7484  * @see \ref PublicNodeMethods "Public methods for nodes"
7485  */
7486 
7487 /**@defgroup PublicNodeMethods Nodes
7488  * @ingroup PublicTreeMethods
7489  * @brief methods for nodes of the search tree of \SCIP
7490  */
7491 
7492 /**@defgroup PublicProbingMethods Probing
7493  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7494  * @brief methods to initiate and control the probing mode of \SCIP
7495  */
7496 
7497 /**@defgroup PublicReoptimizationMethods Reoptimization
7498  * @ingroup PublicSolveMethods
7499  * @brief methods for reoptimization related tasks
7500  */
7501 
7502 
7503 /** @defgroup DataStructures Data Structures
7504  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7505  * @brief commonly used data structures
7506  *
7507  * Below you find a list of available data structures
7508  */
7509 
7510 /**@defgroup MiscellaneousMethods Miscellaneous Methods
7511  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7512  * @brief commonly used methods from different categories
7513  *
7514  * Below you find a list of miscellaneous methods grouped by different categories
7515  */
7516 
7517 /**@defgroup PublicMemoryMethods Memory Management
7518  * @ingroup MiscellaneousMethods
7519  * @brief methods and macros to use the \SCIP memory management
7520  *
7521  * @see \ref MEMORY "Using the memory functions of SCIP" for more information
7522  */
7523 
7524 /**@defgroup PublicNonlinearMethods Nonlinear Data
7525  * @ingroup MiscellaneousMethods
7526  * @brief methods for nonlinear data
7527  */
7528 
7529 /**@defgroup PublicTimingMethods Timing
7530  * @ingroup MiscellaneousMethods
7531  * @brief methods for timing
7532  */
7533 
7534 /**@defgroup DebugSolutionMethods Debug Solution
7535  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7536  * @brief methods to control the SCIP debug solution mechanism, see also \ref DEBUG
7537  */
7538 
7539 /**@defgroup MessageOutputMethods Messaging
7540  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7541  * @brief message output methods
7542  */
7543 
7544 /**@defgroup PluginManagementMethods Methods for managing plugins
7545  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7546  * @brief Methods for the inclusion and management of SCIP plugins and callback functions
7547  *
7548  */
7549 
7550 /**@defgroup PublicBranchRuleMethods Branching Rules
7551  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7552  * @brief methods for branching rule plugins
7553  */
7554 
7555 /**@defgroup PublicCompressionMethods Tree Compression
7556  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7557  * @brief public methods for tree compressions
7558  */
7559 
7560 /**@defgroup PublicConflictMethods Conflict Analysis
7561  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7562  * @brief public methods related to conflict analysis
7563  */
7564 
7565 /**@defgroup PublicConshdlrMethods Constraint handlers
7566  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7567  * @brief methods for constraint handlers
7568  */
7569 
7570 /**@defgroup PublicDialogMethods Dialogs
7571  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7572  * @brief public methods for user interface dialogs
7573  */
7574 
7575 /**@defgroup PublicDisplayMethods Displays
7576  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7577  * @brief methods for the inclusion and access of display plugins
7578  */
7579 
7580 /**@defgroup PublicEventHandlerMethods Event Handler
7581  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7582  * @brief methods for event handlers
7583  */
7584 
7585 /**@defgroup PublicHeuristicMethods Primal Heuristics
7586  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7587  * @brief methods for primal heuristic plugins
7588  */
7589 
7590 /**@defgroup PublicDivesetMethods Dive sets
7591  * @ingroup PublicSpecialHeuristicMethods
7592  * @brief methods for dive sets to control the generic diving algorithm
7593  */
7594 
7595 /**@defgroup PublicNodeSelectorMethods Node Selector
7596  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7597  * @brief methods for node selector plugin management
7598  */
7599 
7600 /**@defgroup PublicPresolverMethods Presolver
7601  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7602  * @brief methods for presolver plugins
7603  */
7604 
7605 /**@defgroup PublicPricerMethods Pricer
7606  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7607  * @brief methods to include and access pricer plugins of \SCIP
7608  */
7609 
7610 /**@defgroup PublicPropagatorMethods Propagators
7611  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7612  * @brief methods for propagator plugins
7613  */
7614 
7615 /**@defgroup PublicReaderMethods Reader
7616  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7617  * @brief methods for the inclusion and access to reader plugins of \SCIP
7618  */
7619 
7620 /**@defgroup PublicRelaxatorMethods Relaxation Handlers
7621  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7622  * @brief public methods for relaxation handlers
7623  */
7624 
7625 /**@defgroup PublicSeparatorMethods Separators
7626  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7627  * @brief methods for separator plugins
7628  */
7629 
7630 /**@defgroup PublicConcsolverTypeMethods Concurrent Solver Types
7631  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7632  * @brief methods for concurrent solver type plugins
7633  */
7634 
7635 /**@defgroup PublicNLPInterfaceMethods NLP interfaces
7636  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7637  * @brief methods for the management of NLP interfaces
7638  */
7639 
7640 /**@defgroup PublicExternalCodeMethods External Codes
7641  * @ingroup PluginManagementMethods
7642  * @brief methods to access information about external codes used by \SCIP
7643  */
7644 
7645 /**@defgroup PublicParallelMethods Parallel Interface
7646  * @ingroup PUBLICCOREAPI
7647  * @brief methods to construct the parallel interface of \SCIP
7648  */
7649 
7650  /**@defgroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI Plugin API of SCIP
7651  * @ingroup PUBLICAPI
7652  * @brief core API extensions provided by the default plugins of \SCIP, includable via scipdefplugins.h.
7653  *
7654  * All default plugins of \SCIP, especially the default \ref CONSHDLRS "constraint handlers", provide
7655  * valuable extensions to the \ref PUBLICCOREAPI "core API" of \SCIP. These methods are made available
7656  * by including scipdefplugins.h to user-written extensions.
7657  *
7658  * For a better overview, this page lists all default plugin headers structured into modules based on their individual
7659  * topic.
7660  *
7661  * All of the modules listed below provide functions that are allowed to be used by user-written extensions of \SCIP.
7662  */
7663  /**@defgroup INTERNALAPI Internal API of SCIP
7664  * @brief internal API methods that should only be used by the core of \SCIP
7665  *
7666  * This page lists the header files of internal API methods. In contrast to the public API, these internal methods
7667  * should not be used by user plugins and extensions of SCIP. Please consult
7668  * \ref PUBLICCOREAPI "the Core API" and \ref PUBLICPLUGINAPI "Plugin API" for the complete API available to user plugins.
7669  *
7670  */
7671 
7672 /**@defgroup BRANCHINGRULES Branching Rules
7673  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7674  * @brief methods and files provided by the default branching rules of \SCIP
7675  *
7676  * A detailed description what a branching rule does and how to add a branching rule to SCIP can be found
7677  * \ref BRANCH "here".
7678  */
7679 
7680 /**@defgroup BranchingRuleIncludes Inclusion methods
7681  * @ingroup BRANCHINGRULES
7682  * @brief methods to include specific branching rules into \SCIP
7683  *
7684  * This module contains methods to include specific branching rules into \SCIP.
7685  *
7686  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all branching rules) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7687  *
7688  */
7689 
7690 /**@defgroup CONSHDLRS Constraint Handler
7691  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7692  * @brief methods and files provided by the default constraint handlers of \SCIP
7693  *
7694  * A detailed description what a constraint handler does and how to add a constraint handler to SCIP can be found
7695  * \ref CONS "here".
7696  */
7697 
7698 /**@defgroup ConshdlrIncludes Inclusion methods
7699  * @ingroup CONSHDLRS
7700  * @brief methods to include specific constraint handlers into \SCIP
7701  *
7702  * This module contains methods to include specific constraint handlers into \SCIP.
7703  *
7704  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default constraint handlers) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7705  *
7706  */
7707 
7708 /**@defgroup DIALOGS Dialogs
7709  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7710  * @brief methods and files provided by the default dialogs of \SCIP
7711  *
7712  * A detailed description what a dialog does and how to add a dialog to SCIP can be found
7713  * \ref DIALOG "here".
7714  */
7715 
7716 /**@defgroup DialogIncludes Inclusion methods
7717  * @ingroup DIALOGS
7718  * @brief methods to include specific dialogs into \SCIP
7719  *
7720  * This module contains methods to include specific dialogs into \SCIP.
7721  *
7722  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default dialogs) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7723  *
7724  */
7725 
7726 /**@defgroup DISPLAYS Displays
7727  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7728  * @brief methods and files provided by the default displays (output columns) of \SCIP
7729  *
7730  * A detailed description what a display does and how to add a display to SCIP can be found
7731  * \ref DISP "here".
7732  *
7733  */
7734 
7735 /**@defgroup DisplayIncludes Inclusion methods
7736  * @ingroup DISPLAYS
7737  * @brief methods to include specific displays into \SCIP
7738  *
7739  * This module contains methods to include specific displays into \SCIP.
7740  *
7741  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default displays) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7742  *
7743  */
7744 
7745 /**@defgroup FILEREADERS File Readers
7746  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7747  * @brief This page contains a list of all file readers which are currently available.
7748  *
7749  * @section AVAILABLEFORMATS List of readable file formats
7750  *
7751  * The \ref SHELL "interactive shell" and the callable library are capable of reading/parsing several different file
7752  * formats.
7753  *
7754  * <table>
7755  * <tr><td>\ref reader_cip.h "CIP format"</td> <td>for SCIP's constraint integer programming format</td></tr>
7756  * <tr><td>\ref reader_cnf.h "CNF format"</td> <td>DIMACS CNF (conjunctive normal form) file format used for example for SAT problems</td></tr>
7757  * <tr><td>\ref reader_diff.h "DIFF format"</td> <td>for reading a new objective function for mixed-integer programs</td></tr>
7758  * <tr><td>\ref reader_fzn.h "FZN format"</td> <td>FlatZinc is a low-level solver input language that is the target language for MiniZinc</td></tr>
7759  * <tr><td>\ref reader_gms.h "GMS format"</td> <td>for mixed-integer nonlinear programs (<a href="http://www.gams.com/docs/document.htm">GAMS</a>) [reading requires compilation with GAMS=true and a working GAMS system]</td></tr>
7760  * <tr><td>\ref reader_lp.h "LP format"</td> <td>for mixed-integer (quadratically constrained quadratic) programs (CPLEX)</td></tr>
7761  * <tr><td>\ref reader_mps.h "MPS format"</td> <td>for mixed-integer (quadratically constrained quadratic) programs</td></tr>
7762  * <tr><td>\ref reader_opb.h "OPB format"</td> <td>for pseudo-Boolean optimization instances</td></tr>
7763  * <tr><td>\ref reader_osil.h "OSiL format"</td> <td>for mixed-integer nonlinear programs</td></tr>
7764  * <tr><td>\ref reader_pip.h "PIP format"</td> <td>for <a href="http://polip.zib.de/pipformat.php">mixed-integer polynomial programming problems</a></td></tr>
7765  * <tr><td>\ref reader_sol.h "SOL format"</td> <td>for solutions; XML-format (read-only) or raw SCIP format</td></tr>
7766  * <tr><td>\ref reader_wbo.h "WBO format"</td> <td>for weighted pseudo-Boolean optimization instances</td></tr>
7767  * <tr><td>\ref reader_zpl.h "ZPL format"</td> <td>for <a href="http://zimpl.zib.de">ZIMPL</a> models, i.e., mixed-integer linear and nonlinear
7768  * programming problems [read only]</td></tr>
7769  * </table>
7770  *
7771  * @section ADDREADER How to add a file reader
7772  *
7773  * A detailed description what a file reader does and how to add a file reader to SCIP can be found
7774  * \ref READER "here".
7775  *
7776  */
7777 
7778 /**@defgroup FileReaderIncludes Inclusion methods
7779  * @ingroup FILEREADERS
7780  * @brief methods to include specific file readers into \SCIP
7781  *
7782  * This module contains methods to include specific file readers into \SCIP.
7783  *
7784  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default file readers) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7785  *
7786  */
7787 
7788 /**@defgroup PARALLEL Parallel interface methods
7789  * @ingroup INTERNALAPI
7790  * @brief headers and methods for the parallel interface of \SCIP
7791  *
7792  */
7793 
7794 /**@defgroup EXPRINTS Expression Interpreter
7795  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7796  * @brief methods and files provided by the default expression interpreters of \SCIP
7797  *
7798  * A detailed description what a expression interpreter does and how to add a expression interpreter to SCIP can be found
7799  * \ref EXPRINT "here".
7800  */
7801 
7802 /**@defgroup ExprintIncludes Inclusion methods
7803  * @ingroup EXPRINTS
7804  * @brief methods to include specific expression interpreters into \SCIP
7805  *
7806  * This module contains methods to include specific expression interpreters into \SCIP.
7807  *
7808  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default expression interpreters) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7809  *
7810  */
7811 
7812 /**@defgroup FileReaderIncludes Inclusion methods
7813  * @ingroup FILEREADERS
7814  * @brief methods to include specific file readers into \SCIP
7815  *
7816  * This module contains methods to include specific file readers into \SCIP.
7817  *
7818  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default file readers) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7819  *
7820  */
7821 
7822 /**@defgroup LPIS LP Solver Interfaces
7823  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINLPI
7824  * @brief methods and files provided by the default LP solver interfaces of \SCIP
7825  */
7826 
7827 /**@defgroup NODESELECTORS Node Selectors
7828  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7829  * @brief methods and files provided by the default node selectors of \SCIP
7830  *
7831  * A detailed description what a node selector does and how to add a node selector to SCIP can be found
7832  * \ref NODESEL "here".
7833  */
7834 
7835 /**@defgroup NodeSelectorIncludes Inclusion methods
7836  * @ingroup NODESELECTORS
7837  * @brief methods to include specific node selectors into \SCIP
7838  *
7839  * This module contains methods to include specific node selectors into \SCIP.
7840  *
7841  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default node selectors) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7842  *
7843  */
7844 
7845 /**@defgroup NLPIS NLP Solver Interfaces
7846  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7847  * @brief methods and files provided by the default NLP solver interfaces of \SCIP
7848  *
7849  * A detailed description what a NLP solver interface does and how to add a NLP solver interface to SCIP can be found
7850  * \ref NLPI "here".
7851  */
7852 
7853 /**@defgroup NLPIIncludes Inclusion methods
7854  * @ingroup NLPIS
7855  * @brief methods to include specific NLP solver interfaces into \SCIP
7856  *
7857  * This module contains methods to include specific NLP solver interfaces into \SCIP.
7858  *
7859  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default NLP solver interfaces) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7860  *
7861  */
7862 
7863 /**@defgroup PRESOLVERS Presolvers
7864  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7865  * @brief methods and files provided by the default presolvers of \SCIP
7866  *
7867  * A detailed description what a presolver does and how to add a presolver to SCIP can be found
7868  * \ref PRESOL "here".
7869  */
7870 
7871 /**@defgroup PresolverIncludes Inclusion methods
7872  * @ingroup PRESOLVERS
7873  * @brief methods to include specific presolvers into \SCIP
7874  *
7875  * This module contains methods to include specific presolvers into \SCIP.
7876  *
7877  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default presolvers) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7878  *
7879  */
7880 
7881 /**@defgroup PRICERS Pricers
7882  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7883  * @brief methods and files provided by the default pricers of \SCIP
7884  *
7885  * Per default there exist no variable pricer. A detailed description what a variable pricer does and how to add a
7886  * variable pricer to SCIP can be found \ref PRICER "here".
7887  */
7888 
7889 /**@defgroup PricerIncludes Inclusion methods
7890 * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7891 * @brief methods to include specific pricers into \SCIP
7892 *
7893 * This module contains methods to include specific pricers into \SCIP.
7894 *
7895 * @note All default plugins can be included at once using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins(). There exists no pricer per default.
7896 * In order to see examples of variable pricers, please consult the \ref EXAMPLES "Coding Examples" of \SCIP.
7897 *
7898 */
7899 
7900 /**@defgroup PRIMALHEURISTICS Primal Heuristics
7901  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7902  * @brief methods and files provided by the default primal heuristics of \SCIP
7903  *
7904  * A detailed description what a primal heuristic does and how to add a primal heuristic to SCIP can be found
7905  * \ref HEUR "here".
7906  */
7907 
7908 /**@defgroup PrimalHeuristicIncludes Inclusion methods
7909  * @ingroup PRIMALHEURISTICS
7910  * @brief methods to include specific primal heuristics into \SCIP
7911  *
7912  * This module contains methods to include specific primal heuristics into \SCIP.
7913  *
7914  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default primal heuristics) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7915  *
7916  */
7917 
7918 /**@defgroup PROPAGATORS Propagators
7919  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7920  * @brief methods and files provided by the default propagators of \SCIP
7921  *
7922  * A detailed description what a propagator does and how to add a propagator to SCIP can be found
7923  * \ref PROP "here".
7924  */
7925 
7926 /**@defgroup PropagatorIncludes Inclusion methods
7927  * @ingroup PROPAGATORS
7928  * @brief methods to include specific propagators into \SCIP
7929  *
7930  * This module contains methods to include specific propagators into \SCIP.
7931  *
7932  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default propagators) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7933  *
7934  */
7935 
7936 /**@defgroup RELAXATORS Relaxation Handlers
7937  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7938  * @brief methods and files provided by the default relaxation handlers of \SCIP
7939  *
7940  * A detailed description what a relaxation handler does and how to add a relaxation handler to SCIP can be found
7941  * \ref RELAX "here". Note that the linear programming relaxation is not implemented via the relaxation handler plugin.
7942  * Per default no relaxation handler exists in SCIP. However, there are two relaxation handlers in the
7943  * \ref RELAXATOR_MAIN "Relaxator example".
7944  */
7945 
7946 /**@defgroup SEPARATORS Separators
7947  * @ingroup PUBLICPLUGINAPI
7948  * @brief methods and files provided by the default separators of \SCIP
7949  *
7950  * A detailed description what a separator does and how to add a separator to SCIP can be found
7951  * \ref SEPA "here".
7952  */
7953 
7954 /**@defgroup SeparatorIncludes Inclusion methods
7955  * @ingroup SEPARATORS
7956  * @brief methods to include specific separators into \SCIP
7957  *
7958  * This module contains methods to include specific separators into \SCIP.
7959  *
7960  * @note All default plugins can be included at once (including all default separators) using SCIPincludeDefaultPlugins()
7961  *
7962  */
7963 
7964 /**@defgroup PublicToleranceMethods Computations With Tolerances
7965  * @ingroup NumericalMethods
7966  * @brief methods used by the majority of operations involving floating-point computations in \SCIP
7967  *
7968  * - query the numerical tolerances of \SCIP, as well as special values such as infinity.
7969  * - change tolerances inside relaxations
7970  * - epsilon-comparison methods for floating point numbers
7971  */